Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Service
PREFACE-1
Supplements
Q U E S T A I R C R A F T C O M PA N Y
1 2 0 0 Tu r b i n e D r i v e
Sandpoint, ID 83864
P h o n e : ( 2 0 8 ) 2 6 3 - 1111
F a x : ( 2 0 8 ) 2 6 3 - 1 5 11
w w w. q u e s t a i r c r a f t . c o m
Systems
Rev i s i o n 18
O c t o b e r 2 016
Procedures
WA R N I N G / N O T I C E
Abnormal
Emergency Limitations
General
Preface
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Preface
100 SERIES
P R E FAC E - 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Preface
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Table of Sections
CONTENTS
SECTION
GENERAL................................................................................................................. 1
LIMITATIONS............................................................................................................ 2
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES................................................................................. 3
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES................................................................................. 3A
NORMAL PROCEDURES......................................................................................... 4
PERFORMANCE....................................................................................................... 5
WEIGHT AND BALANCE......................................................................................... 6
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS............................................................... 7
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE............................................................... 8
SUPPLEMENTS........................................................................................................ 9
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
P R E FAC E - 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Preface
100 SERIES
P R E FAC E - 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 1
GENER AL
General
SECTION 1
GENERAL
Table of Contents
CONTENTS
PAGE
GENERAL..............................................................................................................1-3
INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................1-3
THREE VIEW DRAWING.......................................................................................1-3
DESCRIPTIVE DATA.............................................................................................1-5
ENGINE...............................................................................................................1-5
PROPELLER.......................................................................................................1-5
FUEL...................................................................................................................1-6
OIL.......................................................................................................................1-7
MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS..............................................................1-7
TYPICAL AIRPLANE WEIGHTS.........................................................................1-7
CABIN, CARGO, AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS....................................................1-8
BAGGAGE/CARGO COMPARTMENT DIMENSIONS........................................1-8
SPECIFIC LOADINGS........................................................................................1-8
SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND TERMINOLOGY.........................................1-9
GENERAL AIRSPEED TERMINOLOGY AND ABBREVIATIONS.......................1-9
METEOROLOGICAL TERMINOLOGY.............................................................1-10
ENGINE POWER TERMINOLOGY...................................................................1-10
AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE AND FLIGHT PLANNING TERMINOLOGY....... 1-12
WEIGHT AND BALANCE TERMINOLOGY......................................................1-12
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES DEFINED...........................................1-14
MEANING OF SHALL, WILL, SHOULD, AND MAY................................1-14
MEANING OF LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE OR PRACTICABLE.......... 1-14
CONVERSION CHARTS......................................................................................1-14
KILOGRAMS AND POUNDS............................................................................1-15
NAUTICAL MILES, STATUTE MILES, AND KILOMETERS..............................1-16
LITERS, IMPERIAL GALLONS, AND U.S. GALLONS......................................1-17
TEMPERATURE CONVERSION CHART.........................................................1-20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1-1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
General
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
1- 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 1
GENER AL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook provides basic data and
information for the pilot which is useful in loading, hangaring, handling, and
accomplishing routine preflight inspections of the airplane. This section
also provides definitions and explanations of symbols, abbreviations and
terminology used in this handbook.
1-2 INTRODUCTION
This handbook contains 9 sections and includes the material required to be
furnished to the pilot by the Federal Aviation Regulations, as well as additional
information provided by Quest Aircraft Company, and constitutes the FAA
Approved Airplane Flight Manual. Refer to the Table of Sections in the
Preface of this manual for a complete listing of the sections contained in this
handbook.
English is the authoritative text of Quest Aircraft Company, L.L.C., and Quest
Aircraft Design, L.L.C., technical publications. If a technical publication is
translated, then the English version will control.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1- 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
General
1-1 GENERAL
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
General
33.8 ft
45.0 ft
Wing Area: 240 sq.ft.
19 in
Wheel Base Length:
130 in
Figure 1-1 Three View Drawing
1- 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
ENGINE
Number of Engines: 1
Engine Manufacturer: Pratt & Whitney Canada
Engine Model Number: PT6A-34
Engine Type: The PT6A series engine is a free power, two-shaft turbine
engine. The engine uses a three-stage axial and one-stage centrifugal
compressor section, an annular reverse-flow combustion chamber, single
stage compressor turbine, single stage power turbine. The exhaust gas
is directed through an annular exhaust plenum to the atmosphere via twin
opposed exhaust ports provided in the exhaust duct.
Horsepower Rating:
Type of Engine Power
Shaft
Horsepower
(SHP)
Takeoff
750
750
700
Maximum Climb
700
Maximum Cruise
700
PROPELLER
Number of Propellers: 1
Propeller Manufacturer: Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Propeller Model Number: HC-E4N-3P (HC-E4N-3PY) / D9511FSB
Number of Propeller Blades: 4
Propeller Diameter: 95 - 96 inches
Propeller Type: Constant speed, full feathering, reversible, hydraulically
actuated aluminum-bladed propeller, with a feathered blade angle of 86, a
low pitch blade angle of 17.5, and a maximum reverse pitch of -10 (at the
30-inch radius).
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1- 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
FUEL
General
The following fuels and fuel additives are FAA approved for use on the
KODIAK 100, subject to the limitations and requirements given in Section 2
of this manual.
Issuing Authority
(Specification)
Color
JET A
ASTM D 1655
-40 (-40)
Straw
JET A-1
ASTM D 1655 or
DEF STAN 91-91
-47 (-53)
Straw
JP-1
MIL-T-5616
-46
-50
-60
-47
Straw
JP-5
MIL-DTL-5624
JP-8
MIL-DTL-83133
GB6537 (China)
(-51)
(-58)
(-76)
(-53)
Straw
Straw
Straw
CAUT I O N: JP-5 and JP-8 fuels contain anti-icing additives. Do not use
additional additives with these fuels.
Icing Inhibitor Additive Name
0.10% to 0.15%
MIL-DTL-85470 or MIL-I-85470
Biobor JF
1- 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 1
GENER AL
Oil Grade (Specification): Engine oil must conform to the current revision of
Pratt & Whitney Canada Service Bulletin No. 1001. Refer to Section 8
of this manual for a listing of approved oils.
Total Oil Capacity (including oil in filter, cooler, and hoses): Approximately
13 US quarts
Drain and Refill Quantity: Approximately 9 US quarts
Oil Quantity Operating Range: Keep filled to within 1 quarts of the
maximum indication on the dipstick. Graduations on the dipstick indicate
the oil level in U.S. quarts below the maximum capacity of the oil tank.
WARNI N G: Ensure the oil dipstick/cap is latched down securely.
Operating the engine with the dipstick/cap unlatched will result in
excessive oil loss leading to eventual engine stoppage.
NO T E : In order to obtain an accurate oil level reading, it is necessary
to either check the oil within 10 to 20 minutes after engine shutdown
(referencing the max hot markings while the oil is still hot) or to reference
the max cold markings prior to the first flight of the day. If more than 10 to
20 minutes have elapsed since engine shutdown and the engine oil is still
warm, perform an engine motoring run before checking the oil level and
reference the max hot markings.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1-7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
General
OIL
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
SPECIFIC LOADINGS
Wing Loading..................................................................... 30.2 LB / SQ FT
Power Loading...................................................................... 9.67 LB / SHP
1- 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 1
GENER AL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1- 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
General
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
METEOROLOGICAL TERMINOLOGY
General
1-10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Maximum Continuous Power The maximum power rating, limited
to emergency or abnormal conditions only, which require maximum
aircraft performance, for example, extreme icing conditions or excessive
downdrafts. This power is developed at the maximum torque limit of 1970
lb.ft., ITT of 790C, or an Ng limit of 101.6%, whichever occurs first.
Maximum Cruise Power The maximum power approved for cruise;
maximum cruise power is not time limited. This power setting relates to the
power developed at the maximum cruise torque from the Max Torque for
Cruise Chart in Section 5, ITT of 740C or the Ng limit of 101.6%,
whichever occurs first.
Maximum Takeoff Power The maximum power rating, limited to a
maximum of 5 minutes for normal operations. Use of this power setting
should be limited to normal takeoff operations. This power setting is
defined by the limitations of the maximum torque of 1970 ft.lb., 790C ITT
or the Ng limit of 101.6%, whichever occurs first.
Ng Represents the gas generator (compressor turbine) RPM. 100% Ng
represents 37,500 RPM.
Np Represents Propeller RPM and is an indication of the propeller speed in
RPM.
Reverse Thrust The thrust produced when the propeller blades are rotated
beyond a flat pitch and into a reverse angle.
RPM Revolutions Per Minute.
SHP - Shaft Horsepower The power available at the propeller shaft.
SHP = Propeller RPM x Foot Pounds of Torque
5252
Torque A measurement of the rotational force exerted by the engine on the
propeller shaft.
Windmill Propeller rotation powered by relative airflow only.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1-11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
General
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
1-12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1-13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
General
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
1-14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
2.205
4.409
6.614
8.818
11.023
13.228
15.432
17.637
19.842
10
22.046
24.251
26.455
28.660
30.865
33.069
35.274
37.479
39.683
41.888
20
44.092
46.297
48.502
50.706
52.911
55.116
57.320
59.525
61.729
63.934
30
66.139
68.343
70.548
72.753
74.957
77.162
79.366
81.571
83.776
85.980
40
88.185
90.390
92.594
94.799
97.003
99.208
101.41
103.62
105.82
108.03
50
110.23
112.44
114.64
116.85
119.05
121.25
123.46
125.66
127.87
130.07
60
132.28
134.48
136.69
138.89
141.10
143.30
145.51
147.71
149.91
152.12
70
154.32
156.53
158.73
160.94
163.14
165.35
167.55
169.76
171.96
174.17
80
176.37
178.57
180.78
182.98
185.19
187.39
189.60
191.80
194.01
196.21
90
198.42
200.62
202.83
205.03
207.23
209.44
211.64
213.85
216.05
218.26
100
220-46
222.67
224.87
227.08
229.28
231.49
233.69
235.90
238.10
240.30
1000
2204.6
2226.7
2248.7
2270.8
2292.8
2314.9
2336.9
2359.0
2381.0
2403.0
0.454
0.907
1.361
1.814
2.268
2.722
3.175
3.629
4.082
10
4.563
4.990
5.443
5.897
6.350
6.804
7.257
7.711
8.165
8.618
20
9.072
9.525
9.979
10.433
10.866
11.340
11.793
12.247
12.701
13.154
30
13.608
14.061
14.515
14.969
15.422
15.876
16.329
16.783
17.236
17.690
40
18.144
18.597
19.051
19.504
19.958
20.412
20.865
21.319
21.772
22.226
50
22.680
23.133
23.587
24.040
24.494
24.948
25.401
25.855
26.308
26.762
60
27.216
27.669
28.123
28.576
29.030
29.483
29.937
30.391
30.844
31.298
70
31.751
32.205
32.659
33.112
33.566
34.019
34.473
34.927
35.380
35.834
80
36.287
36.741
37.195
37.648
38.102
38.555
39.009
39.463
39.916
40.370
90
40.823
41.277
41.730
42.184
42.638
43.091
43.545
43.998
44.452
44.906
100
45.359
45.813
46.266
46.720
47.174
47.627
48.081
48.534
48.988
49.442
1000
453.59
458.13
462.66
467.20
471.74
476.27
480.81
485.34
489.88
494.42
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1-15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
Nautical
Miles
Statute
Miles
Kilometers
Nautical
Miles
Statute
Miles
Kilometers
Nautical
Miles
Statute
Miles
Kilometers
639
175
202
324
345
397
10
12
19
180
207
333
350
403
648
15
17
28
185
213
343
355
409
657
20
23
37
190
219
352
360
415
667
25
29
46
195
225
361
365
420
676
30
35
56
200
230
370
370
426
685
35
40
65
205
236
380
375
432
695
704
40
46
74
210
242
389
380
438
45
52
83
215
248
398
385
443
713
50
58
93
220
253
407
390
449
722
55
63
102
225
259
417
395
455
732
60
69
111
230
265
426
400
461
741
65
75
120
235
271
435
405
466
750
70
81
130
240
276
444
410
472
759
75
86
139
245
282
454
415
478
769
80
92
148
250
288
463
420
484
778
85
98
157
255
294
472
425
489
787
90
104
167
260
299
482
430
495
796
95
109
176
265
305
491
435
501
806
100
115
185
270
311
500
440
507
815
105
121
194
275
317
509
445
512
824
110
127
204
280
322
519
450
518
833
115
132
213
285
328
528
455
524
843
120
138
222
290
334
537
460
530
852
125
144
232
295
340
546
465
535
861
130
150
241
300
345
556
470
541
870
135
155
250
305
351
565
475
547
880
140
161
259
310
357
574
480
553
889
145
167
269
315
263
583
485
559
898
150
173
278
320
369
593
490
564
907
155
178
287
325
374
602
495
570
917
160
184
296
330
380
611
500
576
926
165
190
306
335
386
620
505
582
935
170
196
315
340
392
630
510
587
945
1-16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
0.00
0.22
0.44
0.66
0.88
1.10
1.32
1.54
1.76
1.98
10
2.20
2.42
2.64
2.86
3.08
3.30
3.52
3.74
3.96
4.18
20
4.40
4.62
4.84
5.06
5.28
5.50
5.72
5.94
6.16
6.38
30
6.60
6.82
7.04
7.26
7.48
7.70
7.92
8.14
8.36
8.58
40
8.80
9.02
9.24
9.46
9.68
9.90
10.12
10.34
10.56
10.78
50
11.00
11.22
11.44
11.66
11.88
12.10
12.32
12.54
12.76
12.98
60
13.20
13.42
13.64
13.86
14.08
14.30
14.52
14.74
14.96
15.18
70
15.40
15.62
15.84
16.06
16.28
16.50
16.72
16.94
17.16
17.38
80
17.60
17.82
18.04
18.26
18.48
18.70
18.92
19.14
19.36
19.58
90
19.80
20.02
20.24
20.46
20.68
20.90
21.12
21.34
21.56
21.78
100
22.00
22.22
22.44
22.66
22.88
23.10
23.32
23.54
23.76
23.98
9
40.91
0.00
4.55
9.09
13.64
18.18
22.73
27.28
31.82
36.37
10
45.46
50.01
54.55
59.10
63.64
68.19
72.74
77.28
81.83
86.37
20
90.92
95.47
100.01
104.56
109.10
113.65
118.20
122.74
127.29
131.83
30
136.38
140.93
145.47
150.02
154.56
159.11
163.66
168.20
172.75
177.29
40
181.84
186.39
190.93
195.48
200.02
204.57
209.12
213.66
218.21
222.75
50
227.30
231.85
236.39
240.94
245.48
250.03
254.58
259.12
263.67
268.21
60
272.76
277.31
281.85
286.40
290.94
295.49
300.04
304.58
309.13
313.67
70
318.22
322.77
327.31
331.86
336.40
340.95
345.50
350.04
354.59
359.13
80
363.68
368.23
372.77
377.32
381.86
386.41
390.96
395.50
400.05
404.59
90
409.14
413.69
418.23
422.78
427.32
431.87
436.42
440.96
445.51
450.05
100
454.60
459.15
463.69
468.24
472.78
477.33
481.88
486.42
490.97
495.51
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1-17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
General
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
Liters
0.00
0.26
0.53
0.79
1.06
1.32
1.59
1.85
2.11
2.38
10
2.64
2.91
3.17
3.43
3.70
3.96
4.23
4.49
4.76
5.02
20
5.28
5.55
5.81
6.08
6.34
6.60
6.87
7.13
7.40
7.66
30
7.93
8.19
8.45
8.72
8.98
9.25
9.51
9.77
10.04
10.30
40
10.57
10.83
11.10
11.36
11.62
11.89
12.15
12.42
12.68
12.94
50
13.21
13.47
13.74
14.00
14.27
14.53
14.79
15.06
15.32
15.59
60
15.85
16.11
16.38
16.64
16.91
17.17
17.44
17.70
17.96
18.23
70
18.49
18.76
19.02
19.28
19.55
19.81
20.08
20.34
20.61
20.87
80
21.13
21.40
21.66
21.93
22.19
22.45
22.72
22.98
23.25
23.51
90
23.78
24.04
24.30
24.57
24.83
25.10
25.36
25.62
25.89
26.15
100
26.42
26.68
26.95
27.21
27.47
27.74
28.00
28.27
28.53
28.79
0.00
3.79
7.57
11.36
15.14
18.93
22.71
26.50
30.28
34.07
10
37.85
41.64
45.42
49.21
52.99
56.78
60.56
64.35
68.13
71.92
20
75.70
79.49
83.27
87.06
90.84
94.63
98.41
102.20
105.98
109.77
30
113.55
117.34
121.12
124.91
128.69
132.48
136.26
140.05
143.83
147.62
40
151.40
155.19
158.97
162.76
166.54
170.33
174.11
177.90
181.68
185.47
50
189.25
193.04
196.82
200.61
204.39
208.18
211.96
215.75
219.53
223.32
60
227.10
230.89
234.67
238.46
242.24
246.03
249.81
253.60
257.38
261.17
70
264.95
268.74
272.52
276.31
280.09
283.88
287.66
291.45
295.23
299.02
80
302.80
306.59
310.37
314.16
317.94
321.73
325.51
329.30
333.08
336.87
90
340.65
344.44
348.22
352.01
355.79
359.58
363.36
367.15
370.93
374.72
100
378.50
382.29
386.07
389.86
393.64
397.43
401.21
405.00
408.78
412.57
1-18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
Imperial
Gallons
0.00
1.20
2.40
3.60
4.80
6.01
7.21
8.41
9.61
10.81
10
12.01
13.21
14.41
15.61
16.81
18.02
19.22
20.42
21.62
22.82
20
24.02
25.22
26.42
27.62
28.82
30.03
31.23
32.43
33.63
34.83
30
36.03
37.23
38.43
39.63
40.83
42.04
43.24
44.44
45.64
46.84
40
48.04
49.24
50.44
51.64
52.84
54.05
55.25
56.45
57.65
58.85
50
60.05
61.25
62.45
63.65
64.85
66.06
67.26
68.46
69.66
70.86
60
72.06
73.26
74.46
75.66
76.86
78.07
79.27
80.47
81.67
82.87
70
84.07
85.27
86.47
87.67
88.87
90.08
91.28
92.48
93.68
94.88
106.89
80
96.08
97.28
98.48
99.68
100.88
102.09
103.29
104.49
105.69
90
108.09
109.29
110.49
111.69
112.89
114.10
115.30
116.50
117.70
118.90
100
120.10
121.30
122.50
123.70
124.90
126.11
127.31
128.51
129.71
130.91
0.00
0.83
1.67
2.50
3.33
4.16
5.00
5.83
6.66
7.49
10
8.33
9.16
9.99
10.82
11.66
12.49
13.32
14.16
14.99
15.82
20
16.65
17.49
18.32
19.15
19.98
20.82
21.65
22.48
23.32
24.15
30
24.98
25.81
26.65
27.48
28.31
29.14
29.98
30.81
31.64
32.47
40
33.31
34.14
34.97
35.81
36.64
37.47
38.30
39.14
39.97
40.80
50
41.63
42.47
43.30
44.13
44.96
45.80
46.63
47.46
48.30
49.13
60
49.96
50.79
51.63
52.46
53.29
54.12
54.96
55.79
56.62
57.45
70
58.29
59.12
59.95
60.79
61.62
62.45
63.28
64.12
64.95
65.78
80
66.61
67.45
68.28
69.11
69.95
70.78
71.61
72.44
73.28
74.11
90
74.94
75.77
76.61
77.44
78.27
79.10
79.94
80.77
81.60
82.44
100
83.27
84.10
84.93
85.77
86.60
87.43
88.26
89.10
89.93
90.76
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
1-19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
General
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 1
GENER AL
100 SERIES
TEMP TO
CONVERT
C or F
TEMP TO
CONVERT
C or F
TEMP TO
CONVERT
C or F
< >
< >
< >
-50
-58
-72
-17
36
17
62
144
-49
-56
-69
-16
39
18
64
147
-48
-54
-65
-14
43
19
66
151
-47
-52
-62
-13
46
20
68
154
-46
-50
-58
-12
10
50
21
70
158
-44
-48
-54
-11
12
54
22
72
162
-43
-46
-51
-10
14
57
23
74
165
-42
-44
-47
-9
16
61
24
76
169
-41
-42
-44
-8
18
64
26
78
172
-40
-40
-40
-7
20
68
27
80
172
-39
-38
-36
-6
22
72
28
82
180
-38
-36
-33
-4
24
75
29
84
183
-37
-34
-29
-3
26
79
30
86
187
-36
-32
-26
-2
28
82
31
88
190
-34
-30
-22
-1
30
86
32
90
194
-33
-28
-18
32
90
33
92
198
-32
-26
-15
34
93
34
94
201
-31
-24
-11
36
97
36
96
205
-30
-22
-8
38
100
37
98
208
-29
-20
-4
40
104
38
100
212
-28
-18
42
108
39
102
216
-27
-16
44
111
40
104
219
-26
-14
46
115
41
106
223
-24
-12
10
48
118
42
108
226
-23
-10
14
10
50
122
43
110
230
-22
-8
18
11
52
126
44
112
234
-21
-6
21
12
54
129
46
114
237
-20
-4
25
13
56
133
47
116
241
-19
-2
28
14
58
136
48
118
244
-18
32
16
60
140
49
120
248
1- 2 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
SECTION 2
Limitations
CONTENTS PAGE
GENERAL..............................................................................................................2-2
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS......................................................................................2-3
AIRSPEED INDICATOR MARKINGS....................................................................2-4
POWERPLANT LIMITATIONS...............................................................................2-5
PROPELLER SYSTEM OPERATING LIMITATIONS..........................................2-6
ENGINE CONTROL OPERATING LIMITATION..................................................2-6
ENGINE STARTING CYCLE LIMITATIONS........................................................2-6
MAXIMUM AIRSTART ALTITUDE.......................................................................2-6
POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS........................................................2-8
MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENT MARKINGS.................................................2-10
WEIGHT LIMITS...................................................................................................2-10
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS........................................................................... 2-11
CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE....................................................................... 2-11
MEAN AERODYNAMIC CHORD (MAC)........................................................... 2-11
MANEUVER LIMITS............................................................................................2-12
FLIGHT LOAD FACTOR LIMITS.........................................................................2-12
FLIGHT CREW LIMITS........................................................................................2-12
KINDS OF OPERATION LIMITS..........................................................................2-12
FUEL LIMITATIONS.............................................................................................2-18
TOTAL FUEL CAPACITY...................................................................................2-18
FUEL SYSTEM ICING INHIBITOR (FSII)..........................................................2-18
FUEL SYSTEM ICING INHIBITOR EXCEPTION..............................................2-18
MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE LIMITATION...............................................2-19
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE LIMIT................................................................2-19
MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE LIMIT ...........................................2-19
MAXIMUM OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE LIMIT...........................................2-19
MAXIMUM PASSENGER SEATING LIMIT..........................................................2-20
OTHER LIMITATIONS..........................................................................................2-20
FLAP LIMITATIONS...........................................................................................2-20
CREW SEAT BELT LIMITATION.......................................................................2-20
ELECTRICAL LOAD LIMITATIONS...................................................................2-20
USB CHARGING PORTS.................................................................................2-21
GARMIN G1000 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS...............................................2-21
FUEL INDICATION............................................................................................2-21
PLACARDS..........................................................................................................2-22
OPTIONAL SYSTEM PLACARDS....................................................................2-36
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
Table of Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
2-1 GENERAL
Limitations
2- 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Symbol
Name
KIAS
KCAS
Remarks
Vfe
138
120
108
139
120
108
Vmo
Maximum Operating
Speed
182
180
Vo
Maximum Operating
Maneuvering Speed:
7255 lb
6750 lb
6000 lb
5000 lb
142
137
129
118
143
138
129
118
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2- 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
Marking
KIAS Value
or Range
Red Band
20 to 47
White
Band
47 to 108
Light Blue
Band
108 to 120
Blue Band
120 to 138
Green
Band
68 to 182
Barber
Pole Band
182
Significance
2- 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
KIAS
Value or
Range
Significance
47 to 108
Green Arc
68 to 182
Red Line
182
Marking
White Arc
2- 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
2- 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Gas
Oil
Maximum Generator Propeller Pressure
ITTC
RPM
RPM
PSIG
(%Ng)
(1)
Oil
Temp.
C
(2)
SHP
(8)
Operation
Max
Torque
Takeoff
1790
1970 (3)
790
101.6
2200
85 to 105
10 to 99
750 @
<31.0C
Max
Climb
1670
1840 (3)
765
101.6
2200
85 to 105
0 to 99
700 @
<28.3C
Max
Cruise
1670
1840 (3)
740
101.6
2200
85 to 105
0 to 99
700 @
<19.4C
Idle
685 (5)
52.5 to
55.5 (12)
40 (min)
-40 to 99
Max
Reverse (6)
1875
790
101.6
2100
85 to 105
0 to 99
750 @
<31.0C
Transient
2100 (7)
850 (4)
102.6 (4)
2420 (9)
85 to 105
0 to 99
750 @
<31.0C
Starting
Max
Continuous
1790
Emergency 1970 (3)
(11)
1090 (10)
-40
(min)
790
101.6
2200
85 to 105
10 to 99
NOTE (1): The minimum oil pressure is 85 PSI, at gas generator speeds above 72%, with the oil
temperature between 60C and 70C. Oil pressures below 85 psi are considered critical and should only
be tolerated for the minimum amount of time to complete the flight, while operating under a reduced power
setting. Oil pressure indications below 85 psi should be reported as a discrepancy and corrected prior to
the next flight. Oil pressure indications below 40 PSI are unsafe and require engine shutdown or a landing
be made as soon as possible, using the minimum power required to sustain flight.
NOTE (2): For increased oil service life, an oil temperature between 74C and 80C is recommended.
A minimum oil temperature of 55C is required for proper operation of the fuel heater, prior to attaining
takeoff power.
NOTE (3): Propeller RPM must be set at or below 2000 RPM when achieving this maximum torque value.
Max Torque for Takeoff is limited to 5 minutes.
NOTE (4): These values are time limited to two (2) seconds.
NOTE (5): Increase Ng to keep within this limit.
NOTE (6): Reverse thrust operation is limited to one (1) minute.
NOTE (7): This value is limited to twenty (20) seconds.
NOTE (8): The maximum shaft horsepower for takeoff/max continuous is 750. The maximum shaft
horsepower for climb and cruise is limited to 700. The engine may not produce these maximum ratings
under certain temperature and altitude combinations (as reflected in the Takeoff, Climb and Cruise
Performance charts).
NOTE (9): In the event of failure of the main propeller governor, causing an overspeed condition, it is
permissible to complete a flight with the propeller controlled via the overspeed governor, provided this limit
is not exceeded.
NOTE (10): This value is time limited to 2 seconds. Starting temperatures above 850C should be
investigated for cause of problem.
NOTE (11): Use of this rating is intended for emergency or abnormal conditions (i.e., maintaining altitude
in extreme wind-shear or icing conditions).
Note (12): When Air Conditioning is ON, refer to minimum Ng on Max Generator Power Figures in
Chapter 5.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Red Line
Green Arc
Yellow Arc
Red Line
Minimum
Limit
Normal
Operating
Caution
Range
Maximum
Limit
Torque
Indicator
(2)
Inter-Turbine
Temperature
(ITT) Indicator
400 to 740C
(3)
741 to 790C
(3)
790C
(3)
Propeller RPM
Indicator
1900 to 2200
RPM
450 to 1050
RPM
2200 RPM
Gas Generator
%RPM Indicator
(4)
53 to 101.6%
101.6%
Oil Pressure
Gage
40 PSI
85 to 105 PSI
40 to 85 PSI
105 PSI
Oil Temperature
Gage
-40C
+10 to +99C
-40C to +10C
+99C
NOTE (1): The torque indicator operating ranges and red line vary according to the
corresponding propeller RPM.
NOTE (2): A placard is installed indicating cruise torque limits of 1670 ft-lb @ 2200 RPM and
1840 ft-lb @ 2000 RPM; takeoff torque limits are also listed, as 1790 ft-lb. @ 2200 RPM and
1970 ft-lb. @ 2000 RPM.
NOTE (3): During engine start, the ITT indicator indicates a normal operating range from
200C to 925C, a caution range from 926C to 1090C, and a red radial line at 1090C.
NOTE (4): 100% Gas Generator RPM is 37,500 RPM.
Table 2-5 Power Plant Instrument Markings as Displayed on the G1000
2- 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
ITT Indicator
(Normal Operation)
Limitations
Torque Indicator
Battery 1 (
) and
Battery 2 (
) Voltage
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2- 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
Instrument
Red Line
(Minimum
Limit)
Green Band
(Normal
Operating)
Yellow
Band
(Caution
Range)
Red Line
(Maximum
Limit)
Fuel Quantity
Indicators
Empty
175 lb to
1080 lb
Empty to
175 lb
Generator Amps
0 to 240 A
240 to 300 A
300 A
Alternator Amps
0 to 32 A
32 to 40 A
40 A
Battery 1
Voltage
<10 V
24 V to 30 V
Battery 2
Voltage
<10 V
24 V to 30 V
Oxygen Supply
Pressure
Empty
400 to 2000
psig
Low Range
10 V to 24 V
High Range
30 V to 33 V
Low Range
10 V to 24 V
High Range
30 V to 33 V
2 -10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
WEIGHT (lb)
6500
MZFW 6490
6000
5500
5000
4500
4000
3500
12%
16%
20%
24%
28%
32%
36%
40%
NO T E : Any weight above the maximum zero fuel weight of 6490 lb must
be in the form of fuel.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
System, Instrument,
Equipment and/or Function
Placards and Markings
KODIAK 100 POH/AFM
Garmin G1000 Cockpit
Reference Guide
Autoflight
Autopilot
Yaw Damper
Flight Director
Environmental Systems
Avionics Cooling Fans
Communications
VHF COM
Emergency Locator Transmitter
V
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
I
F
R
I
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
Comments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
Only one static discharge wick
may be missing from a single flight
control and a maximum of 3 total
may be missing from the airplane.
Electrical Power
24V Main Batteries
40 Amp Alternator
300 Amp Starter/Generator
Generator Ammeter
Alternator Ammeter
Bus 1 Voltmeter
Bus 2 Voltmeter
Standby Attitude Indicator Battery
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Circuit Breakers
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
V
F
R
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
System, Instrument,
Equipment and/or Function
Flap Operating System
Elevator Trim System (Electric and
Manual Backup)
Elevator Trim Indicator
Electric Aileron Trim System and
Indicator
Electric Rudder Trim System and
Indicator
Flap/Trim Compensation Function
Fuel System
Electric Auxiliary Fuel Pump
Ejector Pump
LH Tank Fuel Quantity Indicator
RH Tank Fuel Quantity Indicator
Fuel Selectors OFF Warning
System
Ice and Rain Protection
Inertial Air Particle Separator
Pitot/Static Heat System
Stall Warning System Heater
Wing and Empennage Leading
Edge TKS System
Windshield TKS System
Propeller TKS System
Indicating and Recording
Systems
Stall Warning System
Terrain Avoidance Warning System
(TAWS)
Traffic Advisory System (TAS)
Traffic Information Service (TIS)
XM Datalink Weather Information
System
2 -14
V
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
I
F
R
I
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Comments
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
System, Instrument,
Equipment and/or Function
Outside Air Temperature Indicators
G1000 Annunciations
ALTERNATR FL (Amber)
AUX PUMP ON (White)
AUX PWR ON (White)
AVN FAN 1 FAIL (White)
AVN FAN 2 FAIL (White)
BLEED AIR ON (White)
BETA (White)
CARGO DOOR (Red or Amber)
EMER PWR LVR (Amber)
ENG INLET BP (White)
ENG INLET NORM (Green)
FLAP FAIL (Amber)
FLAP OVERSPEED (RED)
FUEL PRESS LOW (Amber)
FUEL LOW L, FUEL LOW R, FUEL
LOW L-R (Amber)
FUEL OFF L (White)
FUEL OFF R (White)
FUEL OFF L-R (Red)
ITT (RED)
NG OVERSPEED (RED)
NP OVERSPEED (RED)
TORQUE (RED)
FUEL OFF LED Warning Light
GEN FAIL (Amber)
IGNITION ON (White)
OIL PRESS LOW (Red)
OVERSPD WARN (Red)
Overspeed Warning Aural Warning
PITOT FL L, PITOT FL R, PITOT
FL L-R (Amber)
PITOT OFF L, PITOT OFF R
PITOT OFF L-R (Amber)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
V
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
I
F
R
I
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
3
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
3
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
3
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
3
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
Limitations
V
F
R
Comments
2 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
V
F
R
Limitations
N
I
G
H
T
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
1
3
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
1
3
2
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
2 -16
N
I
G
H
T
1
1
1
I
F
R
D
A
Y
System, Instrument,
Equipment and/or Function
D
A
Y
I
F
R
Comments
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
V
F
R
N
I
G
H
T
1
1
0
System, Instrument,
Equipment and/or Function
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
I
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
AR
AR
0
0
0
0
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
0
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Limitations
D
A
Y
I
F
R
Comments
2 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
2 -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
1. For operations where the entire flight and ground profile will be conducted
in ambient temperatures at or above 5C, AND
3. Fuel filler port placards, shown in the placard section, comply with the
limitations given.
Table 2-7 (Moved to Section 1)
If fuel with DIEGME is not used, the operator is required to use a biocidal
fuel additive given in Section 1 of this manual. Any operation with fuel
that does not contain DIEGME will require the operator to verify appropriate
concentration levels of DIEGME in the aircrafts fuel system, whenever this
component is reintroduced.
WARNI N G: If the aircraft becomes exposed to temperatures below 5C
for any length of time without an approved fuel system icing inhibitor, the
icing inhibitor must be reintroduced prior to next flight. After reintroducing
the icing inhibitor and verifying that the appropriate concentration levels
have been achieved, the operator shall perform the following checks prior
to next flight:
1. Inspect both fuel tanks for signs of ice and/or other contaminates.
2. Perform an engine run of at least 20 minute duration, during which the
engine is operated for at least 3 minutes at takeoff power levels.
Table 2-8 (Moved to Section 1)
Table 2-9 (Moved to Section 1)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2 -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
Ground
80
300
Flight
300
N/A
Ground
25
40
Flight
40
N/A
2- 2 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
FUEL INDICATION
The fuel quantity, fuel used, and fuel remaining functions of the G1000 are
advisory information only and must be verified by the pilot during the preflight
inspection.
Refer to the weight and balance instructions in Section 6, and to the system
descriptions of the Electric Fuel Quantity Indicators and Direct Reading Fuel
Quantity Gauges in Section 7 for further details.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2 - 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
2-18 PLACARDS
The following information must be displayed in the form of placards or
markings, in the approximate locations given.
NO T E : Certain aircraft may have slight variations in wording or location of
placards, depending on date of manufacture.
Limitations
100-910-0091 OR 100-910-0007
This aircraft is certified in the Normal Category. The
markings and placards installed in this airplane must be
complied with when operating this airplane. Additional
operating limitations which must also be complied with
when operating this airplane are contained in the FAA
Approved Flight Manual and Pilots Operating Handbook.
Aerobatic maneuvers, including spins are PROHIBITED.
This airplane is certified for the following flight
operations as of the date of issuance of the original
airworthiness certificate.
100-910-0007
100-910-0091
MIN Ng START
14.0 %
2- 2 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
6. Located on the instrument panel and in the passenger area in clear view of
the crew and passengers:
OR
NO SMOKING
OVERSPEED
GOVERNOR
PRESS TO TEST
8. Located at the LED light on the instrument panel forward of the pilot:
WARNING!
WHEN ILLUMINATED
BOTH FUEL SELECTOR VALVES ARE
OFF
9. Located near the parking brake lever:
PARKING
BRAKE
PUSH BUTTON
& PULL TO SET
10. Located in the top center of the instrument panel, above the MFD:
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2- 2 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Limitations
TORQUE LIMITS
2200 RPM 2000 RPM
CLIMB & CRUISE
1670 FT LB
1840 FT LB
TAKEOFF
1790 FT LB
1970 FT LB
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
12. Located near the trim disconnect switch on each yoke if airplane is
equipped with STEC Autopilot:
2- 2 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
FIREWALL FUEL
SHUTOFF
PULL OFF
Limitations
14. Located on the instrument panel near the fresh air shutoff valve:
FIREWALL AIR
SHUTOFF
DEPRESS BUTTON
& PULL KNOB
15. Located next to the pilot and right crew shoulder harness inertia reel lever.
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
SHOULDER HARNESS
INERTIA REEL
SHOULDER HARNESS
INERTIA REEL
MUST BE LOCKED FOR
TAKEOFF AND LANDING
100-910-0020
LOCK
100-910-0021
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2- 2 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
OR
100-910-0105
100-750-0007
Limitations
OR
NO STOWAGE UNDERSEAT
100-910-0107
100-750-0015
2- 2 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
100-750-0012
Limitations
EMERGENCY SEATBACK
RELEASE
PULL
1 HANDLE
PUSH
2 SEATBACK
FORWARD
100-750-0014
25. Located on each crew seat back on airplanes without a No Smoking light:
OR
100-910-0106
NO STOWAGE UNDERSEAT
100-750-0018
EXIT
100-750-0019
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2- 2 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
28. Located on the interior just aft of the cargo door, at a height greater than
the top of the passenger seat:
TO CLOSE DOOR:
STOW EXTERIOR
DOOR HANDLE
PULL LOWER
DOOR SHUT
ROTATE HANDLE
TO "CLOSE"
PULL UPPER
DOOR SHUT
WITH HANDLE IN
"OPEN" POSITION
ROTATE HANDLE
TO "CLOSE"
LATCH UPPER
HANDLE
Limitations
100-750-0021
EXIT
100-750-0011
30. Baggage capacity - located at the baggage area (rear stepped area) if
equipped with Kydex interior:
2- 2 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
PULL
HANDLE
ROTATE
HANDLE
PUSH OPEN
DOOR
100-750-0020
CAUTION!
WHEN OPENING DOOR LOWER
WITH SUPPORT CABLES. DO NOT
LET DOOR DROP.
34. Located underneath the cargo door steps:
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2- 2 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
LOWER DOOR
HANDLE ON
INSIDE
100-910-0048
37. Located on the exterior of the crew doors (left and right shown):
2- 3 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
Limitations
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2 - 31
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
MAX
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
FILL WITH MIL-H-5606 FLUID
MIN
2- 3 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
EXTERNAL POWER
28 VOLTS DC NOMINAL
800 AMPS
MIN. STARTING CAPACITY
DO NOT EXCEED 1700 AMPS
100-910-0028
WARNING
DO NOT EXCEED
TOW LIMITS
DO NOT TOW WITH
RUDDER LOCK ENGAGED
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
100-910-0030
2- 3 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
47. Located on the side of the oil-to-fuel heater near the oil filler cap:
Limitations
48. Located near the oil dipstick/filler cap, on the underside of the left upper
cowl door:
49. Oil quantity indicator: an oil dipstick, suitably calibrated, is supplied with the
engine.
50. Located adjacent to the firewall mounted fuel filter drain point:
FUEL FILTER
DRAIN DAILY
100-910-0023
51. Located adjacent to the EPA can drain points (one or the other, depending
on your EPA can configuration):
100-910-0024
2- 3 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
Limitations
52. Located on the wings, adjacent to each inboard fuel tank filler cap:
100-910-0061
55. Located on the lower portion of each wing just outboard of the pitot tube:
MAGNETOMETER
USE NON-MAGNETIC
TOOLS AND SCREWS.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
2- 3 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 2
L I M I TAT I O N S
100 SERIES
Limitations
1. Located above the Stall Warning Press to Test button on the Pilots side
instrument panel, if aircraft is equipped with the lift transducer type stall
warning system:
STALL
WARNING
PRESS TO TEST
2. Located in the cockpit near the Pulse Light toggle switch, if aircraft is
equipped with Stormscope:
GROUND
70%
FLIGHT
85%
100-910-0104
2- 3 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Table of Content
GENERAL3-3
AIRSPEEDS FOR EMERGENCY OPERATIONS3-4
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES CHECKLIST3-5
ENGINE FAILURES3-5
AIRSTART3-7
SMOKE AND FIRE3-9
EMERGENCY DESCENT 3-11
GLIDE3-12
LANDING EMERGENCIES3-13
SYSTEM EMERGENCIES3-15
Engine Emergencies3-15
S-TEC Autopilot Malfunction3-16
Fuel System Emergencies3-17
INADVERTENT FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS3-18
AMPLIFIED EMERGENCY PROCEDURES3-19
ENGINE FAILURE3-19
During Takeoff Roll3-19
Immediately Following Takeoff3-19
Engine Failure During Flight3-20
Flameout During Flight3-20
AIRSTART3-21
SMOKE AND FIRE3-21
Engine Fire3-22
Fire or Smoke in Cabin3-22
LANDING EMERGENCIES3-23
Forced Landings3-23
Ditching3-23
Jammed or Disconnected Rudder3-23
Jammed or Disconnected Ailerons3-23
Loss of Elevator Control3-23
ENGINE SYSTEM EMERGENCIES3-24
Loss of Engine Oil Pressure3-24
Fuel Control Unit Malfunctions3-24
Engine Inlet Bypass Failure3-25
Engine Inlet Does Not Return to Normal3-25
Engine Inlet Switch Fault3-25
FUEL SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS3-26
Fuel Flow Interruption3-26
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
CONTENTS....................................................................................................... PAGE
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
3 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
3-1 GENERAL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook describes the recommended
procedures for managing various types of emergencies or critical situations
that may occur. Performing proper preflight inspections and maintenance
procedures will help prevent emergencies caused by airplane or powerplant
malfunctions. In-flight weather emergencies can be avoided with proper
preflight planning, and good judgement when unexpected weather is
encountered. However, if an emergency should take place, the basic
procedures outlined in this section should be considered and applied, as
required, to remedy the problem.
Emergency
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3-3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
3-4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
ENGINE FAILURES
Engine Failure During Takeoff Roll
1. Power Lever..............................................................................BETA Range
2. Brakes................................................................................................... Apply
3. Wing Flaps............................................................................................Retract
If the airplane cannot be stopped on the remaining length of runway:
4. Fuel Condition Lever.........................................................................CUTOFF
5. Firewall Fuel Shutoff........................................................FUEL OFF (pull out)
6. Fuel Selector Valves............... OFF (Red LED warning light shown on panel)
7. Master Switch...........................................................................................OFF
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3-5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
If Ng is below 52%:
1. Fuel Condition Lever.......................................................................CUTOFF
2. Refer to the Airstart checklist for engine restart.
3-6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
AIRSTART
1. Electrical Load..................................................................................REDUCE
2. Generator Switch......................................................................................OFF
3. Alternator Switch......................................................................................OFF
4. AUX BUS Switch......................................................................................OFF
5. Emergency Power Lever..................................................................NORMAL
6. Power Lever............................................................................................ IDLE
7. Propeller Control Lever................................................... AT LOW RPM STOP
8. Fuel Condition Lever.........................................................................CUTOFF
9. Firewall Fuel Shutoff....................................................................ON (push in)
10. Fuel Selector Valves........................................................................BOTH ON
11. Master Switch.............................................................................................ON
12. Auxiliary Fuel Pump....................................................................................ON
Ensure the AUX PUMP ON annunciation is shown on the PFD.
13. Altitude...........................................................................16,000 feet maximum
14. Starter Switch.......................................................................... HI START and:
Ensure the IGNITION ON annunciation is shown on the PFD.
Ensure the engine oil pressure is rising.
Ng to 14% minimum.
15. Fuel Condition Lever......................................................................LOW IDLE
Check ITT (1090C maximum)
Check Ng (50% minimum)
16. Starter Switch...........................................................................................OFF
17. Ignition Switch........................................................................ AS REQUIRED
WARNIN G: If operating with nearly empty fuel tanks or in heavy
precipitation, turn the ignition switch ON.
18. Fuel Condition Lever..................................................................... HIGH IDLE
19. Propeller Control Lever.............................................................. AS DESIRED
20. Power Lever.............................................................................. AS DESIRED
21. Auxiliary Fuel Pump................................................................................STBY
If AUX pump cycles on and off, leave the AUX fuel pump ON.
22. Generator Switch........................................................................................ON
23. Alternator Switch........................................................................................ON
24. Electrical Equipment............................................................... AS REQUIRED
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
1. Generator Switch......................................................................................OFF
2. Alternator Switch......................................................................................OFF
3. AUX BUS Switch......................................................................................OFF
4. Emergency Power Lever..................................................................NORMAL
5. Power Lever............................................................................................ IDLE
6. Propeller Control Lever..........................................................2000-2200 RPM
7. Fuel Condition Lever.........................................................................CUTOFF
8. Firewall Fuel Shutoff....................................................................ON (push in)
9. Fuel Selector Valves........................................................................BOTH ON
10. Master Switch.............................................................................................ON
11. Auxiliary Fuel Pump....................................................................................ON
Ensure the AUX PUMP ON annunciation is shown on PFD.
12. Ignition Switch............................................................................................ON
Ensure the IGNITION ON annunciation is shown on PFD.
13. Airspeed........................................................................... 120 KIAS minimum
14. Altitude...........................................................................16,000 feet maximum
15. Ng Indication......................................................................... CHECK STABLE
NO T E : The minimum demonstrated Ng speed for attempting a non
starter assisted air start is 10%.
16. Fuel Condition Lever......................................................................LOW IDLE
Check ITT (1090C maximum)
Check Ng (50% minimum)
17. Ignition Switch...................OFF (unless in heavy precipitation or low on fuel)
WARNI NG : If operating with nearly empty fuel tanks or in heavy
precipitation, turn the ignition switch ON.
18. Fuel Condition Lever..................................................................... HIGH IDLE
19. Propeller Control Lever.............................................................. AS DESIRED
20. Power Lever.............................................................................. AS DESIRED
21. Auxiliary Fuel Pump................................................................................STBY
If AUX pump cycles on and off, leave the AUX fuel pump switch ON.
22. Generator Switch........................................................................................ON
23. Alternator Switch........................................................................................ON
24. Electrical Equipment............................................................... AS REQUIRED
3-8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
Emergency
1. Power Lever...........................................................................................IDLE
2. Propeller Control Lever................................................................ FEATHER
3. Fuel Condition Lever.......................................................................CUTOFF
4. Firewall Fuel Shutoff..............................................................OFF (pull out)
5. Firewall Air Shutoff.................................................................OFF (pull out)
6. Generator................................................................................................OFF
7. Alternator.................................................................................................OFF
8. AUX BUS Switch......................................................................................OFF
9. Airspeed..................................... AS REQUIRED TO EXTINGUISH FLAMES
10. Overhead Vents....................................................................................OPEN
11. Wing Flaps..................................... SET APPROPRIATELY FOR AIRSPEED
12. Engine Out Emergency Landing.................................................... EXECUTE
Cabin Fire
1. Master Switch.........................................................................................OFF
2. Avionics Master Switch..........................................................................OFF
3. AUX Bus Switch......................................................................................OFF
4. Generator................................................................................................OFF
5. Alternator.................................................................................................OFF
6. Vents................................................................................................ CLOSED
(continued on next page...)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3-9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
Wing Fire
1. Pitot-Static Heat......................................................................................OFF
2. Stall Warning Heat..................................................................................OFF
3. Strobe Lights...........................................................................................OFF
4. NAV Lights...............................................................................................OFF
5. Landing/Recognition Lights..................................................................OFF
6. Taxi Lights...............................................................................................OFF
WARNI NG : Perform a sideslip as necessary to keep the flames away
from the cabin and fuel bays. Land the airplane as soon as possible.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
EMERGENCY DESCENT
Emergency Descent (Low Altitude)
1. Propeller Lever............................................................................. MAX RPM
2. Power Lever...........................................................................................IDLE
3. Flaps..........................................................................................FULL DOWN
4. Airspeed..........................................................................................108 KIAS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
GLIDE
Glide
1. Propeller........................................................................................ FEATHER
2. Flaps.......................................................................................................... UP
3. Airspeed............................................................................................97 KIAS
NO T E : The glide ratio with the aircraft in this configuration is
approximately 2 nautical miles of gliding distance for each 1000 feet of
altitude above the terrain.
Emergency
3 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
LANDING EMERGENCIES
1. Radio.................................. TRANSMIT MAYDAY on 121.5 MHz or with ATC
Give location and intentions and SQUAWK 7700.
2. Heavy Objects in Cabin.......................SECURE (with passenger assistance)
3. Seats/Seat Belts/Shoulder Harnesses............................................. SECURE
4. Visor...................................................FULLY FORWARD (tight to windshield)
5. Inertial Reel Levers........................................................................... LOCKED
6. Airspeed..........................................................................100 KIAS (flaps UP)
80 KIAS (flaps DOWN)
7. Power Lever............................................................................................ IDLE
8. Propeller Control Lever....................................................................FEATHER
9. Fuel Condition Lever.........................................................................CUTOFF
10. Auxiliary Fuel Pump..................................................................................OFF
11. Ignition Switch...........................................................................................OFF
12. AUX BUS..................................................................................................OFF
13. Firewall Fuel Shutoff..................................................................OFF (pull out)
14. Fuel Selector Valves.................................................................................OFF
15. Wing Flaps.................................................................................. FULL DOWN
16. Crew Doors..................................................................................... UNLATCH
17. Generator.................................................................................................OFF
18. Alternator..................................................................................................OFF
19. Master Switch.........................................OFF (when landing area is assured)
20. Touchdown.......................................................................As slow as possible
21. Nose Landing Gear....................................... HOLD OFF as long as possible
22. Brakes................................................................ APPLY HEAVY PRESSURE
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Ditching
WARNI NG : This airplane has not been tested in actual ditching
(emergency water landing). The below procedure is only a
recommendation based on estimations.
Emergency
3 -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
SYSTEM EMERGENCIES
Engine Emergencies
Loss of Oil Pressure
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
Autopilot Disconnect
Switch
Trim Disconnect
Switch
Electronic Pitch
Trim Dual Switch
3 -16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
1. Ignition Switch............................................................................................ON
2. Engine Inlet........................................................................................ BYPASS
3. L-R Pitot Heat.............................................................................................ON
4. Propeller Lever............................................................................... MAX RPM
5. Flight................................................... CHANGE COURSE and/or ALTITUDE
(as necessary to exit icing conditions)
6. Cabin Heat/Defrost.....................................................................................ON
7. Wing Flaps.................................................................................................. UP
8. Approach to Landing........................................................................100 KIAS
3 -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
ENGINE FAILURE
If an engine failure occurs during the takeoff roll, the most important thing to
do is control the airplane and bring it to a stop on the remaining runway. The
other items included in the checklist provide additional safety after a failure of
this type occurs.
WARNIN G: Intentional shutdown and securing of the engine in flight for
training purposes is not recommended, due to the high risk involved.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
AIRSTART
CAUT I O N :
It takes approximately 15 seconds and 300 feet in altitude to
accomplish a starter assisted airstart (using the HI-START feature)
when established in a glide at 97 KIAS, with the propeller feathered.
When starting the engine, if a rise in Ng and ITT are not indicated
within 10 seconds, bring the fuel condition lever into the CUTOFF
position and abort the start. Refer to the Engine Failure During Flight
and Power Off Emergency Landing checklists.
Do not attempt a Not Starter Assisted Airstart with 0%Ng.
NO T E : The fuel condition lever may be briefly moved to the CUTOFF
position and then returned to LOW IDLE if over-temperature conditions
occur. This momentarily interrupts the fuel flow to the engine combustion
chamber.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 - 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Engine Fire
Engine fires may be caused by a malfunction with the fuel control unit or
improper starting techniques. Improper procedures such as starting with the
emergency power lever out of its NORMAL position, or providing fuel to the
engine when the gas generator speed is below 14% RPM, will tend to cause
a hot start which may result in an engine fire. In the event of an engine fire,
refer to the Engine Fire During Start checklist.
If an aircraft fire is discovered while on the ground or on takeoff (prior to
committing to flight), the aircraft should be stopped as soon as possible and
evacuated.
Emergency
3 -22
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
LANDING EMERGENCIES
Forced Landings
If all attempts to restart the engine fail and a forced landing is imminent,
choose a suitable landing area and prepare for the landing as outlined in the
Engine-Out Emergency Landing checklist.
NO T E : The overhead fuel selector valve handles control the fuel shutoff
valves at the outlets of the fuel tanks. To minimize fire hazards, these
selectors should be turned OFF during the final stages of an off airport
approach to landing. With the fuel selectors turned OFF, there will be
sufficient fuel in the reservoir tank for approximately 3 minutes of maximum
continuous power, or approximately 9 minutes of operation at idle power.
WARNIN G: If the precautionary landing is aborted, return the fuel tank
selectors to the ON position while initiating the Go-Around.
Ditching
For ditching (performing an emergency water landing), if possible, secure
or jettison heavy objects located in the cabin or baggage areas and collect
folded coats, or other padded objects, for face protection at touchdown.
Transmit a Mayday message on 121.5 MHz providing the location and
intentions and Squawk 7700. At night, avoid flaring the aircraft because of
possible difficulty in judging the aircrafts height above water surfaces.
3 -23
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Prior to executing an off airport landing with engine power available, fly
over the landing area at a safe but low altitude and inspect the terrain for
obstructions and undesirable surface conditions. Proceed as outlined in the
Powered Precautionary Landing checklist.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
The OIL PRESS LOW annunciation will display on the PFD when the oil
pressure falls below 45 PSI. Complete loss of engine oil pressure will read
out on the oil pressure indicator and the pilot should be aware of the following:
Complete loss of oil pressure will eventually result in the loss of propeller
control, since the propeller springs and centrifugal counterweights will drive
the propeller into the feathered position.
Complete loss of oil pressure will eventually cause the engine to seize.
Therefore, it is not recommended for the pilot to continue to operate the
engine following a complete loss of oil pressure.
Engine and propeller operation should be monitored closely for indications
of the onset of propeller feathering and engine seizure. The Engine Failure
checklist should be completed as soon as possible.
Operating the engine at the minimum power required to sustain flight will
normally prolong the time until loss of engine and propeller thrust.
Operating the engine with the oil pressure indicating in the yellow range is
not considered to be critical, but is a definite cause for concern and should
be tolerated only for the purpose of completing the immediate flight. Do not
attempt a takeoff with the oil pressure indicating in the yellow range.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
Scenario
Diagnosis
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -25
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
Emergency
If the main ejector pump should fail, a pressure switch located near the
reservoir tank will cause the FUEL PRESS LOW annunciation to display
on the PFD and will automatically turn on the auxiliary fuel pump (if the
switch is placed in the STBY position) anytime the fuel pressure falls below
approximately 4.5 PSI.
The red RESERVOIR FUEL annunciation will illuminate anytime the fuel level
in the reservoir falls below approximately 1/2 full. If this should occur, the pilot
should immediately verify both fuel selectors are in the ON position and turn
both the ignition switch and auxiliary fuel pump ON.
WARNI NG : Once the RESERVOIR FUEL annunciation illuminates, there
will only be about 3 minutes of fuel available in the reservoir, for engine
operation at maximum continuous power.
If the fuel selector valves have been left in the OFF position, returning
them to the ON position will quickly fill the reservoir and thus extinguish the
RESERVOIR FUEL annunciation. Once the cause of the problem has been
corrected, the ignition switch may be turned OFF and auxiliary fuel pump
switch may be returned to its STBY position.
NO T E : Another possible cause of the RESERVOIR FUEL annunciation
being shown is an air bubble being trapped in the reservoir. To help clear
out fuel from the vent lines and eliminate the air bubble in the reservoir,
attempt a steady heading sideslip for 10 seconds in each direction.
A fuel selectors off warning system is provided to warn the pilot if both fuel
selectors are placed in the OFF position. Included in the G1000 warning
system is a red annunciation labeled FUEL OFF, and a warning chime. In
addition, a red LED warning light located near the pilots PFD will illuminate.
The LED warning light is labeled:
WARNING!
WHEN ILLUMINATED
BOTH FUEL SELECTOR VALVES ARE OFF
3 -26
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 -27
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Emergency
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3
E M E R G E N CY P R O C E D U R E S
100 SERIES
3-6 SPINS
WARNI NG : This airplane is certified in the normal category and
intentional spinning of the aircraft is prohibited.
Should a spin be entered inadvertently, the following recovery technique
should be used.
1. Bring the power lever to the IDLE position.
2. Place the ailerons in the NEUTRAL position.
3. Apply and HOLD full rudder, opposite to the direction of rotation.
Emergency
4. Immediately after the rudder reaches its stop, move the control wheel
briskly forward, far enough to break the stall. (Full down elevator may be
required to break the stall in an aft C.G. loading.)
5. Hold these control inputs until the rotation completely stops.
6. As the rotation stops, return the rudder to neutral and make a smooth
recovery from the resulting dive. If the flaps were extended as the spin was
entered, retract the flaps to prevent a flap overspeed condition.
3 -28
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
CONTENTS....................................................................................................... PAGE
GENERAL........................................................................................................... 3A-3
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES CHECKLIST........................................................ 3A-3
ABNORMAL ENGINE PROCEDURES.............................................................3A-3
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS....................... 3A-4A
TRIM SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS.....................................................................3A-6
FLAP SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS....................................................................3A-7
ABNORMAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM FAILURES..............................................3A-8
ABNORMAL LANDING PROCEDURES.........................................................3A-11
ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEM FAILURES........................................................3A-11
INADVERTENT OPENING OF DOORS IN FLIGHT.......................................3A-12
AMPLIFIED ABNORMAL PROCEDURES....................................................... 3A-12
ABNORMAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM FAILURES............................................ 3A-13
ATTITUDE HEADING REFERENCE SYSTEM (AHRS) FAILURES...............3A-13
SINGLE AHRS FAILURE................................................................................3A-13
AIR DATA COMPUTER (ADC) SYSTEM FAILURES......................................3A-15
GPS/NAV COMPUTER SYSTEM FAILURES.................................................3A-17
PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY (PFD) FAILURE................................................3A-21
#1 PFD FAILURE............................................................................................3A-21
MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD) FAILURE............................................3A-23
INADVERTENT OPENING OF A DOOR IN FLIGHT........................................ 3A-23
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 A -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Abnormal
Table of Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Abnormal
3A-2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
3A-1 GENERAL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook describes the recommended
procedures for managing various types of abnormal procedures or
malfunctions that may occur. Performing proper preflight inspections and
maintenance procedures will help prevent abnormal airplane or powerplant
malfunctions. However, if an abnormal malfunction should take place, the
basic procedures outlined in this section should be considered and applied,
as required, to remedy the problem.
ITT
(ITT annunciation shown on PFD)
1. Power Lever: REDUCE POWER to within limits and carefully monitor
engine gages for abnormal oil pressure, oil temperature or power
indications.
2. If engine gages are normal, proceed to destination and determine if an
engine inspection is required prior to next flight.
3. If engine gages suggest imminent engine failure, proceed in accordance
with Engine Failures checklists or at the discretion of the pilot and
consistent with safety; continue engine operation in preparation for an
emergency landing as soon as possible.
NG Overspeed
1. Power Lever: REDUCE POWER to within limits and carefully monitor
engine gages for abnormal oil pressure, oil temperature or power
indications.
2. Proceed to destination and determine if an engine inspection is required
prior to next flight.
NP Overspeed
1. Propeller Lever ................................................... REDUCE Np to within limits
(If propeller RPM continues to overspeed, reduce power to minimum
possible.)
2. Airspeed..............................................................Reduce to 100 KIAS or less
3. Aircraft .......................................................... Land at nearest suitable airfield
If possible, always retain glide capability to the selected landing airfield in
case of total propeller failure. In the event of heavy vibration or uncontrolled
propeller speed runaway, be prepared to shut down engine.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3A-3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Torque
1. Power Lever: REDUCE POWER to within limits and carefully monitor
engine gages for abnormal oil pressure, oil temperature or power
indications.
2. If engine gages are normal, proceed to destination and determine if an
engine inspection is required prior to next flight.
3. If engine gages suggest imminent engine failure, proceed in accordance
with Engine Failures checklists or at the discretion of the pilot and
consistent with safety; continue engine operation in preparation for an
emergency landing as soon as possible.
Abnormal
3A- 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3A- 4a
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Abnormal
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Abnormal
3A- 4b
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Alternator Failure
ALTERNATR FL annunciation shown on PFD:
1. Alternator Switch.......................................................................... CHECK ON
2. Engine Gauges................................................................. CHECK ALT AMPS
Check ALT AMPS to determine if the alternator is offline
3. Alternator Switch.................................................................... OFF, THEN ON
4. If Alternator is determined to be offline
Alternator Switch..............................................................................OFF
Generator Load........................... REDUCE TO LESS THAN 300 AMPS
5. Flight................ CONTINUE with caution and discretion to destination airport
Abnormal
NO T E : The generator will carry the entire electrical load with the
alternator offline.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3A- 4c
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Abnormal
3A- 4d
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Abnormal
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3A-5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
3A- 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Flap Overspeed
1. AIRSPEED.......... REDUCE TO BELOW CURRENT FLAP POSITION LIMIT
2. VISUALLY CHECK FLAPS AND FLAP TRACKS FOR NORMAL
CONDITION.
3. If flap system is normal, position the flaps as desired and continue flight.
4. If flap system appears damaged, leave the flaps in their current position,
maintain airspeed below the limit for the current position and land at the
nearest suitable airport for repairs.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 A -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Abnormal
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
3A- 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
#2 GPS/NAV Failure
1. BOTH ON GPS 1.....................................................ANNUNCIATED ON PFD
2. In Flight Corrective Action......................................................NONE NEEDED
Annunciations Shown:
NAV 1&2 RED X
COM 1&2 RED X
TAWS FAIL
HSI/GPS INTEG
XPDR FAIL
NO GPS POSITION
NO TRFC DATA
ALL ENGINE GAUGES and EIS RED X
CLOCK RED X
1. GPS/NAV Circuit Breakers.............................................................CHECK IN
2. If Open................................................. RESET (close) CIRCUIT BREAKERS
3. If Circuit Breakers Open Again............................................. DO NOT RESET
4. COM 1.............................................................USE to transmit on 121.5 MHz
(automatically defaults to this frequency)
NO T E : Even though the COM 1 frequency box no longer displays a
frequency (red X shown), the radio will transmit on 121.5 MHz (Guard).
5. If VFR ..................................................................Maintain VFR to destination
6. If IFR........................................REQUEST ATC for vectors to VFR conditions
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3A-9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
3 A -10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 A -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Abnormal
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
3 A -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ROL NO COMP Only one source for roll information, not able to compare to
second source.
PIT NO COMP Only one source for pitch information, not able to compare to
second source.
BOTH ON AHRS 2 (or 1) Both PFDs are receiving AHRS 2 (or 1) information.
HDG FAULT AHRS 1 (or 2) magnetometer fault has occurred.
Figure 3A-1 No. 1 AHRS Failure (No. 1 PFD Shown, with Optional SVS System On)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 A -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Abnormal
HDG NO COMP Only one source for heading information, not able to compare to
second source.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
BOTH ON AHRS 2 (or 1) Both PFDs were receiving AHRS 2 (or 1) information
when the other AHRS failed.
BOTH ON ADC2 Both PFDs were only receiving ADC 2 information when the
other AHRS failed.
HDG FAULT AHRS 1 (or 2) magnetometer fault has occurred.
3 A -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Figure 3A-3 No. 1 ADC Failure (No. 1 PFD Shown, with Optional SVS System On)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 A -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
AHRS 1&2 TAS AHRS 1 & 2 are not receiving airspeed information.
3 A -16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 A -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Abnormal
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Abnormal
Figure 3A-5 No. 1 GPS/NAV Computer Failure
(No. 1 PFD Shown, with Optional SVS System On)
3 A -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
#2 GPS/NAV Failure
If a failure occurs in the #2 GPS/NAV system (GIA), the other GPS/NAV
system will automatically provide GPS information to both displays. Check
the GPS/NAV circuit breakers to ensure they are both in. If one is open, try
resetting it (push in). If it pops back out, DO NOT reset it.
#2 NAV and #2 COM frequency information will not be displayed on any of
the flight displays. If COM #2 is used, all transmissions will be broadcast on
121.5 MHz. 121.5 MHz is automatically selected when a failure occurs in the
system. COM #1 and NAV #1 may be used as normal.
The following annunciations will be shown on the PFD:
BOTH ON GPS 1 Both PFD units are receiving GPS data from the No. 1 GIA unit.
AHRS 1 GPS AHRS 1 not receiving backup GPS information.
Abnormal
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 A -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
BOTH ON GPS 1 Both PFD units were receiving GPS data from the No.1 GIA
unit when the 1st GPS/NAV failure occurred. GPS information is not being received
when both GPS/NAV systems fail.
3A-20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
HDG NO COMP Only one source for heading information, not able to compare to
second source.
ROL NO COMP Only one source for roll information, not able to compare to
second source.
PIT NO COMP Only one source for pitch information, not able to compare to
second source.
IAS NO COMP Only one source for airspeed information, not able to compare to
second source.
ALT NO COMP Only one source for altitude information, not able to compare to
second source.
BOTH ON GPS 2 Both PFD units are receiving GPS data from the No. 2 GIA unit.
BOTH ON AHRS 2 Both PFDs are receiving AHRS 2 information.
BOTH ON ADC 2 Both PFDs are only receiving ADC 2 information.
GMA 1 FAIL GMA 1 is inoperative. A communication failure with GMA 1 (Pilots
Audio Panel) has occurred. If COM 1 is selected on the pilots audio panel, the
pilots transmissions will be broadcast on 121.5 MHz.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3 A - 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Abnormal
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
NO T E : The alerts box will display GMA 1 FAILURE (audio panel). This
failure message is due to the COM 1 automatically switching to 121.5
MHz, and the GMA 1 not being able to communicate with the #1 PFD. If
COM 1 is used, transmissions will be broadcast on 121.5 MHz. Although
GMA 1 FAILURE is annunciated, some functions of the #1 GMA will still be
operational.
Abnormal
Figure 3A-8 Primary Flight Display Failure (MFD Shown)
3A-22
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Abnormal
Check the MFD circuit breaker to ensure it is pushed in. If it is open, try
resetting it (push in). If it pops back out, DO NOT reset it.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
3A-23
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 3A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Abnormal
3A -24
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
CONTENTS....................................................................................................... PAGE
GENERAL..............................................................................................................4-3
AIRSPEEDS FOR NORMAL OPERATIONS.........................................................4-3
NORMAL PROCEDURES CHECKLIST................................................................4-4
PREFLIGHT INSPECTION.................................................................................4-4
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE............................................................................4-8
ENGINE STARTS................................................................................................4-9
TAXIING............................................................................................................ 4-11
BEFORE TAKEOFF.......................................................................................... 4-11
TAKEOFF..........................................................................................................4-12
ENROUTE CLIMB.............................................................................................4-13
CRUISE.............................................................................................................4-13
DESCENT.........................................................................................................4-13
BEFORE LANDING...........................................................................................4-14
LANDINGS........................................................................................................4-14
AFTER LANDING..............................................................................................4-15
ENGINE SHUTDOWN AND AIRPLANE SECURING........................................4-15
SYSTEMS CHECKS / PROCEDURE...............................................................4-16
OXYGEN SYSTEM...........................................................................................4-18
AIR CONDITIONING.........................................................................................4-19
AMPLIFIED NORMAL PROCEDURES...............................................................4-20
PREFLIGHT INSPECTION...............................................................................4-20
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE..........................................................................4-22
ENGINE STARTING..........................................................................................4-23
TAXIING............................................................................................................4-27
BEFORE TAKEOFF..........................................................................................4-28
TAKEOFF..........................................................................................................4-29
TAKEOFF POWER SETTINGS.........................................................................4-29
CLIMB................................................................................................................4-30
ENROUTE CLIMB.............................................................................................4-30
CRUISE.............................................................................................................4-31
LANDING...........................................................................................................4-32
AFTER SHUTDOWN.........................................................................................4-33
COLD WEATHER OPERATIONS........................................................................4-34
NOISE CHARACTERISTICS...............................................................................4-35
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Table of Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Procedures
4 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
4-1 GENERAL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook includes procedures for
conducting normal operations, laid out in checklist format. Normal procedures
related to optional systems can be found in Section 9 of this manual.
WARNIN G: There is no substitute for proper and thorough preflight
planning action, along with continual use of the information gathered
during the preflight planning process. Be thoroughly knowledgeable
of possible hazards and dangerous conditions, and be aware of the
capabilities and limitations of the airplane.
Rotate:
Normal Takeoff Flaps 20.........................................................60-65 KIAS
Short Field Takeoff Flaps 20........................................................60 KIAS
Takeoff Flaps 10...........................................................................70 KIAS
Takeoff Flaps 0.............................................................................90 KIAS
Takeoff @ 50 Foot Obstacle:
Normal Climb-Out........................................................................85-95 KIAS
Short Field Takeoff Flaps 20 .......................................................73 KIAS
Takeoff Flaps 10...........................................................................90 KIAS
Takeoff Flaps 0........................................................................... 110 KIAS
Enroute Climb (Flaps Up):
Cruise Climb............................................................................ 110-120 KIAS
Vclimb.............................................................................................101 KIAS
Vy (S.L.)............................................................................................99 KIAS
Vy (10,000 FT)..................................................................................93 KIAS
Vy (20,000 FT)..................................................................................86 KIAS
Approach to Landing:
Normal Approach Flaps 35........................................................80-85 KIAS
Approach Flaps 20..................................................................80-85 KIAS
Approach Flaps 10..................................................................90-95 KIAS
Normal Approach Flaps 0...................................................100-105 KIAS
Short Field Approach Flaps 35 (VREF) .........................................74 KIAS
Maximum Recommended Turbulent Air Penetration Speed:
7255 Pounds..................................................................................142 KIAS
6750 Pounds..................................................................................137 KIAS
6000 Pounds..................................................................................129 KIAS
5000 Pounds.................................................................................. 118 KIAS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4-3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
The following speeds are based on a maximum weight of 7255 pounds for
takeoff and 6690 pounds for landing, and may be used for any weight less
than that. However, to achieve the specified performance calculations in
Section 5 for takeoff distance, climb performance, or landing distance, the
speed appropriate for that particular weight must be used.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Cabin
1. FAA Approved Flight Manual................................... ACCESSIBLE TO PILOT
2. Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide............ ACCESSIBLE TO PILOT
3. Control Lock.....................................................................................REMOVE
4. Parking Brake........................................................................................... SET
5. All Electrical Switches...............................................................................OFF
6. All Circuit Breakers ................................................................. IN (or collared)
7. Fuel Selector Valves..................... BOTH ON and CHECK AGAINST STOPS
8. Emergency Power Lever..................................................................NORMAL
9. Firewall Fuel Shutoff......................................................FUEL ON (pushed in)
10. Fire Extinguishers................................................................................CHECK
11. Master Switch.............................................................................................ON
12. Left Primary Flight Display............................................................ CHECK ON
13. Avionics Master Switch...............................................................................ON
14. Both Avionics Cooling Fans........................................... CHECK ON (audibly)
15. MFD............ CHECK SYSTEM ID and JEPPESEN DATABASE CURRENCY
16. Fuel Quantity (L & R)...........................................................................CHECK
Procedures
4-4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Left Side
1. Fuselage Floor Skin Drain Holes.........................................................CHECK
(Check for any sign of leaks in the aircraft sidewall or sub-floor.)
NO T E : This check is especially important if your aircraft is equipped with
an External Cargo Compartment.
2. Left Main Landing Gear.......................................................................CHECK
(Check for proper tire inflation and general condition of the landing gear and
brake system.)
3. Wing Tank Fuel Sump Valve................................ DRAIN and SAMPLE FUEL
4. Direct Reading Fuel Quantity Indicator.................. CHECK FUEL QUANTITY
5. Left Battery................... CHECK security and condition of battery and cables
Empennage
WARNIN G: During cold weather operations, it is essential to remove
even small traces of frost, ice or snow from the tail and control surfaces.
Ensure the control surfaces do not contain internal ice or debris
accumulations.
1. Baggage and Cargo............................................................CHECK SECURE
2. Aft Fire Extinguisher...............................................CHECK for proper charge
3. Aft Door....................................................................CLOSED and LATCHED
(continued on next page...)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4-5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Empennage (continued)
4. Tail Tie Down .......................................................................... DISCONNECT
(Ensure tail stand removed)
5. Horizontal Stabilizer........................ CHECK for proper security and condition
6. Vertical Stabilizer............................ CHECK for proper security and condition
7. Control Surfaces and Elevator Trim Tabs............................................CHECK
(Check proper condition, position for takeoff, security, tab free-play, and
freedom of movement.)
8. Static Wicks.......................................... CHECK proper condition (6 required)
9. Antennas...................................CHECK security of installation and condition
10. Aft Nav Light (if equipped) ............ CHECK proper condition and cleanliness
Procedures
Right Side
1. Direct Reading Fuel Quantity Indicator............................ CHECK QUANTITY
2. Wing Tank Fuel Sump Valve................................ DRAIN and SAMPLE FUEL
3. Right Main Landing Gear.....................................................................CHECK
(Check for proper tire inflation and general condition of the landing gear and
brake systems.)
4. Fuselage Fuel Reservoir Sump Valves.................................................DRAIN
(Check for contamination or debris. Take further samples until all
contamination or debris is removed.)
NO T E : Dispose of fuel samples in a proper manner, as turbine fuel will
cause damage to asphalt surfaces.
5. Right Side Crew Door...............................................CLOSED and LATCHED
4-6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Nose
4 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Nose (continued)
22. Left Engine Cowling................................................... CLOSED and SECURE
23. EPA Fuel Reservoir...............................................................................DRAIN
24. Oil/Fuel Reservoir (if equipped)............................................................DRAIN
25. Windshield................................................... CLEAN and check for damage
Procedures
4-8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
ENGINE STARTS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4-9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Procedures
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
TAXIING
Taxiing
1. Brakes................................................................................................CHECK
2. Flight Controls..............POSITIONED ACCORDING TO WIND DIRECTION
3. Flight Instruments...............................................................................CHECK
NO T E : For improved brake life, propeller BETA range may be used during
ground operations to prevent excessive taxi speeds.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Before Takeoff
1. Parking Brake.......................................................................................... SET
2. All Seats, Seat belts and Shoulder Harnesses......... LOCKED and SECURE
3. Inertia Reel Levers.......................................................................... LOCKED
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
WARNIN G: Failure to properly utilize the seat track locks, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses, and inertia reel locks could result in serious injury or
death, should an accident occur.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
TAKEOFF
Normal Takeoff
1. Wing Flaps............................................................................................. 0-20
2. Elevator Trim...........................................................RECHECK set for takeoff
CAUT I O N: The automatic trim system may be disabled on the ground
through an airspeed switch*. The airspeed switch activates the automatic
trim system above approximately 35 knots. If the airplane is positioned
into winds in excess of approximately 35 knots while the flaps are being
set for takeoff, the trim will move from its previously set position and could
result in an out-of-trim condition on takeoff.
* Airspeed switches are installed on airplane serial numbers 100-0070 and
below).
Procedures
3. Power ........... SET FOR TAKEOFF (observe takeoff torque, ITT, and Ng limits)
4. Annunciators........................................................................................CHECK
5. Engine Instruments..............................................................................CHECK
6. Rotate............................................................................................60-65 KIAS
7. Climb Speed..................................................................................85-95 KIAS
8. Wing Flaps...........................................................RETRACT at a safe altitude
(Retract to 10 after reaching 85 KIAS and 0 after reaching 95 KIAS.)
4 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
ENROUTE CLIMB
Cruise Climb
1. Auxiliary Fuel Pump................................................................................STBY
2. Pitot/Static Heat..... ON when OAT is less than 5C and visible moisture present
3. Engine Inlet ............................................................................ AS REQUIRED
4. Airspeed ................................................................................... 110-120 KIAS
5. Torque............. SET (refer to Maximum Torque for Climb chart in Section 5)
6. Propeller................................................................................2000-2200 RPM
7. ITT and Ng Limits...........................................................................OBSERVE
NO T E : Use of 740C ITT is recommended for improved engine life.
CRUISE
Normal Cruise
1. Pitot/Static Heat..... ON when OAT is less than 5C and visible moisture present
2. Propeller................................................................................2000-2200 RPM
3. Power .......SET per Cruise Performance tables in Section 5 of this manual
(Observe Max Cruise ITT and Ng limits.)
NO T E : Propeller RPM (Np) may be set as low as 1900 RPM to reduce
cabin noise. Do not exceed 1840 foot-pounds of torque, 740 degrees C
ITT, or 101.6% NG. To achieve optimum cruise performance, set Np at or
above 2000 RPM.
.
DESCENT
Normal Descent
1. Engine Inlet ............................................................................ AS REQUIRED
2. Pitot/Static Heat..... ON when OAT is less than 5C and visible moisture present
3. Altimeter................................................................................................... SET
4. CDI.............................................................................. SET APPROPRIATELY
5. Power ........................AS REQUIRED to provide the desired rate of descent
6. Seats, Seatbelts and Shoulder Harnesses............ ADJUSTED and SECURE
7. Inertial Reel Levers........................................................................... LOCKED
WARNIN G: Failure to properly utilize the seat belts, shoulder harnesses,
and inertia reel locks could result in serious injury or death, should an
accident occur.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
BEFORE LANDING
Before Landing
1. Fuel Selector Valves................................................. LEFT AND RIGHT ON
2. Firewall Fuel Shutoff..................................................FUEL ON (PUSHED IN)
3. Fuel Condition Lever..................................................................... HIGH IDLE
4. Propeller Lever......................................................................MAXIMUM RPM
5. Wing Flaps................................................................................. AS DESIRED
(10 below 138 KIAS, 20 below 120 KIAS, 35 below 108 KIAS)
6. Landing/Taxi Lights................................................................. AS REQUIRED
7. Yaw Damper.............................................................................................OFF
8. Autopilot....................................................................................................OFF
LANDINGS
Normal Landing
Procedures
Balked Landing
1. Power Lever............................................... ADVANCE to TAKEOFF POWER
2. Climb Speed.................................................. 80 KIAS until clear of obstacles
3. Wing Flaps............................................................................RETRACT to 20
4. Wing Flaps ....... FULLY RETRACT upon reaching safe altitude and airspeed
4 -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
AFTER LANDING
After Landing
1. Wing Flaps.................................................................................................. UP
2. Fuel Condition Lever......................................................................LOW IDLE
3. Auxiliary Fuel Pump..................................................................................OFF
4. Strobe Lights............................................................................................OFF
5. Landing and Taxi Lights ......................................................... AS REQUIRED
6. Pitot Heat (L&R).......................................................................................OFF
CAUT I ON : Accidental moving of the fuel condition lever aft of the LOW
IDLE position, causing the Ng to fall below 52%, and then moving the fuel
condition lever back to LOW IDLE, can result in an ITT over-temperature
condition. If the engine begins to shutdown in this situation, allow the
engine to complete its shutdown process. Then, perform a normal engine
start using the Engine Start checklist.
4 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Procedures
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
NO T E : A green light throughout this short test does not guarantee that a
full hour of operation time is available. Actual battery operation time may
vary considerably depending on temperature, charge status, and battery
condition.
4 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
OXYGEN SYSTEM
Preflight Inspection
Procedures
Operation in Flight
When oxygen is required during flight, perform the following:
1. Oxygen Masks...................................... Refer to Section 7 for proper usage
2. Oxygen Control Switch...............................................................................ON
3. Flowmeter...................................................CHECK at least every 10 minutes
NO T E : When the oxygen tank pressure drops below 400 psi, the green
400 psi light will go out, and the red empty light will go on. The red light
indicates oxygen tank pressure below 400 psi.
4 -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
AIR CONDITIONING
Preflight Inspection
NO T E : During the preflight inspection, the cabin doors may be opened to
aid in cool-down of the cabin before flight.
The air conditioning system components should be inspected as follows:
1. Compressor..............................................................CHECK proper condition
2. Drive Belt.............................................. CHECK proper condition and tension
3. Hoses..................................................................................................CHECK
(Check hoses, from the compressor to the condenser and evaporators, for
signs of damage or leaks.)
4. Condenser Intakes and Outlets...........................................................CHECK
After preflight inspection and engine start, use the following procedures for
reducing high cabin temperatures:
1. AUX BUS....................................................................................................ON
2. Fuel Condition Lever...................................................................... ADVANCE
(Advance to maintain minimum Ng specified on Max Generator Power
figures in Section 5 of this manual.)
3. Automatic Climate Control System.............................................................ON
4. Automatic Mode..........................................................................................ON
5. Air Conditioning Mode................................................................................ON
6. SET Temperature.......................................................... ADJUST as Desired
Operation in Flight
NO T E : With the system in AUTO Mode, the ACCS will utilize air
conditioning or heat to maintain the set temperature, as necessary.
1. IDLE Ng Limits................................................................................OBSERVE
(Reference Max Generator Power figures in Section 5 of this manual.)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4 -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Operation on Ground
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
PREFLIGHT INSPECTION
WARNI NG : Visually inspect the airplane for general condition, while
performing a walk-around inspection, and remove any ground service
equipment. It may be necessary to use a ladder to gain access to the
wings for visual inspection, refueling and checking the stall warning vane
and pitot heat.
It is the pilot-in-commands responsibility to ensure the airplane is ready
for flight. Along with the Preflight Inspection checklist, the following checks
should be performed prior to a flight:
Procedures
1. Ensure the fuel supply is free of debris or contamination before flight. Any
traces of solid contaminants such as rust, sand, pebbles, dirt, or bacterial
growth must be considered hazardous and removed from the fuel system
prior to flight. In addition to debris in the fuel, liquid contamination must
also be removed; this includes water, incorrect fuel types, or unapproved
additives. Fuel samples should be taken from all of the fuel drain locations
during each preflight inspection and following every refueling of the aircraft.
2. The seventeen (17) fuselage floor skin drain holes should also be checked
for any sign of blockage or leakage.
NO T E : This check is especially important if your aircraft is equipped with
an External Cargo Compartment. Care should be taken to open the cargo
compartment doors and confirm all sidewall and sub-floor drain holes are
clean.
3. The preflight inspection checklist is recommended for utilization prior to
each flight. If the airplane has been in storage for an extended amount of
time, has had recent major maintenance work, or has been operated from
rough or unimproved surfaces, a more extensive exterior inspection is
recommended.
4. Flights taking place at night or in cold weather involve careful preflight
inspection of other specific areas, which are outlined in this Section.
During cold weather operations, it is essential to remove even small traces
of frost, ice or snow from the wings, tail and control surfaces. Ensure
the control surfaces and flap tracks do not contain internal ice or debris
accumulations. If these requirements are not performed, a noticeable
degradation of performance may occur, possibly to the extent where a safe
takeoff and climb may not be possible. Prior to any flight into instrument
4 -20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
meteorological conditions, check the pitot static source and stall warning
heaters (if equipped) for proper heating within 30 seconds of activating the
proper switches.
5. Following the accomplishment of major maintenance procedures on the
airplane, the preflight inspections should be modified to give extra attention
to the flight controls and trim tabs to ensure freedom of movement and
actuation in the correct direction. Also, all inspection panels on the airplane
should be checked to ensure proper security of installation.
4 - 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
4 -22
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
ENGINE STARTING
Recommended Start Methods
Aircraft power alone. . . . . . . . . . LO START
External power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI START
In-air restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI START
LO START. The two aircraft batteries perform the start sequence in parallel.
HI START. Though HI START results in faster light off, cooler starting
temperatures, and lower stresses on the engine, it depletes the batteries
more quickly. The Master Control Unit (MCU) initiates the start with the two
batteries in parallel and then, as the starter current decays to a pre-determined
value, the batteries are switched into series to feed the starter. The resultant
48 volts appear only at the starter and nowhere else in the electrical system.
The inrush current and impact torque on the accessory gears is significantly
reduced and the engine acceleration is faster, which results in reduced peak
inter-turbine temperatures at startup.
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Once all of those conditions are met, bring the fuel condition lever to the LOW
IDLE position. Verify the fuel flow is approximately 100 pounds per hour, the
ITT remains below 1090C (1090C ITT is time limited to 2 seconds) and the
Ng reaches idle RPM of approximately 52%.
CAUT I O N: If the ITT rises rapidly towards 1090 or if no ITT rise is
observed within 10 seconds after moving the fuel condition lever to LOW
IDLE, bring the fuel condition lever to CUTOFF and perform the engine
clearing procedure described in this section to prevent a hot start.
NO T E : Typically, the ITT temperature during start will be substantially
lower than 1090C (approximately 500C for HI START and 700C for LO
START).
Once the engine speed reaches idle (52% Ng), release the starter switch to
the OFF position and verify the STARTER ON annunciator is not shown on
the PFD. When the engine is cold or if there is a high load on the generator,
it may be necessary to advance the power lever slightly forward of the idle
detent to maintain a minimum idle RPM of 52% Ng. To prevent the idle RPM
from dropping below 52% Ng, the power lever may be advanced to obtain
55% Ng prior to turning the generator switch ON.
Procedures
CAUT I O N: Operating the engine under high OAT and higher ground
elevations may cause the ITT to exceed the idle limitation of 685C. To
prevent an over-temperature condition during ground operations, it may be
necessary to advance the power lever slightly to cause an increase in Ng
and/or reduce engine accessory loads to maintain the ITT within its limits.
NO T E : If the STARTER ON annunciator remains shown on the PFD
after the starter switch has been returned to the OFF position, the starter
contactor may be closed and the generator will not function. Perform an
engine shutdown.
4 -24
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
Prior to starting the engine with battery power, check the bus voltages for a
minimum of 24 volts. As with all turbine engines, the operator must monitor
the ITT during each start to take corrective action if signs of a hot start are
present. The operator must be prepared to immediately terminate the start
if the ITT exceeds 1090C or is rapidly approaching this limit. Hot starts are
not a common occurrence if the proper starting procedures are followed. A
hot start is an over-temperature condition caused by excessive fuel flow at
normal engine RPM or normal fuel flow with low engine RPM. The latter is
the more common situation and is usually caused by attempting an engine
start with a partially discharged or weak battery system.
CAUT I O N : A minimum battery voltage of 24 volts is not always a
proper indication of the battery being fully charged or in good condition.
Therefore, during the early stages of performing an engine start, if the
gas generator acceleration is noticeably lower than normal, return the
fuel condition lever to the CUTOFF position and discontinue the start.
Recharge the batteries or use an auxiliary power unit to start the engine.
Following a terminated start for any reason, it is essential to allow a 30
second draining period to drain off the residual fuel prior to attempting the
next start. Failure to drain all of the residual fuel from the engine could lead to
a hot start, a hot streak damaging the hot section, or torching of residual fuel
in the engine exhaust on the next successful ignition.
After the residual fuel has drained for 30 seconds, perform a dry motoring run
for 15 seconds - observing the starter limitations. This will ensure that no fuel
is trapped prior to accomplishing the next start. If the engine fails to start after
attempting a HI START, follow the Engine Starting Cycle Limitations provided
in Section 2 of this manual.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4 -25
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Hot Starts
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Installed in the engine air inlet duct is an inertial air particle separator (inertial
separator). The inertial separator system is provided to prevent ice buildups
on the compressor inlet screen while operating in icing conditions, and
to minimize the ingestion of foreign particles during ground operations or
takeoffs with dusty, sandy field conditions.
The inertial separator (switch labeled ENG INLET) should be placed in
BYPASS mode prior to operating the engine on the ground, or in flight when
the outside air temperature (OAT) is less than 5C and visible moisture
(clouds, rain, snow or ice crystals) is present.
The inertial separator should also be placed in the BYPASS mode for ground
operations and takeoffs in dusty or sandy field conditions, to help minimize
engine ingestion of dust, sand and debris.
The NORMAL mode should be selected for all other engine operating
conditions, since it provides a substantial inlet ram recovery, resulting in
more efficient engine operation. Refer to Section 7 of this manual for more
information concerning the inertial air particle separator.
Aircraft Serial Numbers 100-0043 and up, and airplanes equipped with Ice
Protection Systems, are also equipped with an additional override actuator,
referred to as a Dual Actuated Inertial Particle Separator. See Section 7 of
this manual for more information.
4 -26
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAXIING
The power lever may be placed into BETA range during taxi, to improve
brake life and increase stopping performance during landing. BETA range is
selected by lifting up on the BETA lever and moving the power lever aft
over a gate. With the power lever moved into this BETA range position, the
propeller is at a fine pitch and produces nearly zero thrust in a static 52%
Ng idle condition. A leaf spring is installed in the control quadrant which the
power lever contacts and provides the pilot with an indication of reaching
the REVERSE range. Moving the power lever further aft from this position
in REVERSE range will result in a negative blade angle and an increase in
engine power to produce reverse thrust from the blades.
CAUT I O N : The use of reverse thrust should be limited to use on
prepared surfaces to protect the propeller from damage caused by small
rocks or pebbles being lifted into the propeller blades.
Procedures
Stabilized ground operation is prohibited between 450 and 1050 RPM. The
propeller may be operated when feathered at or below 450 RPM. BETA may
be used to increase Np without causing excessive taxi speeds.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4 -27
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Both fuel tank selector valves should always be placed in the ON position
prior to engine start and takeoff. It is permissible to turn one side OFF as
necessary to balance the fuel load if an out of balance condition exists. This
should be performed either on the ground or during cruise at a safe altitude.
WARNI NG : Do not exceed a fuel imbalance of greater than 250 pounds
in flight.
Prior to the first flight of the day, perform an operational check of the engine
inlet / inertial separator system. Cycle the ENG INLET switch and check that
the position is annunciated appropriately on the PFD.
A takeoff index range is provided on the elevator trim tab position indicator.
As the aircraft is loaded to an aft or forward C.G. condition, the elevator trim
setting should be adjusted to compensate for the condition for which the
aircraft is loaded. The pointer on the rudder trim indicator normally moves
slightly during taxi and when the rudder pedals are being moved. To achieve
a steady and accurate indication for setting the rudder trim for takeoff, set the
rudder trim with the aircraft stopped and the nose wheel centered, parking
brake set and feet off of the rudder pedals.
Procedures
4 -28
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKEOFF
Takeoff Power Settings
Refer to the Maximum Torque for Takeoff table in Section 5 of this manual
to determine the torque value corresponding to the runway altitude and
temperature conditions. At higher altitudes and/or higher temperatures, the
maximum allowable torque is less than the instruments redline. This torque
should be obtainable without exceeding the 790C ITT and 101.6% Ng takeoff
limitations.
To accomplish a smooth takeoff roll, hold the brakes while smoothly
advancing the power until the propeller RPM reaches 2200. Smoothly release
the brakes and continue to advance the power until the takeoff torque derived
from Section 5 is reached.
NO T E : As the airspeed increases during takeoff, a resultant increase in
torque may be noted, and is a normal condition. No reduction of torque
is required provided the torque limit of 1790 (at 2200 RPM) at low density
altitude or the limiting torque from the Maximum Torque for Takeoff chart
in Section 5 is not exceeded.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4 -29
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Crosswind Takeoff
Takeoffs into strong crosswinds may be performed with 10 or 20 of flaps.
The ailerons should be deflected fully into the wind when takeoff power is
first applied. As the airplane is accelerated, the aileron deflection should
be adjusted (decreased) appropriately. The airplane should be rotated at a
speed slightly higher than normal and pulled off abruptly to prevent it from
settling back to the runway while it is drifting. When the airplane is clear
of the ground, a coordinated turn should be made into the wind for drift
correction. Using 10 of flaps will improve directional control and stability
in performing crosswind takeoffs, although the takeoff distance and rotation
speed will be increased.
CLIMB
Enroute Climb
Under normal conditions, maximum climb power may be maintained
throughout the climb, to the cruising altitude. Adjust the power lever as
required to remain within the maximum climb engine operating limits for
maximum climb ITT, maximum climb torque and maximum climb Ng%
(identified in Section 2 of this manual) and the required placards.
Procedures
At density altitudes lower than approximately 7500 feet, the engine will reach
the torque limit prior to reaching the ITT or Ng limit. Refer to the Max Torque
for Climb charts in Section 5 of this manual. As the airplane continues to
climb and the power lever is adjusted to maintain the desired torque, the ITT
and Ng will increase until one or the other will be established as the limiting
engine parameter. While the climb ITT limit is 765C, it is recommended that
740C be used as the ITT limit in normal operations. Doing so increases the
life of the engine. Once reaching either the ITT or Ng limits, the power lever
should be adjusted accordingly, to not exceed these limits. When operating
the engine near its ITT limit, use caution when advancing the power lever, as
the ITT indication system has some lag time. Even when monitoring the ITT
indicator, the limits could be exceeded if the power lever is advanced rapidly.
Climb performance is tabulated in Section 5 of this manual, with a climb
speed of 1.3 Vs1 (101 KIAS). If circumstances dictate some improvement
in climb rate, particularly at high altitude, the use of Vy is recommended. Vy
varies almost linearly from 100 KIAS at sea level to 80 KIAS at 25,000 feet.
A cruise climb speed of 110-120 KIAS may be used for improved visibility
over the engine cowling at altitudes up to approximately 15,000 feet. For
improved passenger comfort, the propeller RPM may be reduced to as low as
1900 RPM. Prior to decreasing propeller RPM, the power lever should first
be adjusted to prevent an over-torque condition. When an increase in power
is desired, the propeller RPM should be increased first and then followed by
an increase of torque with the power lever. All engine limitations must be
continuously monitored to prevent conditions which exceed those limits.
NO T E : To achieve the maximum horsepower ratings, use a minimum of
2000 RPM.
4-30
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
CRUISE
During the cruise phase of flight, power may be set at any desired setting, up
to the maximum cruise power. Do not exceed the maximum cruise torque
provided in the Cruise Performance charts in Section 5 of this manual, or the
ITT, and Ng limitations.
Cruise performance tables are provided in Section 5 of this manual and
should be utilized in conjunction with winds aloft forecasts, for preflight
planning. There are noticeable advantages to selecting higher cruise
altitudes. The cooler inlet temperatures and greater Ng speeds attainable at
higher altitudes cause an increase in specific range with altitude, resulting in
an increase in the nautical miles covered per pound of fuel burn.
The fuel tank quantity should be monitored to ensure that a fuel unbalance
condition in excess of 250 pounds does not occur. Normally, both fuel tank
selector valves should be left in the ON position and fuel will flow equally
from each tank. If the fuel loading is approaching an unbalanced condition of
250 pounds, the fuel selector valve corresponding to the wing with the lower
fuel quantity should be turned OFF. Once the two tanks are returned to a
balanced condition, both selector valves should be placed in the ON position.
WARNIN G: The ignition switch should be turned ON when operating in
heavy precipitation. Refer to the Ignition Procedures in this section for
more information concerning the use of the ignition system.
CAUT I O N : Zero or negative g maneuvers with a duration of longer than
five seconds could starve the engine oil pump of oil, resulting in serious
engine damage.
Supplemental oxygen should be used by all occupants when operating at
cruising altitudes greater than 12,500 feet. It is advisable to use supplemental
oxygen at cruising altitudes less than 12,500 feet when operating at night or
when experiencing fatigue or emotional stress. Excessive use of tobacco
products or alcohol will normally necessitate the use of supplemental oxygen,
even at altitudes lower than 10,000 feet.
WARNI N G: Supplemental oxygen must be available and used as
specified by 14 CFR 91.211 to attain the maximum allowable operating
altitude of 25,000 feet.
WARNIN G: Oil, grease, soap, lipstick, lip balm, and other petroleum
based substances constitute a serious fire hazard when in contact with
aviation oxygen. Ensure hands, face and clothing are all oil-free prior to
handling oxygen equipment.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4 - 31
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Anytime the outside air temperature is lower than 5C (40F) and visible
moisture is present, the pitot static heat and stall warning heat should
be turned on. Also, the inertial air particle separator should be placed in
BYPASS mode.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Stalls
The stall characteristics of this airplane are conventional and an aural stall
warning horn is provided, which will sound at a minimum of 5 KCAS prior to
stall, in all loading configurations. The application of ailerons is recommended
to counteract any wing-drop that may occur during the stall. Idle-power stall
speeds at maximum weight for both forward and aft C.G. are provided in
Section 5 of this manual.
NO T E : Stalls should be practiced in a conservative manner and at a
sufficient altitude to allow for a safe recovery.
LANDING
Normal Landing
Normal approaches to landing may be accomplished using any desired flap
setting. The preferred procedure is to extend flaps fully to minimize the
touchdown speed and subsequent rollout, lower the stall speed and allow
for a steeper descent if obstacle clearance is required. Surface winds,
turbulence, wind shear and possible ice accumulation are the primary factors
in determining the safest approach speed and flap setting.
Procedures
4 -32
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
WARNIN G: Flight operation with the engine power lever retarded below
idle (beta mode) is prohibited. Flight operation in beta mode may result
in an engine overspeed condition and consequent loss of engine power
or loss of airplane control. Operating in beta mode quickly produces high
amounts of drag which could result in a rapid loss of altitude or complete
loss of control.
CAUT I O N : In an effort to minimize propeller blade erosion or possible
blade damage, reverse thrust should only be used when necessary to
shorten ground roll. The propeller should be brought out of reverse range
prior to slowing to approximately 25 knots.
Crosswind Landing
For crosswind approaches to landing, a crab method may be used to
maintain runway centerline track; a transition to a wing-low slip configuration
should be made just prior to touchdown. A flap setting between 10 and
35 is recommended depending on runway length. After touchdown, the
nose should be lowered to allow directional control. Maintain a straight
course using the steerable nose wheel, aileron deflection into the wind, and
differential braking as necessary.
AFTER SHUTDOWN
Upon completion of the last flight of the day or if dusty conditions exist, install
the engine inlet cover and exhaust covers to protect the engine from debris. It
may be appropriate to wait for the engine to cool down. Since no oil pressure
is available for the engine when the engine is not running, the propeller blades
should be secured to prevent windmilling.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4-33
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
For maximum brake effectiveness, the flaps may be raised and the elevator
control pulled full aft. This process allows maximum weight to be placed on
the tires to help prevent tire skidding. Additional stopping power is available
with the use of reverse thrust. Using reverse thrust on landing rollout will
normally reduce rollout distance by approximately 5%. Bringing the propeller
into reverse thrust range produces a negative blade angle and increased
power from the gas generator.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
4-34
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
4-35
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Procedures
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
100 SERIES
Procedures
4-36
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CONTENTS....................................................................................................... PAGE
GENERAL..............................................................................................................5-3
FLIGHT PLANNING............................................................................................5-3
AIRSPEED CALIBRATION....................................................................................5-4
ALTITUDE CORRECTION.....................................................................................5-5
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE.............................................................................5-6
TEMPERATURE CONVERSION CHART...........................................................5-7
STALL SPEEDS.....................................................................................................5-8
WIND COMPONENTS...........................................................................................5-9
MAXIMUM ENGINE TORQUES........................................................................... 5-11
MAXIMUM ENGINE TORQUE FOR TAKEOFF................................................ 5-11
MAXIMUM ENGINE TORQUE FOR CLIMB.....................................................5-12
MAXIMUM ENGINE TORQUE FOR CRUISE (120 KIAS)................................5-13
MAXIMUM ENGINE TORQUE FOR CRUISE (140 KIAS)................................5-14
MAXIMUM ENGINE TORQUE FOR CRUISE (160 KIAS)................................5-15
MAX GENERATOR POWER DURING GROUND OPERATIONS (AC ON)........ 5-16
MAX GENERATOR POWER DURING FLIGHT OPERATIONS (AC ON)........... 5-17
MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHTS.........................................................................5-18
OBSTACLE TAKEOFF DISTANCE.....................................................................5-20
TAKEOFF RATE OF CLIMB................................................................................5-23
TAKEOFF CLIMB GRADIENT.............................................................................5-25
ENROUTE RATE OF CLIMB...............................................................................5-27
ENROUTE CLIMB GRADIENT............................................................................5-29
TIME, FUEL AND DISTANCE TO CLIMB............................................................5-31
FUEL CONSERVATION.......................................................................................5-32
FUEL RANGE RING..........................................................................................5-32
CRUISE PERFORMANCE...................................................................................5-32
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude SEA LEVEL).............................5-33
CONDITIONS:...................................................................................................5-33
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 1000 FT)...................................5-34
CONDITIONS:...................................................................................................5-34
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 2000 FT)...................................5-35
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 3000 FT)...................................5-36
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 4000 FT)...................................5-37
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 5000 FT)...................................5-38
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 6000 FT)...................................5-39
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 7000 FT)...................................5-40
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 8000 FT)...................................5-41
CRUISE PERFORMANCE (Pressure Altitude 9000 FT)...................................5-42
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Table of Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
5-1 GENERAL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook contains all of the performance
information required by the Federal Aviation Regulations, as well as additional
information provided by Quest Aircraft Company. The performance data
charts on the following pages are presented so that the pilot may know what
type of performance to expect from the airplane under various conditions.
The charts provided in this section should be utilized in order to facilitate
accurate planning of flights. The data contained in the charts is compiled
from actual flight tests using normal piloting techniques, with an airplane and
engine in good operating condition.
WARNI N G: In order to duplicate the performance data provided in
this section, and prevent damage to the airplane or personal injury, the
airplane and engine must be in good operating condition. All charts are
based on airplanes in factory-issued condition, without modification. Good
piloting technique and proper preflight planning involving the use of the
performance data for all phases of flight are also required to attain the
expected performance and assure ample margins of safety.
FLIGHT PLANNING
The performance tables provided in this section provide sufficient information
to facilitate reasonably accurate calculation of performance data when
considering different variables. Reasonable preflight planning accuracy
can be attained from the performance figures if conservative values are
selected from the detailed information provided in the tables. However,
variations in engine and propeller condition, air turbulence and other variables
encountered during a particular flight may account for variations of 10% or
more in range and endurance.
NO T E : Various tables throughout this section will contain blue numbers,
which indicate performance with Air Conditioning ON, while black numbers
indicate performance with Air Conditioning OFF. Air Conditioning may be
abbreviated as AC.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5-3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
KIAS
KCAS
Flaps 0
60
Flaps 10
Flaps 20
Flaps 35
69
63
63
Performance
70
78
73
72
72
80
81
80
82
82
90
91
90
91
92
100
100
100
100
101
110
110
111
110
120
120
121
120
130
130
131
140
141
150
151
160
162
170
171
180
179
Table 5-1 Airspeed Calibration
5-4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
10
20
35
CORRECTION TO BE ADDED
NORMAL STATIC SOURCE - KIAS
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
S.L.
+7
-9
+1
+8
+2
-24
10000
+10
-11
+2
+10
+3
-38
20000
+18
-20
+3
+18
+4
-62
S.L.
+7
+1
+3
+7
10000
+8
+1
+3
+8
20000
+9
+1
+4
+9
S.L.
+11
-2
10000
+13
-2
20000
+17
-3
S.L.
+12
+10
+8
10000
+14
+12
+9
20000
+18
+15
+10
Performance
FLAPS
PRESS
ALT.
(FEET)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5-5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
ISA
-20C
ISA
+10C
ISA
+20C
ISA
+35C
Performance
PRESS
ALT.
(FEET)
S.L.
-25
-13
-5
23
15
59
25
77
35
95
50
122
2000
-29
-20
-9
16
11
52
21
70
31
88
46
115
4000
-33
-27
-13
45
17
63
27
81
42
108
6000
-37
-34
-17
38
13
56
23
74
38
101
8000
-41
-42
-21
-6
-1
30
10
48
20
66
34
93
10000
-45
-49
-25
-13
-5
23
41
15
59
30
86
12000
-49
-56
-29
-20
-9
16
34
11
52
26
79
14000
-53
-63
-33
-27
-13
-3
27
45
22
72
16000
-57
-71
-37
-34
-17
-7
20
38
18
65
18000
-61
-45
-41
-25
-21
-5
-11
-1
15
14
58
20000
-65
-52
-45
-32
-25
-12
-15
-2
-5
10
51
22000
-69
-59
-49
-39
-29
-19
-19
-9
-9
44
24000
-73
-67
-53
-47
-33
-27
-23
-17
-13
-7
36
25000
-77
-70
-57
-50
-37
-30
-27
-20
-17
-10
-2
33
ISA
5-6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
TEMP TO
CONVERT
C or F
TEMP TO
CONVERT
C or F
< >
< >
< >
-50
-58
-72
-17
36
17
62
144
-49
-56
-69
-16
39
18
64
147
-48
-54
-65
-14
43
19
66
151
-47
-52
-62
-13
46
20
68
154
-46
-50
-58
-12
10
50
21
70
158
-44
-48
-54
-11
12
54
22
72
162
-43
-46
-51
-10
14
57
23
74
165
-42
-44
-47
-9
16
61
24
76
169
-41
-42
-44
-8
18
64
26
78
172
-40
-40
-40
-7
20
68
27
80
172
-39
-38
-36
-6
22
72
28
82
180
-38
-36
-33
-4
24
75
29
84
183
-37
-34
-29
-3
26
79
30
86
187
-36
-32
-26
-2
28
82
31
88
190
Example: 38F = 3C
-34
-30
-22
-1
30
86
32
90
194
-33
-28
-18
32
90
33
92
198
-32
-26
-15
34
93
34
94
201
-31
-24
-11
36
97
36
96
205
-30
-22
-8
38
100
37
98
208
-29
-20
-4
40
104
38
100
212
-28
-18
42
108
39
102
216
-27
-16
44
111
40
104
219
-26
-14
46
115
41
106
223
-24
-12
10
48
118
42
108
226
-23
-10
14
10
50
122
43
110
230
-22
-8
18
11
52
126
44
112
234
-21
-6
21
12
54
129
46
114
237
-20
-4
25
13
56
133
47
116
241
-19
-2
28
14
58
136
48
118
244
-18
32
16
60
140
49
120
248
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
WEIGHT
7255
LB
Performance
6690
LB
6000
LB
5000
LB
BANK
ANGLE
(DEG.)
STALL SPEEDS
FLAPS 0
FLAPS 10
FLAPS 20
FLAPS 35
61
77
51
66
48
61
46
60
30
65
82
55
70
51
66
49
64
45
73
91
61
78
57
73
55
71
60
86
108
72
92
68
87
65
85
59
74
49
63
46
59
44
58
30
63
79
52
67
49
63
47
62
45
70
87
58
75
55
70
53
69
60
83
104
69
89
65
83
62
81
55
70
46
60
44
56
42
55
30
59
74
50
64
47
60
45
58
45
66
83
55
71
52
66
50
65
60
78
98
65
84
62
79
59
77
51
64
42
54
40
51
38
50
30
54
68
45
58
43
55
41
53
45
60
76
50
65
47
61
45
59
60
71
90
60
77
56
72
54
70
5-8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Performance
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5-9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5 -10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
60 KIAS
Condition
Power Reduction
50 FT-LB
30 FT-LB
10 FT-LB
20 FT-LB
Air Conditioning ON
70 FT-LB
Sea Level
Performance
Torque - LBFT
Minimum Approved
Temperature, -54C
NO T E S:
Torque increases approximately 30 LB FT during takeoff ground roll.
Torque on this chart shall be achieved without exceeding 790C ITT or
101.6% Ng.
With the takeoff power setting specified below the 1790 LB FT limit,
decrease the takeoff torque setting for each system as follows:
2000
4000
6000
8000
Pressure
Altitude - FT
10000
12000
Max Approved
Temperature,
ISA +35C
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Below
10 FT-LB
20 FT-LB
80 FT-LB
1700
MINIMUM APPROVED TEMP
PERATURE, -54C
1600
1500
1300
TORQUE - lbft
Performance
1400
1200
1100
SEA LEVEL
5000
10000
15000
20000
1000
900
25000
800
PRESSURE
ALTITUDE - FT
700
MAXIMUM APPROVED
TEMPERATURE, ISA + 35C
IPS NORMAL
600
IPS BYPASS
500
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
40
50
60
CMG, 04/08/10
5 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
120 KIAS
10 FT-LB
20 FT-LB
Air Conditioning ON
80 FT-LB
1800
1700
1500
1400
TORQUE - lbft
1300
1200
1100
SEA LEVEL
5000
Performance
1600
10000
15000
20000
1000
900
25000
800
PRESSURE
ALTITUDE - FT
700
MAXIMUM APPROVED
TEMPERATURE, ISA + 35C
600
500
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE - C
30
40
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
18E
50
60
CMG, 04/08/10
5 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
140 KIAS
NO T E S :
Torque on this chart shall be achieved without exceeding 740C ITT or
CONDITIONS:
2200 RPM 101.6% Ng.
140 KCAS
With the cruise power setting specified below the 1670 LB FT limit,
Ineral Separator
- Normal
decrease
the cruise torque setting for each system as follows:
NOTES:
Condition
Power Reduction
1. Torque on this chart shall be achieved without exceeding 740C ITT or 101.6% Ng.
Inertial
in BYPASS
FT-LB
2. With the
cruise Separator
power setting specified
below the 1670 lbft limit, decrease the80
cruise
torque setting
for each system as follows:
10 FT-LB
20 FT-LB
Air Conditioning ON
80 FT-LB
1800
1700
Performance
QUE - lbft
TORQ
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
SEA LEVEL
5000
10000
15000
20000
1000
900
25000
800
PRESSURE
ALTITUDE - FT
700
MAXIMUM APPROVED
TEMPERATURE, ISA + 35C
600
500
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE - C
30
5 -14
40
50
60
CMG, 04/28/10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
160 KIAS
Power Reduction
NOTES:
1. Torque
on thisSeparator
chart shall beinachieved
without exceeding 740C ITT or 101.6%
N g.
Inertial
BYPASS
100 FT-LB
2. With the cruise power setting specified below the 1670 lbft limit, decrease the cruise torque setting
Below 15,000 FT 40 FT-LB
for each system as follows:
10 FT-LB
20 FT-LB
Air Conditioning ON
80 FT-LB
1800
TORQUE LIMIT, 1670 LBFT
1700
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
SEA LEVEL
5000
Performance
TORQ
QUE - lbft
1600
10000
15000
20000
1000
900
25000
800
PRESSURE
ALTITUDE - FT
700
MAXIMUM APPROVED
TEMPERATURE, ISA + 35C
600
500
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
40
50
60
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
18G
CMG, 04/08/10
5 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5 -16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Performance
Example:
Pressure Altitude.......................................................................... 11000 feet
Gen Amps.............................................................................................300A
Minimum Ng...........................................................................................75%
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Altitude
Climb Speed Vy
(KIAS)
S.L.
88
2000
88
4000
87
6000
86
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
NOTES:
These weights assure the availability of a steady gradient of climb of at
least 243 FT/NM with the flaps at 20.
Dashed entries correspond to outside air temperatures beyond the aircraft
operating limits.
Yellow shaded areas correspond to weight limits below the maximum
takeoff weight.
NO T E : For temperatures below 9C and altitudes below 6000 ft, the
takeoff weight limit is 7,255 lb.
Performance
5 -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
OAT
(F)
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
8000
48
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
52
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
55
59
63
66
70
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
23
73
7255
7255
7255
25
77
7255
7255
7255
27
81
7255
7255
7255
29
84
7255
7255
7255
31
88
7255
7255
33
91
7255
7255
35
95
7255
37
99
7255
39
102
7255
7060
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7050
7255
6932
7159
7174
6809
7255
7037
7044
6682
7255
6912
6916
6551
7139
6784
7135
6783
6415
7255
7007
6650
6998
6643
6271
7255
7182
6872
6511
7200
6853
6498
6121
7255
7041
6733
6368
6705
6348
5967
7255
6899
6590
6898
6551
6193
7255
7123
6750
7072
6740
6392
7255
6970
6904
6577
7071
6728
7255
7255
7255
7170
7255
7123
6885
7255
7255
7255
7048
7255
7255
7255
12000
Performance
OAT
(C)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Results:
Rotation Speed.....................60 KIAS
50 Foot Obstacle Speed.......73 KIAS
Takeoff Ground Roll............. 1022 feet
Total Distance Over
50 Foot Obstacle................. 1572 feet
Performance
NO T E S :
Obstacle takeoff technique utilized as outlined in Section 4.
Rotation initiated at stall speed.
Decrease distances 10% for each 12 knots headwind. For operation in
tailwinds up to 10 knots, increase distances by 10% for each 2 knots.
For operation on a hard dry grass runway, increase distances by 20%
of the ground roll calculation.
With takeoff power set below the torque limit, increase both ground roll
and total distances by 1%, for the inertial separator system in bypass.
For operation in air colder than this table provides, use the coldest
data for takeoff distances.
For operation in air warmer than this table provides, use extreme
caution.
Dashed entries indicate atmospheric temperatures beyond the aircraft
operating limits.
For each 1% of upsloped runway (up to 3% grade), increase the table
distances by:
22% of the ground roll distance at Sea Level to 4,999 feet
30% of the ground roll distance at 5,000 to 9,999 feet
43% of the ground roll distance at 10,000 feet or above
For each 1% of downsloped runway, decrease the table distances by:
7% of the ground roll distance at Sea Level to 4,999 feet
10% of the ground roll distance at 5,000 feet to 9,999 feet
14 % of the ground roll distance at 10,000 feet or above
When Air Conditioning is ON, and takeoff power is set below the
torque limit, increase ground roll by 6.1% and total distance by 6.7%.
NO T E : Red shaded areas represent data at temperatures greater than
the maximum approved operating OAT, but may be used for the purpose of
interpolating.
5 -20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6000
7255
WT
(LB)
0C
10C
20C
30C
40C
50C
549
580
612
647
701
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
1352
520
S.L.
12000
2215
12000
1227
2010
11000
11000
1826
10000
1115
1663
9000
10000
1513
8000
1015
1379
7000
9000
1260
6000
923
1148
5000
8000
1061
4000
842
1003
3000
7000
950
2000
769
899
6000
852
S.L.
1940
1777
1629
1498
1376
1542
1398
1265
1151
1045
951
869
793
725
662
616
583
553
2527
2290
2072
1886
1713
1559
1423
1300
1187
1085
1010
956
906
961
1766
1598
1449
1317
1196
1087
991
906
829
757
693
635
586
2893
2619
2375
2158
1960
1782
1625
1485
1358
1241
1135
1040
2531
2312
2116
1941
1779
1632
1502
1385
1279
1179
1089
1006
938
4063
3712
3397
3115
2856
2619
2410
2223
2052
1893
1747
1615
1506
2061
1865
1683
1526
1387
1260
1147
1046
957
874
799
730
670
3377
3056
2757
2500
2273
2065
1879
1714
1568
1433
1308
1197
1097
2959
2702
2460
2251
2066
1894
1739
1601
1478
1363
1256
1159
1072
4750
4337
3949
3614
3315
3040
2790
2569
2372
2187
2015
1860
1720
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5 - 21
Performance
2210
2022
1847
1696
1555
1428
1316
1214
1118
1031
970
929
891
3548
3246
2964
2723
2496
2292
2113
1948
1795
1655
1556
1491
1429
1796
1638
1489
1349
1225
1119
1021
931
852
778
2943
2684
2440
2210
2007
1833
1673
1526
1396
1275
2658
2447
2245
2051
1879
1732
1595
1468
1354
1248
4266
3927
3603
3292
3015
2779
2559
2355
2173
2002
1330
1211
1104
1011
920
2179
1985
1809
1656
1508
2067
1899
1747
1613
1481
3317
3047
2802
2588
2376
100 SERIES
1266
1167
1073
1001
959
918
880
843
3113
2852
2615
2404
2208
2032
1872
1722
1607
1538
1473
1412
1353
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS
1000
Press
Alt
(FT)
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
5 -22
4000
5000
0C
10C
20C
30C
40C
50C
536
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
547
595
649
354
388
427
471
9000
10000
11000
12000
344
537
487
441
401
364
332
303
276
253
231
215
203
193
960
870
787
716
651
592
541
494
451
412
384
363
566
365
615
557
505
459
417
379
345
316
289
264
241
221
204
1099
995
902
820
745
677
617
564
516
471
431
395
597
924
844
773
709
650
596
548
506
467
431
398
368
343
1608
1469
1345
1233
1130
1037
954
880
813
750
692
640
417
718
650
586
532
483
439
400
365
333
305
278
255
233
1283
1161
1047
950
863
785
714
651
596
544
497
455
681
1080
986
898
822
754
692
635
585
540
498
459
423
392
1880
1717
1563
1430
1312
1204
1105
1017
939
866
798
737
807
738
674
619
568
522
481
443
408
377
354
340
326
1404
1285
1173
1078
988
908
836
771
711
655
616
591
484
626
571
519
470
427
390
356
325
297
271
1118
1020
927
840
763
696
636
580
530
793
1175
894
820
749
686
633
583
536
495
456
1689
1555
1427
1304
1194
1101
1014
933
861
573
463
422
385
352
321
828
754
687
629
942
756
694
638
590
541
1314
1207
1110
1026
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
708
462
502
293
322
7000
8000
426
392
366
268
244
350
336
322
804
741
6000
226
5000
181
191
S.L.
1000
4000
764
842
11000
12000
202
309
632
694
9000
10000
213
1129
1232
575
8000
2000
952
1035
524
7000
3000
874
478
6000
636
682
403
436
4000
609
584
560
5000
361
381
2000
3000
324
342
S.L.
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS
1000
Press
Alt
(FT)
Performance
WT
(LB)
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -23
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
88
2000
88
1364 1333
4000
87
1333 1298
6000
86
1296
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
1176
1108
999
924
821
748
1130
1044
952
871
775
682
597
513
1170
1078
991
907
826
728
655
566
485
384
317
225
932
844
762
657
595
502
434
323
276
177
125
9
- 35
-139
692
598
527
404
366
268
S.L.
88
2000
88
1857 1827
4000
87
1829 1794
6000
86
1795
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
1664
1582
1464
1373
1261
1173
1603
1498
1403
1304
1202
1090
1001
899
1638
1527
1432
1330
1244
1125
1052
945
862
739
672
561
1349
1242
1151
1025
960
848
778
644
602
483
436
295
257
131
1062
948
872
723
688
568
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
Performance
S.L.
88
2000
88
2392 2363
4000
87
2366 2331
6000
86
2335
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
2188
2090
1960
1851
1727
1621
2111
1986
1882
1764
1654
1519
1423
1300
2143
2009
1903
1781
1687
1545
1469
1340
1253
1106
1036
902
1794
1667
1564
1413
1343
1209
1135
973
936
792
749
580
545
395
1453
1315
1232
1053
1019
876
S.L.
88
2000
88
3159 3129
4000
87
3133 3097
6000
86
3104
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
2931
2808
2657
2521
2377
2244
2831
2674
2557
2408
2283
2115
2005
1852
2859
2692
2568
2415
2307
2130
2047
1886
1789
1605
1529
1363
2422
2263
2142
1953
1874
1707
1624
1422
1388
1209
1167
955
924
736
1999
1827
1730
1506
1473
1293
5 -24
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -25
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
NO T E S :
Do not exceed the maximum climb power torque, ITT and Ng limits.
This table represents the gain in altitude for the horizontal distance
traveled and is expressed as feet per Nautical Mile.
Dashed entries correspond to outside air temperatures beyond the
aircraft operating limits.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
88
1010 958
2000
88
964
905
4000
87
914
855
6000
86
867
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
772
727
642
593
511
466
725
669
600
548
478
420
358
307
901
765
704
628
574
510
449
397
343
288
228
183
130
607
549
479
413
363
307
259
192
162
104
72
5
- 19
- 77
443
382
326
250
220
161
S.L.
88
2000
88
4000
87
6000
86
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
883
812
1079 727
1326 1253
1003 647
912 588
1266 1193
846 519
1036 771 464
1212
967 697 384
1101 889 640 353
1045 825 574 283
946 745 513 250
886 674 440 169
790 601 388 143
733 539 324 73
1383 1317 1247
682
607
541
448
414
341
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
Performance
S.L.
88
2000
88
1736 1645
4000
87
1663 1571
6000
86
1598
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
1466
1396
1279
1205
1089
1020
1379
1294
1203
1125
1031
945
859
784
1427
1334
1223
1141
1053
962
899
818
749
660
600
522
1184
1097
995
896
826
742
680
582
550
465
431
333
305
220
938
847
767
654
615
527
S.L.
88
2000
88
2365 2240
4000
87
2267 2142
6000
86
2182
8000
84
10000
83
12000
82
2011
1918
1767
1670
1521
1431
1889
1775
1662
1559
1442
1331
1222
1126
1947
1823
1678
1571
1459
1341
1265
1162
1078
965
892
793
1624
1510
1378
1251
1163
1056
979
855
820
713
674
551
518
412
1304
1187
1085
941
893
782
5 -26
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
NO T E S :
Do not exceed the placarded maximum climb torque, ITT (765C) and
Ng (101.6%) limits, or the charted max climb torque from Figure 5-3.
For operation in temperatures colder than provided in this table, use
the coldest data shown.
For operation in temperatures warmer than provided in this table, use
extreme caution.
Dashed entries correspond to outside air temperatures beyond the
aircraft operating limits, or appreciable rate of climb for the weight
shown cannot be expected.
NO T E : Blue numbers indicate performance with Air Conditioning
ON, black numbers indicate performance with Air Conditioning OFF.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -27
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Example:
Outside Air Temp..................................................................................... 0C
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Pressure Altitude............................................................................10000 FT
Climb Airspeed: 101 KIAS
Rate of Climb: 788 FT/MIN
5 -28
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
101
101
101
101
101
25000
PRESS
ALT FT
S.L.
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
10000
20000
101
5000
101
101
S.L.
15000
101
PRESS
ALT FT
994
636
488
173
48
872
739
410
294
163
323
673
788
1093
1243
1465
0C
599
1134
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
2012
1853
1374
1158
748
567
142
2328
2181
1698
1506
1072
904
441
244
2457
2398
2455
2400
2492
-20C
2490
-40C
129
328
1250
2013
100
383
821
1008
1338
594
891
1435
2175
1585
40C
20C
122
849
1046
50C
318
454
50C
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
S.L.
PRESS
ALT FT
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
S.L.
PRESS
ALT FT
101
101
101
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
101
101
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
308
458
816
996
1408
1540
1874
1923
1963
102
433
625
1028
1167
1516
1697
1950
0C
520
766
1324
1534
2058
2299
2886
3070
3146
3215
3246
-40C
100
401
912
1137
1632
1902
2483
2682
3150
3224
3254
-20C
372
620
1073
1362
1927
2136
2626
2898
3246
0C
323
677
1206
1440
1836
2146
2667
2869
20C
911
1283
1718
1949
40C
357
605
916
1070
40C
158
538
694
981
1188
1556
1691
20C
28
193
595
735
1111
1272
1687
1809
1881
1926
1966
-40C
1218
1465
50C
579
743
50C
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
706
937
1403
1570
1974
2192
2481
0C
262
391
645
327
727
1246
815
40C
20C
1104
1333
1232
1435
1395
1444
1407
1482
-20C
1490
-40C
Performance
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Performance
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -29
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5-30
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
101
101
101
101
101
25000
PRESS
ALT FT
S.L.
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
10000
20000
101
5000
101
101
S.L.
15000
101
PRESS
ALT FT
811
581
523
303
232
74
21
853
733
677
432
366
183
131
75
148
340
399
610
694
901
0C
341
670
1456
1419
1070
984
656
552
321
243
55
1520
1484
1300
1214
848
750
480
404
177
98
1630
-20C
1703
-40C
63
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
53
135
715
1205
44
169
401
493
722
308
463
823
1307
858
40C
20C
476
588
50C
178
254
50C
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
S.L.
PRESS
ALT FT
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
S.L.
PRESS
ALT FT
101
101
101
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
101
101
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
132
196
388
474
743
814
1098
1128
1267
42
198
286
520
592
850
953
1209
0C
209
308
594
689
1033
1158
1632
1744
1988
2036
2284
-40C
185
314
522
611
40C
38
154
391
489
781
913
1332
1444
1902
1952
2185
-20C
153
256
492
626
985
1095
1501
1667
2088
0C
142
299
590
706
997
1170
1621
1754
20C
474
669
989
1126
40C
70
262
338
528
640
924
1006
20C
11
77
266
329
552
632
932
1001
1150
1179
1325
-40C
686
827
50C
324
417
50C
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
323
429
713
799
1114
1241
1558
0C
127
190
346
170
414
737
438
40C
20C
835
877
948
-20C
994
-40C
Performance
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
ISA
OAT
(C)
SL
5000
Climb
Speed
(KIAS)
Rate of
Climb
(FPM)
15
101
1371
101
1141
4.0
26.4
7.0
Time
(MIN)
Fuel
(LB)
Distance
(NM)
-5
101
874
9.9
59.6
18.8
-15
101
563
20.9
111.0
42.7
20000
-25
101
238
49.9
229.7
110.9
25000
-35
101
-102
367.6
1470.6
889.1
Performance
10000
15000
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 - 31
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
NO T E S :
The highest torque value for each temperature and RPM value
represents the maximum allowable cruise power. Do not exceed this
torque value: 740C ITT, or 101.6% Ng, whichever occurs first.
With the inertial air particle separator placed in BYPASS and the
power set below the cruise torque limit of 1840 foot-pounds, decrease
the maximum cruise torque by 50 foot-pounds when below 10,000
feet, and 60 foot-pounds when above 10,000 feet. Do not exceed
740C ITT or 101.6% Ng.
When the Air Conditioning is ON, and power is set below the cruise
torque limit of 1840 foot-pounds, decrease the maximum cruise torque
by 80 foot-pounds. Do not exceed 740C ITT or 101.6% Ng.
Propeller RPM (Np) may be set as low as 1900 RPM to reduce cabin
noise. Do not exceed 1840 foot-pounds of torque, 740 degrees C ITT,
or 101.6% NG. To achieve optimum cruise performance, set Np at or
above 2000 RPM.
5 -32
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
354
314
300
278
250
384
322
318
297
248
416
343
319
315
245
419
345
322
316
244
418
343
323
315
243
40 100% 1270
Rng 1040
75% 960
65% 830
End
660
30 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
20 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
15 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
10 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
162
141
139
128
74
169
148
139
137
72
169
148
140
137
71
168
147
140
136
70
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1610
1210
1050
1010
670
1810
1360
1180
1050
660
1840
1380
1190
1060
660
1840
1380
1190
1080
660
TAS
KTS
164
144
133
131
77
170
150
141
132
75
170
150
141
132
74
169
150
140
133
73
156
138
135
124
83
149
138
127
115
86
TAS
KTS
1670
1250
1090
1080
680
1670
1250
1130
1090
690
1670
1250
1180
1090
690
1670
1250
1230
1090
690
-30 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-40 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-50 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1670
1250
1090
1050
670
-10 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-20 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1670
1250
1170
1090
660
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
PWR
410
334
313
305
237
409
332
318
303
236
407
329
325
300
234
412
337
308
308
239
414
339
310
304
240
416
341
327
313
241
2200 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
159
138
130
127
67
156
136
131
124
66
154
134
132
121
66
161
141
129
129
69
163
143
131
129
70
166
145
140
134
70
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
1090
660
1840
1380
1190
1140
660
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1840
1380
1190
1060
660
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1840
1380
1190
1010
660
418
336
306
290
223
417
334
304
296
220
416
332
301
275
218
420
338
309
288
225
421
341
311
285
227
422
343
313
285
230
2000 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
161
142
132
127
66
158
140
130
128
64
156
138
128
117
63
163
144
135
127
67
165
146
136
126
70
167
148
138
127
72
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5-33
Performance
387
322
297
292
238
421
344
315
295
235
425
346
317
295
233
424
345
316
298
232
355
305
300
278
241
332
304
283
264
243
2000 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
TEMP C
1460
1100
1070
950
660
1650
1240
1100
1070
660
1670
1250
1120
1090
660
1670
1250
1130
1090
660
332
313
284
264
252
TEMP C
50 100% 1130
Rng 1020
75% 850
65% 730
End
660
PWR
2200 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
5-34
371
311
307
287
243
402
331
308
304
241
415
340
311
311
239
414
339
312
310
239
412
337
316
308
236
162
140
139
128
76
169
148
139
136
74
171
150
139
139
73
170
149
139
138
73
168
147
140
136
70
154
139
130
116
77
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1560
1170
1030
1010
670
1750
1320
1140
1010
670
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1840
1380
1190
1040
660
1840
1380
1190
990
660
100% 1360
Rng 1050
75% 1020
65%
880
End
680
PWR
374
311
289
287
234
407
333
305
285
231
421
341
312
286
229
421
341
311
288
228
420
339
309
277
225
344
295
290
269
236
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
163
143
134
133
84
170
150
140
131
77
172
152
142
132
76
171
151
142
132
76
169
150
140
127
73
155
137
135
123
86
TAS
KTS
409
332
304
297
233
408
330
302
301
232
406
328
307
299
230
405
325
314
296
229
-20 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-30 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-40 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-50 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1670
1250
1090
1050
670
1670
1250
1090
1090
680
1670
1250
1140
1090
680
1670
1250
1190
1090
690
411
335
320
306
234
PWR
2200 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
TEMP C
1410
1060
1040
920
660
1590
1200
1060
1040
660
1670
1250
1090
1080
660
1670
1250
1090
1090
660
1670
1250
1130
1090
660
30 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
20 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
13 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
10 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
0 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
TRQ
LBFT
343
306
290
269
245
TEMP C
40 100% 1240
Rng 1020
75% 930
65% 800
End
660
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
Performance
2200 RPM
163
143
131
129
70
161
141
130
130
69
158
138
131
127
69
156
136
132
124
68
166
145
140
134
70
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1840
1380
1190
1060
660
1840
1380
1190
1090
660
1840
1380
1190
1140
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng 1010
End
660
PWR
418
334
304
278
221
417
332
302
281
218
416
330
300
284
216
415
328
298
289
214
419
337
307
278
223
2000 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
165
146
136
126
70
163
144
134
126
68
160
142
132
126
66
158
140
130
127
64
167
148
138
126
72
TAS
KTS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
358
300
297
277
238
388
320
298
294
236
411
335
306
302
234
411
335
306
301
234
409
332
305
304
232
30 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
20 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
11 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
10 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
0 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
161
140
138
127
79
168
147
138
136
76
172
151
141
139
75
172
151
141
139
75
170
149
139
139
73
153
138
129
115
80
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
1500
1130
1050
980
670
1700
1270
1100
980
670
1840
1380
1190
1000
670
1840
1380
1190
1000
670
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1320
1020
990
860
670
163
142
137
132
86
169
149
139
131
84
173
154
144
131
80
173
153
143
131
77
171
152
142
131
76
155
136
134
122
90
TAS
KTS
1670
1250
1130
1090
660
1670
1250
1090
1010
660
1670
1250
1090
1050
670
1670
1250
1100
1090
680
1670
1250
1150
1090
680
-10 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-20 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-30 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-40 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-50 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
PWR
406
328
299
287
228
405
326
297
292
227
404
324
297
295
225
403
322
303
292
224
408
330
309
302
230
2200 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
165
145
134
128
70
163
143
132
130
70
160
140
131
130
69
158
138
131
127
69
168
147
140
136
70
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1840
1380
1190
980
660
1840
1380
1190
1020
660
1840
1380
1190
1060
660
1840
1380
1190
1100
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
980
End
660
PWR
416
331
300
267
216
415
329
298
271
214
414
327
296
274
212
414
325
294
279
210
417
333
303
268
218
2000 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
167
148
138
124
72
165
146
136
126
70
162
144
134
126
68
160
141
132
127
66
169
150
140
126
74
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5-35
Performance
361
300
288
277
229
393
321
294
275
227
419
337
307
276
225
419
337
307
276
224
418
335
305
279
221
333
285
281
260
231
2000 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
TEMP C
1370
1020
1010
890
660
1540
1160
1030
1000
660
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
1670
1250
1090
1090
660
332
296
281
260
239
TEMP C
40 100% 1200
Rng
990
75% 900
65% 780
End
660
PWR
2200 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
5-36
TRQ
LBFT
1160
970
870
760
660
1320
990
990
860
660
1490
1120
990
970
660
1640
1230
1060
1020
660
1650
1240
1070
1020
660
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
40 100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
30 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
20 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
10 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
9 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
0 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TEMP C
PWR
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
161
139
139
125
81
168
146
137
135
79
173
152
141
138
77
173
152
141
138
77
172
151
141
139
75
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1450
1090
1020
940
670
1640
1230
1060
990
670
1800
1350
1170
970
670
1810
1360
1180
980
670
1840
1380
1190
1000
670
TAS
KTS
348
290
279
267
225
380
310
284
273
223
410
328
299
267
220
412
330
300
268
220
416
331
301
269
217
322
278
271
251
227
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
162
141
136
130
90
169
149
138
133
86
174
154
144
130
84
174
154
144
131
84
173
153
144
131
78
155
136
133
120
91
TAS
KTS
PWR
1670
1250
1090
980
660
1670
1250
1090
1020
660
1670
1250
1090
1060
670
1670
1250
1100
1090
670
-20 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-30 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-40 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-50 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
402
320
291
287
220
401
318
290
289
219
404
324
295
277
223
403
322
293
282
221
405
326
298
297
225
163
143
132
130
69
160
140
130
129
70
168
147
136
128
70
165
145
134
129
70
170
149
139
139
73
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1840
1380
1190
1020
660
1840
1380
1190
1070
660
1840
1380
1190
980
650
1840
1380
1190
990
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng 960
End 660
414
324
293
265
208
414
322
290
270
206
415
327
297
262
211
414
326
295
262
210
415
329
299
261
214
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
TAS
KTS
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
1670
1250
1090
1090
660
PWR
2000 RPM
2200 RPM
-10 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
TEMP C
346
289
289
267
233
374
309
288
283
231
401
326
298
291
229
404
327
299
291
229
406
328
299
295
227
321
288
271
252
234
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
Performance
2200 RPM
164
145
136
125
70
162
143
134
126
68
169
150
140
126
74
167
148
138
125
72
171
152
142
126
76
TAS
KTS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
333
282
279
257
228
361
298
280
273
226
387
315
287
281
225
395
319
291
283
224
404
324
295
285
223
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
160
139
137
124
84
167
146
138
134
81
173
151
140
137
80
174
152
142
138
79
174
153
143
138
78
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1400
1050
990
910
670
1580
1180
1030
1000
670
1740
1300
1130
950
670
1780
1340
1160
950
670
1840
1380
1190
970
670
TAS
KTS
161
140
136
129
92
168
148
137
136
90
173
153
143
130
86
175
154
144
129
86
175
155
145
130
83
154
141
132
119
92
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
1670
1250
1090
1090
660
1670
1250
1090
970
660
1670
1250
1090
1010
660
1670
1250
1090
1060
670
PWR
-10 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-20 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-30 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-40 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-50 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
402
321
292
291
219
401
319
289
270
217
400
317
287
275
215
400
315
285
280
214
403
323
293
288
221
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
170
149
139
139
73
167
147
136
127
70
165
145
134
129
70
162
142
132
130
69
172
151
141
139
75
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1840
1380
1190
960
650
1840
1380
1190
950
650
1840
1380
1190
990
660
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
990
End
660
PWR
414
324
293
255
207
414
323
291
251
205
414
321
289
256
204
414
319
287
261
202
414
326
295
263
211
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
171
152
142
126
77
169
150
140
123
74
166
147
138
125
73
164
145
136
126
70
173
153
144
130
78
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5 - 37
Performance
336
279
270
257
221
366
299
274
270
218
395
317
288
260
216
404
322
292
259
216
415
327
297
260
214
311
280
262
243
223
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
TEMP C
1270
970
950
830
650
1430
1080
980
930
660
1580
1190
1030
990
660
1620
1220
1050
1000
660
1670
1250
1090
1020
660
30 100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
20 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
10 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
7 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
0 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TRQ
LBFT
310
292
262
243
231
TEMP C
40 100% 1130
Rng 1020
75% 840
65% 730
End
660
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
5-38
321
275
268
248
225
348
287
276
263
221
374
303
277
270
220
386
311
284
273
219
400
320
290
273
218
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
159
139
136
122
85
167
144
139
132
84
172
150
139
136
83
174
153
142
137
81
176
155
144
136
80
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1340
1010
1000
870
680
1520
1140
990
970
670
1680
1260
1090
980
670
1750
1310
1140
940
670
1830
1370
1190
940
670
TAS
KTS
323
269
267
248
217
352
288
263
261
214
381
305
278
260
212
396
314
285
254
211
412
323
292
252
210
300
271
253
234
219
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
161
139
138
127
92
168
147
136
135
92
173
152
142
134
90
175
155
145
130
88
177
157
147
129
86
153
140
130
116
93
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
1670
1250
1090
1020
660
1670
1250
1090
1050
660
1670
1250
1090
940
660
1670
1250
1090
980
660
1670
1250
1090
1020
660
-10 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-20 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-30 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-40 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-50 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
401
317
288
282
215
400
316
286
260
213
399
314
284
265
211
399
312
282
271
209
401
319
289
278
217
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
PWR
TEMP C
1220
950
920
790
660
1380
1040
970
900
650
1520
1140
990
950
650
1590
1190
1030
970
660
1660
1250
1080
980
660
30 100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
20 100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
10 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
5 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
0 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TRQ
LBFT
299
280
253
235
228
TEMP C
40 100% 1090
Rng
980
75% 820
65% 710
End
670
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
Performance
2200 RPM
172
151
141
139
75
170
149
139
127
72
167
147
136
128
70
164
144
134
129
69
174
153
143
138
78
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1840
1380
1190
940
660
1840
1380
1190
960
650
1840
1380
1190
960
650
1840
1380
1190
990
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
960
End
670
PWR
414
321
289
249
204
414
320
288
249
201
414
318
286
247
199
415
317
284
250
198
414
323
291
254
208
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
173
153
144
126
78
171
151
142
126
77
169
149
140
124
75
166
147
138
124
72
175
155
145
130
83
TAS
KTS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
360
292
267
267
215
377
303
276
263
214
10 100% 1470
75% 1100
Rng
960
65% 950
End
650
100% 1560
75% 1170
65% 1010
Rng
940
End
650
100% 1600
75% 1200
65% 1040
Rng
950
End
650
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
TAS
KTS
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5-39
177
156
146
130
90
175
155
144
132
91
172
152
141
135
92
167
145
135
134
92
159
141
137
125
94
Performance
397
311
281
248
206
387
306
277
251
207
367
294
268
255
208
339
277
255
253
211
311
265
258
238
213
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
1670
1250
1090
1020
660
-20 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
399
309
278
261
205
399
311
280
256
207
399
313
282
252
209
400
314
284
273
211
400
316
286
267
212
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
167
146
136
129
70
169
149
138
127
72
172
151
141
126
76
174
153
143
138
78
177
156
145
136
80
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
960
End
650
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
920
End
650
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
940
End
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
960
End
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
940
End
670
PWR
417
315
281
241
193
416
316
283
237
195
415
317
285
243
198
414
319
286
248
202
414
320
288
246
204
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
168
149
139
124
75
171
151
142
122
77
173
153
143
126
79
175
155
145
130
82
177
157
147
129
86
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
386
308
280
264
214
334
276
269
253
218
20 100% 1330
75% 1000
Rng
950
65% 860
End
660
TEMP C
308
274
258
238
221
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
TEMP C
30 100% 1170
Rng
980
75% 880
65% 760
End
670
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
5 - 40
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
346
281
261
257
212
368
295
268
256
209
10 100% 1410
75% 1060
Rng
940
65% 920
End
660
100% 1530
75% 1140
65% 990
Rng
920
End
650
100% 1540
75% 1160
65% 1000
Rng
920
End
650
371
296
269
255
209
321
266
265
243
215
20 100% 1270
Rng
960
75% 960
65% 830
End
660
TEMP C
296
263
248
229
218
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
382
299
271
246
203
378
298
269
248
203
353
283
258
247
205
325
266
255
243
208
298
255
248
229
210
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
176
155
145
133
92
175
155
144
134
92
172
150
139
134
92
166
144
139
132
94
158
139
135
122
95
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
1670
1250
1090
1020
660
-30 100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
400
307
275
250
201
399
308
277
248
203
399
310
279
267
205
399
311
281
261
207
396
310
281
258
208
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
TEMP C
30 100% 1130
Rng
930
75% 850
65% 730
End
670
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
Performance
2200 RPM
169
149
138
127
72
172
151
140
127
75
174
153
142
138
78
176
155
145
136
81
178
157
146
136
83
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
930
End
650
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
930
End
650
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
920
End
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
920
End
670
100% 1820
75% 1370
65% 1180
Rng
910
End
670
PWR
419
313
279
233
189
417
314
280
235
192
416
315
282
237
196
415
316
283
238
198
411
315
283
238
200
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
170
151
141
123
77
173
153
143
125
79
175
155
145
126
80
177
157
147
128
85
179
159
148
128
90
TAS
KTS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
308
257
254
233
212
332
270
254
247
209
357
285
259
255
206
358
286
260
253
206
10 100% 1360
75% 1020
Rng
920
65% 880
End
660
100% 1480
75% 1110
65% 960
Rng
940
End
650
-1 100% 1490
75% 1120
65% 970
Rng
930
End
650
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
20 100% 1220
Rng
930
75% 910
65% 790
End
670
TEMP C
284
254
238
220
214
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
1190
970
890
770
690
TRQ
LBFT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5 - 41
175
154
144
133
92
175
154
143
133
93
171
149
138
137
94
164
142
139
130
95
157
140
132
118
94
TAS
KTS
Performance
369
289
261
240
199
367
288
260
240
200
339
272
247
246
202
312
255
249
234
205
286
251
238
220
207
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
401
305
273
242
198
400
306
274
237
200
399
307
276
256
201
399
309
277
253
202
381
299
270
248
203
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
171
151
140
126
74
174
153
142
125
78
176
155
145
136
81
179
158
147
136
84
178
156
145
134
85
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
890
End
650
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
920
End
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
920
End
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
890
End
670
100% 1750
75% 1310
65% 1140
Rng
920
End
670
PWR
422
312
276
224
186
420
313
278
231
190
419
313
279
233
193
417
314
280
230
195
395
303
272
236
197
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
173
153
143
121
79
175
155
145
126
79
177
157
147
128
84
180
159
149
127
89
178
158
147
131
92
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
155 100%
140 Rng
129 75%
111 65%
96
End
TAS
KTS
2000 RPM
TEMP C
30 100% 1080
Rng
910
75% 810
65% 700
End
670
PWR
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
5 - 42
295
249
244
224
208
319
259
250
237
206
342
273
249
249
204
349
277
252
248
203
10 100% 1300
75% 970
Rng
920
65% 840
End
660
100% 1420
75% 1060
Rng
920
65% 920
End
660
-3 100% 1450
75% 1090
65% 940
Rng
920
End
660
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
20 100% 1170
Rng
910
75% 870
65% 760
End
670
TEMP C
272
253
228
211
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
1130
970
850
740
700
TRQ
LBFT
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
153 100%
143 Rng
126 75%
99
65%
End
TAS
KTS
359
280
253
233
196
352
276
250
234
197
325
261
242
238
199
299
244
244
224
202
274
247
228
211
205
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
175
154
143
133
94
174
153
142
133
94
169
147
138
135
95
163
140
139
127
94
155
142
129
112
95
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
403
303
270
234
194
402
304
271
237
196
401
305
273
247
197
388
299
269
242
198
366
288
260
244
201
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
TEMP C
30 100% 1030
Rng
920
75% 770
End
670
PWR
2000 RPM
Performance
2200 RPM
174
153
142
126
77
176
155
144
129
81
178
157
147
136
84
179
158
146
134
86
177
155
144
135
87
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
880
End
650
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
910
End
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
890
End
660
100% 1790
75% 1340
65% 1160
Rng
890
End
670
100% 1690
75% 1260
65% 1100
Rng
920
End
670
PWR
426
311
274
221
184
424
311
275
226
187
422
312
277
225
189
407
305
272
227
192
380
292
262
233
194
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
175
155
145
123
79
177
157
147
126
83
179
159
149
127
88
180
159
149
128
91
178
157
146
132
93
TAS
KTS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
260
251
218
208
282
243
233
214
205
305
248
242
227
203
328
262
243
238
201
339
269
244
243
200
TRQ
LBFT
980
930
740
680
30 100%
Rng
75%
End
20 100% 1110
Rng
890
75% 830
65% 720
End
670
10 100% 1240
75% 930
Rng
890
65% 810
End
670
100% 1360
75% 1020
Rng
910
65% 880
End
660
-5 100% 1410
75% 1060
65% 920
Rng
920
End
660
TEMP C
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5- 43
175
153
142
134
94
173
151
140
137
94
168
145
137
133
94
161
141
137
122
95
Performance
350
272
245
229
193
337
265
240
235
194
311
250
235
228
197
285
240
234
214
200
152
142
125
96
TAS
KTS
374
288
259
234
195
395
299
267
237
193
404
302
269
243
192
405
301
268
224
191
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
352
276
250
242
198
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
2200 RPM
176
155
144
124
81
178
157
146
135
83
179
158
147
134
86
178
157
145
133
87
176
154
142
138
88
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
900
End
660
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
890
End
660
100% 1810
75% 1360
65% 1170
Rng
880
End
670
100% 1720
75% 1290
65% 1120
Rng
910
End
670
100% 1620
75% 1210
65% 1050
Rng
890
End
680
PWR
432
310
273
221
182
429
311
274
220
184
417
306
271
220
187
391
294
262
226
189
365
280
252
225
192
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
177
157
147
126
82
179
159
149
127
87
181
160
150
127
90
179
158
148
131
93
177
156
145
131
94
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
262
242
219
203
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
TEMP C
TAS
KTS
2000 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
5-44
294
239
236
218
200
315
252
237
229
198
331
262
237
237
196
339
266
240
236
196
100% 1310
75% 980
Rng
890
65% 850
End
660
-7 100% 1380
75% 1040
Rng
900
65% 900
End
660
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
10 100% 1200
75% 900
Rng
880
65% 780
End
670
TRQ
LBFT
271
242
224
206
203
TEMP C
20 100% 1070
Rng
910
75% 800
65% 700
End
680
PWR
PWR
1180
950
880
770
710
TRQ
LBFT
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
352
270
242
225
189
343
265
239
228
190
324
255
231
228
192
176
155
143
134
94
175
153
142
136
94
172
150
138
136
94
167
144
139
130
95
160
141
134
118
97
TAS
KTS
360
278
249
231
193
382
288
257
230
190
403
298
265
233
188
409
300
265
224
187
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
178
157
146
127
83
180
159
148
134
86
179
158
146
133
87
178
156
144
135
88
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1840
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
890
End
660
100% 1820
75% 1370
65% 1180
Rng
870
End
670
100% 1740
75% 1310
65% 1130
Rng
880
End
670
100% 1660
75% 1240
65% 1080
Rng
890
End
680
PWR
438
310
271
216
179
429
308
270
214
182
403
296
261
217
184
377
283
252
221
187
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
179
159
149
126
85
181
160
150
126
88
180
159
149
129
91
179
158
147
131
94
TAS
KTS
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
300
241
232
219
195
275
235
225
206
198
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
TEMP C
159 100%
144 Rng
131 75%
111 65%
100 End
TAS
KTS
2000 RPM
Performance
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
282
235
230
210
198
303
243
230
220
195
323
254
231
230
193
326
256
231
231
193
100% 1260
75% 940
Rng
870
65% 820
End
670
-9 100% 1350
75% 1010
Rng
880
65% 880
End
660
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
10 100% 1150
Rng
890
75% 860
65% 750
End
680
TRQ
LBFT
261
237
216
200
TEMP C
20 100% 1030
Rng
890
75% 770
End
680
PWR
2200 RPM
PWR
1130
940
850
740
720
TRQ
LBFT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5- 45
175
153
142
136
95
175
153
141
135
95
171
148
138
135
95
Performance
339
260
233
224
187
335
258
232
222
188
312
245
225
222
190
166
141
140
127
97
158
141
131
110
99
TAS
KTS
347
267
240
231
190
368
278
248
223
188
389
288
255
225
185
413
299
263
228
183
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
180
159
148
133
86
179
158
147
133
87
179
157
145
132
87
177
155
143
138
89
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1830
75% 1380
65% 1190
Rng
870
End
660
100% 1760
75% 1320
65% 1140
Rng
870
End
670
100% 1680
75% 1260
65% 1090
Rng
880
End
680
100% 1600
75% 1200
65% 1040
Rng
880
End
680
PWR
444
310
270
209
177
415
297
260
211
179
389
285
252
214
182
364
273
243
216
184
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
181
161
150
126
88
181
160
149
127
90
180
159
148
130
93
178
157
145
131
94
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
288
231
229
211
193
264
231
216
198
196
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
TEMP C
157 100%
144 Rng
128 75%
102 65%
End
TAS
KTS
2000 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
5- 46
250
232
207
198
271
232
220
202
195
291
233
227
212
193
314
246
225
222
190
315
247
225
223
190
TRQ
LBFT
990
880
740
690
20 100%
Rng
75%
End
10 100% 1100
Rng
890
75% 830
65% 720
End
680
100% 1210
75% 900
Rng
870
65% 780
End
670
TEMP C
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
327
251
225
217
185
325
250
224
217
185
299
235
223
213
189
175
152
140
135
95
174
152
139
135
95
170
146
139
132
97
164
142
139
122
100
156
143
127
102
TAS
KTS
334
257
231
226
188
354
267
239
221
186
375
277
246
216
183
399
289
254
221
181
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
180
158
147
132
87
179
157
146
131
87
178
156
144
135
89
176
154
141
139
93
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1770
75% 1330
65% 1150
Rng
850
End
670
100% 1690
75% 1270
65% 1100
Rng
860
End
680
100% 1620
75% 1210
65% 1050
Rng
860
End
680
100% 1540
75% 1150
65% 1000
Rng
890
End
690
PWR
430
299
260
205
175
400
286
251
206
177
375
274
242
208
180
350
262
234
216
183
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
181
160
150
126
90
180
159
148
127
93
179
158
146
129
94
177
155
144
134
95
TAS
KTS
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
276
227
222
202
192
253
228
208
195
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
TEMP C
TAS
KTS
2000 RPM
Performance
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
240
233
199
196
259
223
211
193
279
226
223
203
191
301
236
221
213
188
306
239
220
216
188
TRQ
LBFT
950
910
710
690
20 100%
Rng
75%
End
10 100% 1060
Rng
860
75% 790
End
690
100% 1150
Rng
880
75% 870
65% 750
End
680
TEMP C
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5 - 47
174
151
138
136
97
173
150
137
137
97
168
143
139
129
100
162
142
135
114
102
Performance
318
243
218
214
183
312
240
215
215
184
286
225
219
204
187
264
222
213
194
191
154
143
120
104
TAS
KTS
321
247
222
219
186
341
257
229
222
183
361
267
237
214
181
385
278
245
212
179
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
179
158
146
131
87
178
156
144
132
89
177
155
142
139
93
175
152
139
138
95
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1710
75% 1280
65% 1110
Rng
840
End
680
100% 1630
75% 1220
65% 1060
Rng
860
End
680
100% 1560
75% 1170
65% 1010
Rng
870
End
690
100% 1470
75% 1110
65%
960
Rng
880
End
700
PWR
415
289
251
201
173
385
275
241
204
176
360
264
233
208
178
336
252
224
211
181
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
180
159
149
126
92
179
158
147
129
94
178
156
145
132
95
176
154
142
134
95
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
1160
930
870
750
730
243
224
199
194
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
TEMP C
161 100%
142 Rng
132 75%
103 65%
End
TAS
KTS
2000 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
5- 48
230
226
194
248
225
202
192
267
220
214
194
189
288
226
218
205
186
297
231
217
208
185
TRQ
LBFT
900
890
700
20 100%
Rng
End
10 100% 1010
Rng
880
75% 760
End
690
100% 1100
Rng
860
75% 830
65% 720
End
690
TEMP C
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
PWR
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
309
235
212
210
182
299
230
213
206
183
274
219
216
195
186
253
219
203
190
232
222
193
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
173
150
137
136
99
172
147
138
133
100
166
142
140
123
102
160
142
130
105
151
145
107
TAS
KTS
307
237
217
213
184
327
247
220
214
181
347
257
227
213
179
371
268
235
204
177
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2200 RPM
179
157
145
129
89
178
155
143
135
93
176
153
140
137
95
174
150
139
136
98
TAS
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
100% 1640
75% 1230
65% 1070
Rng
840
End
680
100% 1570
75% 1170
65% 1020
Rng
840
End
690
100% 1490
75% 1120
65%
970
Rng
870
End
700
100% 1410
75% 1060
65%
920
Rng
890
End
710
PWR
400
278
241
199
171
370
265
232
199
174
346
253
224
206
177
322
241
215
210
180
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
2000 RPM
180
159
147
127
94
179
157
145
128
94
177
155
143
133
95
175
152
139
136
97
TAS
KTS
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
1110
920
830
750
990
940
760
TRQ
LBFT
TEMP C
159 100%
146 Rng
127 75%
104 End
149 100%
147 Rng
105 End
TAS
KTS
2000 RPM
Performance
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
10
100%
Rng
75%
End
960
890
720
700
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
238
223
194
190
100%
Rng
75%
End
1060
860
790
690
-10
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-17
2000 RPM
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
156
148
119
105
100%
Rng
75%
End
1060
930
790
760
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
242
217
195
189
255
217
205
188
163
144
134
104
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1160
920
870
760
750
262
216
207
187
186
164
142
136
113
106
1160
870
850
750
690
276
217
214
196
185
170
143
141
126
104
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1270
950
910
830
730
287
220
212
198
183
170
145
140
129
102
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1210
910
840
780
680
288
224
212
201
183
172
146
139
131
101
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1330
1000
890
860
730
301
228
207
204
180
173
148
137
134
101
-20
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1230
920
850
800
680
295
227
213
204
182
173
148
140
133
100
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1360
1020
890
880
720
309
232
208
206
179
174
150
137
136
100
-30
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1300
980
850
850
670
314
237
212
211
180
175
151
138
138
98
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1430
1080
930
870
710
332
243
215
203
176
176
153
140
133
97
-40
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1370
1030
890
850
670
333
246
218
210
177
177
154
141
136
95
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1500
1130
980
860
700
356
254
223
201
173
178
155
143
132
95
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1430
1080
930
820
660
356
257
226
204
175
178
156
143
131
93
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1580
1180
1030
820
690
384
267
232
193
170
179
157
146
126
94
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
TAS
KTS
157
144
123
108
Performance
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
5 - 49
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5-50
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
10
100%
Rng
End
920
880
710
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
227
219
189
100%
Rng
75%
End
1010
880
760
700
-10
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
-19
2000 RPM
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
153
148
107
100%
Rng
End
1010
920
770
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
231
214
189
244
218
196
187
161
147
128
105
100%
Rng
75%
End
1110
920
830
760
251
212
198
186
162
143
131
108
1110
840
830
720
690
264
210
208
188
184
168
141
140
119
104
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1220
910
910
790
750
274
211
211
189
182
168
141
141
123
106
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1170
880
840
760
690
280
216
209
195
181
171
145
140
128
103
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1290
970
890
840
740
292
220
206
197
179
172
146
138
131
103
-20
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1180
890
840
770
690
282
218
209
196
181
171
145
140
129
102
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1300
970
880
840
730
295
222
205
198
179
172
147
137
132
102
-30
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1250
940
840
810
680
300
227
208
203
178
174
149
138
135
100
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1370
1030
890
870
720
318
233
206
201
176
175
151
137
135
100
-40
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1310
980
850
820
670
319
236
209
203
176
175
152
139
134
98
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1440
1080
940
850
710
341
244
213
198
173
177
154
141
132
97
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1380
1030
890
830
660
342
247
217
203
174
177
154
141
134
96
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1510
1140
980
830
700
369
256
222
192
170
178
156
144
128
95
TAS
KTS
154
144
110
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
10
100%
End
870
720
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
216
189
100%
Rng
75%
End
960
870
720
710
-10
100%
Rng
75%
End
-20
2000 RPM
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
149
111
100%
Rng
End
960
930
790
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
220
214
189
233
214
187
186
158
147
117
107
100%
Rng
75%
End
1060
910
790
770
239
210
189
186
159
143
121
110
1060
860
790
700
252
213
199
183
165
146
135
105
100%
Rng
75%
End
1160
910
870
760
262
208
202
182
166
142
137
108
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1130
850
820
730
690
270
208
203
187
180
169
142
139
123
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1240
930
900
810
750
282
212
206
189
179
170
144
140
127
106
-21
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1130
850
830
740
690
271
209
205
188
180
170
142
140
124
104
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1250
930
900
810
750
284
213
206
190
179
170
144
140
127
106
-30
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1190
900
830
780
690
287
217
204
194
178
172
146
139
131
103
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1310
990
860
850
730
303
223
199
197
176
173
148
135
134
103
-40
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1250
940
830
820
680
305
226
203
200
175
174
149
137
135
100
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1380
1030
900
860
720
326
233
204
197
172
175
151
138
133
100
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1320
990
860
820
670
327
236
208
200
173
176
152
139
134
98
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1450
1090
940
840
710
352
245
213
193
169
177
154
142
130
97
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
TAS
KTS
TAS
KTS
150
145
111
Performance
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
5 - 51
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5 - 52
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
10
100%
End
830
740
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
206
189
100%
Rng
End
920
870
730
-10
100%
Rng
75%
End
-20
2000 RPM
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
143
113
100%
End
910
810
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
209
190
222
213
186
154
149
111
100%
Rng
End
1010
920
790
228
210
186
155
144
111
1010
850
750
720
241
208
190
183
162
144
128
109
100%
Rng
75%
End
1110
900
830
780
249
206
192
183
163
142
130
110
100%
Rng
75%
End
1080
840
810
700
257
204
199
180
167
142
138
105
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1180
910
890
770
760
269
206
203
181
179
168
142
139
115
108
-23
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1090
830
820
710
700
261
203
201
180
179
168
141
139
114
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1200
900
890
780
760
274
205
203
183
178
169
141
140
120
108
-30
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1140
850
820
740
700
274
207
201
185
177
170
143
139
125
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1250
940
880
810
750
289
213
200
188
176
171
145
138
128
106
-40
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1200
900
830
780
690
291
216
202
192
174
172
147
139
131
104
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1320
990
860
850
730
310
223
195
194
173
173
149
134
133
102
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1260
940
820
810
680
312
226
199
197
172
174
150
136
134
102
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1390
1040
900
840
720
336
234
204
191
169
175
152
138
131
100
TAS
KTS
144
113
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
10
100%
End
790
750
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
195
189
100%
Rng
End
870
870
740
-10
100%
Rng
End
-20
2000 RPM
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
134
117
100%
End
860
820
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
199
191
211
211
186
149
149
113
100%
Rng
End
960
920
810
216
208
188
150
145
113
960
850
730
229
207
183
159
146
111
100%
Rng
End
1050
910
790
237
206
184
159
143
111
100%
Rng
75%
End
1020
830
770
720
245
202
190
180
164
142
131
109
100%
Rng
75%
End
1130
900
840
780
256
204
193
180
165
142
133
110
-25
100%
Rng
75%
End
1050
830
790
710
252
202
193
178
166
142
135
107
100%
Rng
75%
End
1160
890
870
770
264
202
197
179
167
141
137
109
-30
100%
Rng
75%
End
1090
820
810
710
261
198
198
177
168
139
139
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1190
900
880
780
760
275
202
200
179
177
169
141
139
118
108
-40
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1140
860
820
740
700
277
206
199
183
174
170
143
139
125
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1260
940
860
820
750
295
212
195
186
173
171
145
135
128
106
-50
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1200
900
810
780
690
297
215
196
190
171
173
147
136
131
104
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1320
990
860
840
730
320
223
194
191
170
174
149
134
132
102
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
TAS
KTS
135
117
Performance
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
5-53
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5-54
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
100%
End
830
750
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
202
186
-10
100%
Rng
End
920
850
740
-20
100%
Rng
75%
End
-27
2000 RPM
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
144
117
100%
End
920
830
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
207
189
219
205
183
156
146
115
100%
Rng
End
1010
910
810
227
205
186
156
143
113
980
840
740
730
235
202
182
180
162
143
122
111
100%
Rng
75%
End
1080
900
810
790
245
203
185
182
163
142
124
111
100%
Rng
75%
End
1020
830
770
720
245
199
187
178
165
142
131
110
100%
Rng
75%
End
1120
900
840
780
258
202
191
179
165
142
133
111
-30
100%
Rng
75%
End
1040
830
780
720
250
200
190
177
166
142
134
109
100%
Rng
75%
End
1150
890
860
780
264
201
195
178
167
141
136
110
-40
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1100
820
820
710
710
267
198
197
176
174
169
140
139
115
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1210
910
870
780
760
284
204
195
179
174
170
142
136
121
108
-50
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1160
870
810
750
700
287
207
195
183
171
171
145
137
127
104
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1270
950
850
830
750
309
215
191
187
171
172
147
133
130
106
TAS
KTS
145
117
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
100%
End
800
770
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
193
187
-10
100%
Rng
End
880
860
750
-20
100%
Rng
End
-20
2000 RPM
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
135
121
100%
End
880
840
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
198
192
210
207
184
151
149
117
100%
Rng
End
960
920
830
217
207
188
151
145
117
940
840
740
225
202
181
159
145
115
100%
Rng
End
1040
900
810
235
203
184
159
142
114
100%
Rng
End
940
840
740
225
202
181
159
145
115
100%
Rng
End
1040
900
810
235
203
184
159
142
114
-29
100%
Rng
75%
End
990
830
740
730
238
199
181
178
163
143
123
112
100%
Rng
75%
End
1090
890
820
800
251
201
185
181
164
141
126
112
-30
100%
Rng
75%
End
1000
820
750
730
240
197
182
178
163
141
126
111
100%
Rng
75%
End
1100
890
830
790
253
201
187
180
164
141
128
111
-40
100%
Rng
75%
End
1050
810
790
720
256
195
190
175
167
139
135
109
100%
Rng
75%
End
1160
880
870
780
273
198
196
176
168
139
137
110
-50
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1110
830
820
720
710
276
200
195
176
172
170
142
139
120
107
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1220
920
850
800
760
297
207
193
180
173
171
144
135
124
108
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
TAS
KTS
135
120
Performance
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
5-55
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5-56
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
-10
100%
End
840
770
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
201
186
-20
100%
Rng
End
900
850
750
-30
100%
Rng
End
-31
2000 RPM
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
145
121
100%
End
920
850
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
207
191
216
203
182
155
147
118
100%
Rng
End
990
910
830
225
205
187
155
144
118
960
830
740
230
200
179
160
144
115
100%
Rng
End
1050
900
810
243
203
183
161
142
115
100%
Rng
End
960
830
740
231
199
179
161
144
115
100%
Rng
End
1060
900
810
244
202
183
161
142
115
-40
100%
Rng
75%
End
1010
810
760
730
245
194
182
176
164
139
127
111
100%
Rng
75%
End
1110
880
830
790
261
199
188
179
165
139
130
111
-50
100%
Rng
75%
End
1070
810
800
720
265
194
192
173
168
139
137
109
100%
75%
Rng
End
1180
880
860
770
286
199
194
175
169
139
136
110
TAS
KTS
145
120
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
-10
-20
TAS
KTS
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
75%
End
-30
-33
-40
-50
860
860
770
920
840
760
930
830
750
970
820
740
1020
810
770
730
206
205
185
220
201
182
223
199
181
235
196
178
254
193
184
175
TAS
KTS
133
122
2000 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
PWR
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
100% 880
198
End
870
195
149
148
122
156
145
118
158
143
117
161
141
115
166
139
130
111
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
75%
End
150
145
122
157
143
118
159
142
117
162
141
115
167
138
133
111
950
920
850
1010
900
830
1020
900
830
1060
890
810
1130
870
840
790
215
209
191
232
204
187
236
203
186
250
202
183
274
197
191
178
132
124
PWR
100%
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
2200 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
820
196
790
188
870
210
840
202
770
185
900
216
850
203
770
183
920
224
830
199
760
181
980
810
740
243
194
178
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
TAS
KTS
PWR
140
121
151
146
120
154
146
121
157
143
118
100%
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
End
2000 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
900
205
870
196
960
221
910
206
850
192
980
228
900
206
840
190
1010
238
900
206
830
187
163
139
115
100%
Rng
End
1080
880
810
262
201
183
TAS
KTS
140
124
151
143
122
155
143
119
158
143
118
164
139
115
5 - 57
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
2200 RPM
FUEL
TRQ
FLOW
LBFT
PPH
100% 800
191
End
780
188
TEMP
C
PWR
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5-58
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
OAT
(C)
OAT
(F)
15
59
6690
6690
6690
17
63
6690
6690
6690
19
66
6690
6690
6690
23
25
27
70
73
77
81
29
84
31
88
33
91
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6515
6690
6378
6690
6619
6639
6235
6690
6478
6492
6086
6690
6336
6343
5931
6582
6189
6590
6188
5770
6690
6432
6434
6026
6667
6669
6271
6503
6651
6690
6690
6690
6690
Performance
21
9000
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 -59
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
NO T E S :
Fuel Remaining for Cruise is equal to 2110 pounds usable, less fuel
required for climb from sea level at maximum climb power, less 153
pounds for 45 minutes IFR reserve fuel at Maximum Range Power
(ISA @10,000 ft PA), less fuel for descent to sea level, less 50 pounds
for fuel used prior to takeoff.
Range and endurance values include descent to final destination
at approximately 140 KIAS above 16,000 feet and 160 KIAS below
16,000 feet.
5-60
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Climb
Fuel
(LB)
Fuel
Remaining
For Cruise
(LB)
Airspeed
(KTAS)
Fuel
Flow
(PPH)
Endurance
(Hours)
Total
Range
(NM)
Total
Specific
Range
(NM/LB)
SL
1907
169
420
4.5
767
0.40
2000
11
1896
170
404
4.7
798
0.42
4000
22
1885
171
387
4.9
833
0.44
6000
34
1873
172
370
5.1
871
0.46
8000
47
1860
172
354
5.3
904
0.49
10000
60
1847
172
336
5.5
946
0.51
12000
80
1827
172
321
5.7
979
0.54
14000
99
1808
171
304
5.9
1017
0.56
16000
123
1784
169
288
6.2
1047
0.59
18000
176
1731
168
273
6.3
1065
0.62
20000
230
1677
165
257
6.5
1077
0.64
Press
Alt
(FT)
Climb
Fuel
(LB)
Airspeed
(KTAS)
Fuel
Flow
(PPH)
Endurance
(Hours)
Total
Range
(NM)
Total
Specific
Range
(NM/LB)
SL
1907
140
314
6.1
850
0.45
2000
11
1896
141
299
6.3
894
0.47
4000
22
1885
141
283
6.7
939
0.50
6000
34
1873
141
268
7.0
986
0.53
8000
47
1860
140
254
7.3
1025
0.55
10000
60
1847
139
238
7.8
1079
0.58
12000
80
1827
137
225
8.1
1113
0.61
14000
99
1808
136
214
8.4
1149
0.64
16000
123
1784
137
207
8.6
1181
0.66
18000
176
1731
141
207
8.4
1179
0.68
20000
230
1677
141
202
8.3
1171
0.70
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 - 61
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Press
Alt
(FT)
Time
(MIN)
Fuel
(LB)
Distance
(NM)
24000
30.0
118
76.6
22000
27.5
110
70.8
20000
25.0
102
65.0
18000
22.5
94
59.1
16000
20.0
86
53.3
14000
17.5
76
46.7
12000
15.0
65
40.0
Performance
10000
12.5
55
33.3
8000
10.0
45
26.7
6000
7.5
34
20
4000
5.0
23
13.3
2000
2.5
11
6.6
SL
5 - 62
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
NO T E S:
For operation in air colder than provided in this table, use the coldest
charted data.
This chart is based on a climb speed of 74 KIAS and Flaps at 35.
However, significantly better performance may be achieved by
climbing at the Best Rate of Climb speeds with the flaps positioned at
20 or following the Go-Around / Balked Landing procedure outlined in
Section 4.
Dashed entries correspond to outside air temperatures beyond the
aircraft operating limits.
NO T E : Blue numbers indicate performance with Air Conditioning
ON, black numbers indicate performance with Air Conditioning OFF.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5-63
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Example:
Outside Air Temp................................................................................... 20C
Weight...................................................................................... 6690 pounds
Pressure Altitude............................................................................ 6000 feet
Climb Airspeed: 74 KIAS
Climb Gradient: 780 FT/MIN
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
74
1335
1301 1272
2000
74
1304
1268
4000
74
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
890
663
808
573
1115
726
502
1026
624
382
944
562
862
472
1270
1237
1235
1075
780
396
1227
987
681
288
1117
900
603
1053
820
517
944
719
423
867
626
325
765
532
240
693
447
147
1122
871
1030
771
1373
944
696
1274
830
563
1187
766
S.L.
74
1605
1572 1544
2000
74
1575
1540
4000
74
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
1542
1509
1095
665
1507
1333 1009
586
1498
1236
899
466
1380
1144
817
1309
1054
721
1193
947
622
1107
844
513
998
744
424
919
650
320
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
FT
KIAS -20C 0C 20C 40C 50C
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
FT
KIAS -20C 0C 20C 40C 50C
Performance
S.L.
74
2102
2069 2042
1542 1244
1431 1123
2000
74
2072
2037
4000
74
2039
2007
6000
74
2004
1804 1422
921
1994
1686 1289
777
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
1584 1200
1643
1356
973
1539
1232
843
1417
1121
745
1322
1008
620
2773 2746
2776
2739
4000
74
2741
2709
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
1518 1008
1476 1084
2807
74
1628 1129
1860
74
2000
1725 1199
1774
S.L.
881
2127 1757
1989 1607
2705
2693
2532
2196 1723
2425
2061 1579
2269
1919 1449
2140
1764 1286
1996
1634 1172
1876
1493 1017
5-64
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
NO T E S:
Balked Landing Climb Gradients shown represent the gain in altitude
for the horizontal distance traveled and is expressed as Feet per
Nautical Mile.
For operation in air colder than provided in this table, use the coldest
charted data.
This chart is required data for aircraft certification. However,
significantly better performance may be achieved by climbing at the
Best Rate of Climb speeds with the flaps positioned at 20 or following
the Go-Around / Balked Landing procedure outlined in Section 4.
Dashed entries correspond to outside air temperatures beyond the
aircraft operating limits.
NO T E : Blue numbers indicate performance with Air Conditioning
ON, black numbers indicate performance with Air Conditioning OFF.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5-65
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Example:
Outside Air Temp................................................................................... 20C
Weight...................................................................................... 6690 pounds
Pressure Altitude............................................................................ 6000 feet
Climb Airspeed: 74 KIAS
Climb Gradient: 558 FT/NM
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
74
1164
1090 1027
2000
74
1094
1022
4000
74
1025
959
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
690
504
625
436
S.L.
74
1411
1327 1255
2000
74
1331
1250
4000
74
1253
1178
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
864
541
367
794
465
280
703
403
641
338
958
800
558
273
952
734
487
199
832
643
415
783
585
355
675
493
279
619
429
215
524
350
152
475
294
93
873
664
800
587
1070
705
510
990
620
412
887
550
817
478
1176
997
724
405
1170
922
644
321
1033
820
563
978
755
496
856
651
411
793
579
339
686
491
269
631
428
203
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
FT
KIAS -20C 0C 20C 40C 50C
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
FT
KIAS -20C 0C 20C 40C 50C
Performance
S.L.
74
1885
1777 1686
1210
954
1121
860
1455 1004
767
1356
900
647
1228
815
2000
74
1783
1680
4000
74
1684
1589
1142
727
6000
74
1587
1364 1027
639
1579
1271
929
537
8000
74
1409
1145
830
1341
1065
749
10000
74
12000
74
1189
938
646
1111
850
559
980
742
474
913
666
394
S.L.
74
2617
2467 2341
1700 1365
1582 1243
2000
74
2474
2332
4000
74
2337
2209
6000
74
2206
1904 1460
959
2194
1781 1333
830
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
1893 1295
1724 1185
1610 1072
1964
1614 1205
1873
1509 1100
1671
1344
968
1569
1230
857
1399
1092
750
1311
994
649
970
5-66
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
NO T E S:
Short field technique utilized as outlined in Section 4 of this manual.
Decrease distances 10% for each 14 knots headwind.
For operation in tailwinds up to 10 knots, increase distances 10% for
each 2 knots.
For operation on a hard, dry, grass runway, increase distances by
20% of the ground roll calculation.
To land with the flaps up, increase approach speed by 22 KIAS and
allow for approximately 55% longer distances.
Use of maximum reverse thrust after touchdown will reduce ground
roll by approximately 5%.
For sloped runways (up to 3% slope), increase the distances by 27%
of the ground roll distance for each 1% of downslope. Decrease
distances by 9% of the ground roll distance for each 1% of upslope.
For operation in air colder than this table provides, use the coldest
data for landing distances.
Dashed entries indicate atmospheric temperatures beyond the aircraft
operating limits.
NO T E : Red shaded areas represent data at temperatures greater than
the maximum approved operating OAT, but may be used for the purpose of
interpolating.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
5 - 67
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Performance
Example:
Outside Air Temp................................................................................... 20C
Weight...................................................................................... 6690 pounds
Pressure Altitude............................................................................ 2000 feet
Headwind...............................................................................................Zero
Obstacle Speed (Vref): 74 KIAS
Landing Ground Roll: 760 FT
Total Distance Over 50' Obstacle: 1551
5-68
6000
6690
WT
(LB)
70
74
1479
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
1401
1620
1683
1750
677
698
720
743
9000
10000
11000
12000
770
746
724
702
681
661
642
623
605
587
571
554
539
990
960
931
903
876
850
825
801
778
755
734
713
693
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1873
1799
1729
1663
1601
1542
1487
1435
1385
1338
1294
1252
1212
2233
2141
2054
1972
1895
1823
1754
1689
1628
1570
1515
1462
1413
Total
Feet to
Clear
50' OBS
10C
797
773
749
727
705
684
664
645
626
608
591
574
558
1025
994
964
935
907
880
854
829
805
782
760
738
717
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1925
1848
1775
1707
1642
1581
1523
1469
1417
1369
1323
1279
1237
2299
2203
2113
2028
1947
1872
1800
1733
1669
1608
1551
1497
1445
Total
Feet to
Clear
50' OBS
20C
824
799
775
752
729
708
687
667
647
629
611
593
577
1060
1028
997
967
938
910
883
858
833
809
786
763
742
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1979
1898
1823
1751
1684
1620
1560
1504
1450
1399
1352
1306
1263
2365
2266
2172
2083
2000
1921
1847
1776
1710
1647
1588
1531
1478
Total
Feet to
Clear
50' OBS
30C
776
753
731
710
689
669
650
631
613
596
999
969
940
913
886
860
835
812
788
766
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1796
1726
1660
1598
1539
1483
1431
1381
1334
1289
2140
2053
1971
1894
1821
1752
1687
1625
1566
1511
Total
Feet to
Clear
50 OBS
40C
690
670
651
633
615
888
862
837
814
791
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1517
1462
1410
1362
1315
1794
1726
1662
1602
1544
Total
Feet to
Clear
50 OBS
50C
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
1821
1504
1560
1451
638
601
5000
1353
657
583
4000
1308
1266
7000
567
3000
8000
550
2000
1187
1225
619
535
2167
6000
520
S.L.
1000
2079
926
955
11000
871
898
9000
10000
12000
1918
1996
820
845
7000
8000
1774
1844
796
1708
1646
1587
1531
6000
750
773
4000
5000
708
729
2000
3000
1428
1381
668
688
S.L.
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
0C
Total
Feet to
Clear
50' OBS
1000
Press
Alt
(FT)
Performance
50'
Speed
(KIAS)
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
63
56
5000
4000
WT
(LB)
50'
Speed
(KIAS)
379
390
4000
5000
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
224
5000
269
277
11000
12000
261
218
4000
10000
211
3000
253
205
2000
9000
200
1000
245
194
S.L.
8000
483
12000
238
468
11000
7000
454
10000
231
440
9000
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
5-69
287
279
270
262
254
247
239
232
226
219
213
207
201
500
485
470
456
443
430
417
405
393
382
371
Performance
1046
1013
982
953
926
900
875
852
830
809
789
771
753
1391
1341
1294
1250
1208
1168
1131
1096
1063
1031
1001
360
350
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1069
1034
1002
971
943
916
890
866
843
821
801
781
762
1426
1374
1325
1279
1235
1194
1155
1119
1084
1051
1020
990
962
Total
Feet to
Clear
50 OBS
10C
297
288
280
271
263
255
248
241
234
227
220
214
208
518
502
487
472
458
445
432
419
407
395
384
373
362
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1091
1055
1022
990
960
932
905
880
856
833
812
791
772
1462
1408
1357
1309
1263
1220
1180
1142
1106
1071
1039
1008
979
Total
Feet to
Clear
50 OBS
20C
308
298
289
281
272
264
256
249
242
235
228
221
215
536
519
504
489
474
460
446
433
421
409
397
386
375
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1114
1077
1042
1009
978
948
920
894
869
846
823
802
782
1499
1442
1389
1339
1292
1247
1205
1165
1127
1092
1058
1026
996
Total
Feet to
Clear
50 OBS
30C
290
281
273
265
257
250
242
235
229
222
505
490
475
461
448
435
422
410
398
387
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
1028
995
965
936
909
883
858
835
813
792
1369
1320
1274
1230
1189
1150
1113
1078
1045
1013
Total
Feet to
Clear
50 OBS
40C
258
250
243
236
229
449
436
423
411
400
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
897
871
847
824
803
1172
1134
1098
1063
1031
Total
Feet to
Clear
50 OBS
50C
100 SERIES
6000
414
427
7000
8000
402
368
3000
6000
358
348
2000
338
S.L.
1000
973
946
GRND
ROLL
(FT)
0C
Total
Feet to
Clear
50 OBS
Press
Alt
(FT)
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 5
P E R FO R M A N C E
100 SERIES
Performance
5 -7 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
SECTION 6
CONTENTS....................................................................................................... PAGE
GENERAL..............................................................................................................6-3
AIRPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDURES...............................................................6-4
PREPARATION...................................................................................................6-4
LEVELING ..........................................................................................................6-4
WEIGHING..........................................................................................................6-4
MEASURING ......................................................................................................6-5
AIRPLANE WEIGHING FORM............................................................................6-6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE RECORD.....................................................................6-7
WEIGHT & BALANCE DETERMINATION FOR FLIGHT......................................6-8
CALCULATING WEIGHT AND BALANCE .........................................................6-8
PASSENGER AND CREW SEAT WEIGHT AND BALANCE............................6-10
WEIGHT AND BALANCE LOADING FORM (CONFIGURATION A)................. 6-12
WEIGHT AND BALANCE LOADING FORM (CONFIGURATION B)................ 6-14
WEIGHT AND BALANCE EXAMPLE FORM....................................................6-15
CABIN ZONE LOADING LIMITS.......................................................................6-17
FUEL WEIGHTS AND MOMENTS....................................................................6-18
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS.........................................................................6-20
COMPREHENSIVE EQUIPMENT LIST...............................................................6-21
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
6 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
6-1 GENERAL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook describes the procedure for
establishing the basic empty weight and moment of the airplane. Sample
weight and balance forms are provided for reference. Procedures for
calculating the loaded weight and moment of the aircraft are also included.
For a comprehensive list of installed equipment and specific information
regarding the weight, arm, moment, and installed equipment for this airplane,
as delivered from the factory, see the external document KODIAK 100
Installed Equipment List (AM905.0).
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6-3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
LEVELING
(Reference Airplane Weighing Form)
1. Place the aircraft wheels on top of weighing scales. The scales should
have a minimum capacity of 2000 pounds for the nose and 4000 pounds for
each main wheel. The main landing gear must be elevated approximately
2-1/2 inches higher than the nose gear, with small sheets of plywood
placed beneath the scales. This initial elevated position is to compensate
for the difference in waterline station between the main and nose gear, and
fine adjustments can be made from this position by releasing air from the
nose wheel tire.
Weight & Bal.
2. Level longitudinally by placing a spirit level on the seat track, and laterally
by placing a spirit level perpendicular to (across) the seat tracks.
3. Deflate the nose tire to properly center the bubble in the spirit level.
WEIGHING
1. Weigh the airplane in a closed hangar to prevent errors caused by air
currents.
2. With the airplane level, doors closed and the parking brake released,
record the weight shown on each scale. Deduct the tare weight, if any,
from each reading.
6-4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
MEASURING
(Reference Airplane Weighing Form)
1. Obtain measurement A by measuring horizontally along the airplane
centerline, from the mid point of a line stretched between the centers
of the main wheels to a plumb bob lowered from the forward side of the
firewall (FS 0.00). This measurement is dimension A and is normally
approximately 94 inches.
2. Obtain measurement B by measuring horizontally and parallel to the
airplane centerline from the center of the nose wheel axle, on the left side,
to the line stretched between the centers of the main wheels. Repeat
this process on the right side of the nose wheel axel and average the two
measurements. Subtract this averaged measurement from dimension
A to obtain the nose wheel weighing point arm. This will be a negative
number since the nose wheel is forward of the firewall datum point.
3. Determine and record the moment for the main and nose gear weighing
points, using the following formula:
Moment = Net Weight x Arm
4. Calculate and record the as-weighed weight and moment by totaling the
appropriate columns.
5. Determine and record the as-weighed Center or Gravity in inches aft of
datum, using the following formula:
C.G. = Total Moment Total Weight
7. If the airplane was weighed with the oil drained, add the (negative number)
correction for engine oil. Add the correction for undrainable fuel (1.0 lb at
FS 83.4) to determine the Basic Empty Weight and Moment. Calculate and
record the Basic Empty Weight C.G. by applying the above C.G. formula.
8. Record the new weight and C.G. values on the Weight and Balance
Record.
9. The above procedure determines the airplane Basic Empty Weight,
Moment and Center of Gravity, expressed in inches aft of datum. The
Center of Gravity location can also be expressed as a percentage of the
airplanes Mean Aerodynamic Cord (MAC), using the following formula:
C.G. (%MAC) = 100 x (C.G. Inches LEMAC) MAC
LEMAC = 54.8073
MAC = 64.919
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6-5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
6. To determine the Empty Weight C.G., add or subtract any items not
included in the as-weighed condition to determine the empty condition.
Application of the above C.G. formula with empty weight and moment
values will determine the Empty Weight C.G.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
DATA
A=
B=
A-B=
CG = Total Moment Total Weight
WEIGHING EQUIPMENT
Scale Number:
SCALE READING
Weight & Bal.
Position
Left Main
Right Main
Nose
Total As Weighed:
Adjustments (+/-):
Weight (lb)
Arm
Moment
Weight (lb)
Arm
Moment
Totals:
Empty Weight:
(Including Undrainable Fluids
and Full Oil)
Plus Drainable Unusable Fuel:
Basic Empty Weight:
Table 6-1 Airplane Weighing Form
6-6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
Serial No.
Item No.
Date
In
Out
Description of Item
or Modification
Page
of
Arm
(In.)
Mom./1000
Running Basic
Empty Weight
Wt.
(LB)
Mom./1000
As Delivered
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
6-8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6-9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
Seat
Row
1
41.0
35.0
84.0
79.3
73.2
115.0
110.3
104.2
146.0
141.3
135.2
177.0
172.3
166.2
Seat
Row
1
41.0
35.0
78.0
73.3
67.2
109.0
104.3
98.2
140.0
135.3
129.2
171.0
166.3
160.2
6 -10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
Seat Tracks
If equipped, seat tracks are marked with station identification markings every
10 inches, starting at FS (Fuselage Station) 50.0. These markings will assist
the operator in quickly installing seats. Refer to the following example of how
to properly install a seat.
11
0
CONFIGURATION A
EXAMPLE FIGURE:
(FS 115.0 , Row 3)
Insert seat into track and move
AFT 1/2 inch to engage lock.
12
0
If the seats are moved from the above locations, the individual seat weights
and seat CG locations are provided below for calculations.
Weight................................. See seat weights on Weight and Balance form
Seat Reference Point................. Center of track lock pin and rear foot pivot
FS of Crew Seat Rear Stop....................................Configuration A - 50.0 in.
Configuration B - 44.0 in.
Seat CG (occupied and unoccupied)....See Weight & Balance Calculations
Minimum Seat Pitch* between Crew Seats rear stop and
Passenger Seats (second row)......................................................... 34.0 in.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
SEAT WEIGHTS:
TUNDRA SEATS:
Crew: 31.6 lb
Passenger: 28.1 lb
TIMBERLINE SEATS:
Crew: 33.6 lb
Passenger: 29.2 lb
Figure 6-2 Seat Weights and Visual Aid for Weight & Balance
6 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
Date:
Serial No.:
Initials:
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
2.
83.4
TKS FLUID
16.3 Gallons Capacity @ 9.2 lb/gal
48.4
WEIGHT (LB)
41.0
35.0
40.0
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
79.3
73.2
71.0
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
104.2
102.0
110.8
ARM (IN)
135.2
133.0
MOMENT / 1000
141.3
MOMENT / 1000
110.3
MOMENT / 1000
75.3
MOMENT / 1000
26.0
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
172.3
166.2
164.0
6.
195.0
83.4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Description
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
Date:
Serial No.:
Initials:
Description
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
2.
83.4
TKS FLUID
16.3 Gallons Capacity @ 9.2 lb/gal
48.4
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
41.0
35.0
40.0
MOMENT / 1000
26.0
MOMENT / 1000
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
73.3
67.2
71.0
MOMENT / 1000
75.3
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
104.3
98.2
102.0
110.8
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
135.3
129.2
133.0
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
166.3
160.2
164.0
6.
83.4
6 -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
180 LB 200 LB
180 LB 180 LB
180 LB
Seat
Only
Seats Installed,
No Occupants
Row 5
No Seats
75 LB
Figure 6-3 Example Visual Aid for Weight & Balance (refer to Figure 6-4)
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
Date: X/X
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
3893
281.4
1100
83.4
91.7
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
Included
In Basic
41.0
Included In
Basic
380
35.0
13.3
40.0
0.0
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
58.4
79.3
4.6
360
73.2
26.4
Initials: XX
WEIGHT (LB)
71.0
0.0
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
58.4
110.3
6.4
180
104.2
18.8
102.0
0.0
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
58.4
141.3
8.3
135.2
0.0
133.0
0.0
WEIGHT (LB)
ARM (IN)
MOMENT / 1000
172.3
0.0
166.2
0.0
164.0
0.0
75
195.0
14.6
6163.2
465.5
50
83.4
4.2
6113.2
461.3
6.
6 -16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
FS
(inches)
Maximum
Load
(pounds)
1 (Copilot)
40.0
300
71.0
1200
102.0
1200
133.0
800
164.0
594
6 (Aft Cargo
Shelf)
195.0
200
Zone
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
Gallons
Weight (LB)
Moment / 1000
Gallons
Weight (LB)
Moment / 1000
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
155
33
67
100
134
167
201
234
268
301
335
368
402
435
469
502
536
569
603
636
670
703
737
770
804
837
871
904
938
971
1005
1038
2.8
5.6
8.4
11.2
14.0
16.8
19.6
22.4
25.1
27.9
30.7
33.5
36.3
39.1
41.9
44.7
47.5
50.3
53.1
55.9
58.7
61.5
64.6
67.1
69.8
72.6
75.4
78.2
81.0
83.8
86.6
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
200
205
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
310
315
1105
1139
1172
1206
1239
1273
1306
1340
1373
1407
1440
1474
1507
1541
1574
1608
1641
1675
1708
1742
1775
1809
1842
1876
1909
1943
1976
2010
2043
2077
2110
92.2
95.0
97.8
100.6
103.4
106.2
109.0
111.8
114.6
117.3
120.1
122.9
125.7
128.5
131.3
134.1
136.9
139.7
142.5
145.3
148.1
150.9
153.7
156.5
159.3
162.0
164.8
167.6
170.4
173.2
176.0
160
1072
89.4
320
2144
178.8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6 -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
WEIGHT (lb)
6500
6000
5500
5000
4500
4000
3500
12%
16%
20%
24%
28%
32%
36%
40%
WEIGHT (lb)
6500
6000
5500
5000
4500
4000
3500
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
81
6 -20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
For a list of installed equipment, see the external document KODIAK 100
Installed Equipment List (AM905.0).
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
6 - 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 6
WEIGHT AND BAL ANCE
100 SERIES
6 -22
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
SECTION 7
GENERAL7-5
AIRFRAME7-5
FUSELAGE7-5
WINGS7-5
EMPENNAGE7-5
PRIMARY FLIGHT CONTROLS7-6
ELEVATOR SYSTEM7-6
AILERON SYSTEM7-6
RUDDER SYSTEM7-7
TRIM SYSTEMS7-7
FLIGHT DECK ARRANGEMENT7-8
INSTRUMENT PANEL7-8
LEFT (PILOT SIDE) PANEL LAYOUT7-9
CENTER PANEL LAYOUT 7-11
RIGHT PANEL LAYOUT7-12
CONTROL PEDESTAL LAYOUT7-13
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS7-14
ATTITUDE INDICATOR7-17
STANDBY ATTITUDE INDICATOR7-18
AIRSPEED INDICATOR7-20
ALTIMETER7-21
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR7-22
TURN RATE INDICATOR7-24
COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR (CDI)7-25
OBS MODE7-27
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR7-27
VERTICAL DEVIATION7-28
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA7-29
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS7-32
TRAFFIC AVOIDANCE SYSTEMS 7-34
ADDITIONAL GARMIN G1000 FEATURES 7-40
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT 7-48
G1000 WEIGHT PLANNING7-48
PAYLOAD (LB) ENTRY SECTION7-48
FUEL (LB) ENTRY SECTION7-49
GROUND OPERATION7-52
WING FLAPS7-53
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM7-53
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
CONTENTS....................................................................................................... PAGE
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
BAGGAGE/CARGO COMPARTMENT7-53
CABIN LOADING CONFIGURATIONS7-54
SECURING CARGO7-56
EXTERNAL CARGO COMPARTMENT7-61
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES7-62
PILOT AND FRONT PASSENGER SEATS7-62
AFT PASSENGER SEATS UTILITY PASSENGER VERSION7-62
PILOT AND COPILOT SEAT BELTS/SHOULDER HARNESSES7-62
PASSENGER VERSION SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES7-63
SEAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION7-64
CREW SEAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION7-65
PASSENGER SEATS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION7-67
DOORS AND WINDOWS7-69
CABIN ENTRY DOORS7-69
CREW ENTRY DOORS7-69
CARGO/AFT PASSENGER DOOR7-70
INFLATABLE CREW DOOR SEALS (IF EQUIPPED)7-71
CABIN WINDOWS7-72
CONTROL LOCK7-73
ENGINE7-73
ENGINE CONTROLS7-76
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS7-78
NEW ENGINE BREAK-IN AND OPERATION7-84
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM7-85
IGNITION SYSTEM7-89
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM7-90
EXHAUST SYSTEM7-93
ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM7-93
COOLING SYSTEMS7-94
STARTING SYSTEM7-94
ENGINE ACCESSORIES7-95
ENGINE MOUNT7-97
PROPELLER7-98
OPTIONAL PITCH LATCH PROPELLER7-100
OVERSPEED GOVERNOR TEST SWITCH7-100
FUEL SYSTEM7-101
FIREWALL FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE7-102
FUEL TANK SELECTORS7-103
FUEL SELECTORS OFF WARNING SYSTEM7-103
AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP7-103
FUEL FLOW INDICATOR7-103
ELECTRIC FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS7-104
FUEL TEMPERATURE INDICATION7-104A
DIRECT READING FUEL QUANTITY GAUGES 7-104A
WING TANK LOW FUEL WARNING SYSTEM 7-104B
RESERVOIR FUEL LOW ANNUNCIATOR7-105
FUEL PRESSURE LOW ANNUNCIATOR7-105
7- 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
7- 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
7- 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
7-1 GENERAL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook provides basic descriptions
and operation procedures for the standard airplane and its systems. Optional
equipment described within this section is identified as optional or if
equipped.
NO T E : Some optional equipment, primarily avionics, may not be
described in this section. For descriptions and operation procedures for
equipment not provided in this section, refer to Section 9 of this manual.
7-2 AIRFRAME
FUSELAGE
The KODIAKs semi-monocoque fuselage is constructed of aluminum
bulkheads, stringers, and skins. It is designed to be lightweight, rugged,
aerodynamically efficient, and capable of hauling 9 passengers and/or cargo
into remote locations. The fuselage contains forward and aft carry-through
spars which provide connection fittings for the wings, landing gear, and wing
struts.
WINGS
EMPENNAGE
The empennage consists of a horizontal stabilizer, elevator, vertical tail, and
a rudder. All of the empennage components are of conventional construction
containing aluminum spars, ribs, and skins. A dorsal fin is attached to the
forward spar of the vertical stabilizer and the upper structure of the fuselage.
The rudder is attached to the vertical stabilizer at three hinge points. The
elevator is constructed as two pieces, connected with a torque tube and
attached to the aft spar of the horizontal stabilizer at seven hinge points.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
ELEVATOR SYSTEM
The two-piece elevator provides pitch control for the aircraft. The elevator
is of conventional aluminum construction with skins, a spar and ribs. Each
elevator is attached to the aft spar of the horizontal stabilizer at three hinge
points and to the aft fuselage with the elevator control sector.
Elevator motion is generated through the pilots control yokes by sliding the
yoke tubes forward or aft. A push-pull linkage is connected to a cable sector,
from which cables are routed through a series of pulleys to a sector located in
the tail cone The tail cone sector actuates a push/pull rod which is attached
to the elevator sector and elevator torque-tube.
AILERON SYSTEM
The ailerons provide roll control for the airplane. The ailerons are of
conventional aluminum construction consisting of skins, spars and ribs. Each
aileron is attached to the aft spar of the wing at two hinge points.
The left and right control columns contain control wheels, control tubes,
bearings and quadrants. An interconnect cable attaches the left control wheel
to the right control wheel. The aileron cable is divided into two loops: the low
tension loop and the high tension loop.
Systems
The low tension loop, located in the fuselage, is routed via a series of pulleys
from the left control wheel, under the floorboards and up the left sidewall to
a loop connecting bracket in the cabin overhead. The loop then runs from
the loop connecting bracket across the cabin to the second loop connecting
bracket, to the right sidewall, down the sidewall, under the floorboards, and
back to the left quadrant.
The high tension loop is located in the upper portion of the cabin and left and
right wings. It interconnects the loop connecting brackets in the cabin top
with the left and right aileron sectors installed in the wings. Aileron push rods
connect the wing aileron sectors to the ailerons and provide aileron actuation.
7- 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
RUDDER SYSTEM
The rudder provides yaw control for the airplane. The rudder is of
conventional aluminum construction consisting of skins, a spar and ribs. The
rudder is attached to the aft spar of the vertical stabilizer at three hinge points,
one attach point being the rudder sector.
Rudder motion is transferred from the pilot and copilot rudder pedals,
connected to each other by a pair of torque tubes. A forward sector is
connected to the rudder pedal torque tubes via two push-pull rods. The
rudder cables are routed from the forward sector under the floorboard via
a series of pulleys to a second rudder sector mounted aft of the vertical
stabilizer. Depressing the left or right rudder pedal deflects the rudder in the
corresponding direction.
TRIM SYSTEMS
Aileron, elevator, and rudder trim systems are provided as standard
equipment. Aileron trim is accomplished by an electrically operated aileron
trim tab installed on the left aileron. Dual (split) aileron trim switches are
installed on the upper surface of the control pedestal. When both switches
are depressed simultaneously to the right, the right wing will be trimmed
down; conversely, depressing the trim switches to the left will trim the left
wing down. To provide additional redundancy in preventing a trim runaway,
a 1-second timer is incorporated, which limits continuous operation of the
aileron trim system to 1 second. If more than 1 seconds worth of trim is
needed, cycle the switches off and on as necessary.
Rudder trim is accomplished through the nose wheel steering bungee spring
connected to the rudder control system, an electric bungee adjuster assembly,
and a rudder trim switch installed on the aft face of the control pedestal. The
rudder trim switch may be pressed either left or right to achieve the desired
yaw trim position. Pressing the rudder trim switch to the right will trim the
nose to the right; conversely, pressing it to the left will trim the nose to the left.
The KODIAK incorporates design features which reduce the need for rudder
trim during climbs and descents.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Elevator trim is accomplished through two elevator trim tabs by operating the
vertically-mounted elevator trim control wheel on the upper left side of the
control pedestal. Forward rotation of the trim wheel will result in trimming
towards a nose-down attitude. Aft rotation of the trim wheel will result in
trimming the airplane towards a nose high attitude. The airplane is also
equipped with an electric elevator trim system. The electric elevator trim
is controlled by a dual switch installed on the left side of the pilots control
yoke. The purpose of the dual switch is to lessen the chances of a trim
runaway condition. Both halves of the switch must be pressed in order to
activate the trim. The KODIAK is equipped with an automatic pitch trim
system to compensate for trim changes with varying flap positions. For more
information regarding this system refer to the description of the Automatic
Trim System in this section.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
INSTRUMENT PANEL
The instrument panel is of all metal construction and is installed in sections
to allow equipment to be easily removed and installed for maintenance. The
instrument panel contains a glare shield which limits undesirable reflections
on the windshield from lighted equipment and displays mounted in the
instrument panel. The instrument panel is designed primarily for piloting from
the left seat. However, the instrument panel is equipped with two primary
flight displays, one for each front seat, with a multi-function display installed
between them to allow piloting from either position.
The KODIAK 100 instrument panel contains two Garmin GDU 1040 Primary
Flight Displays (PFDs), one Garmin GDU 1040 Multifunction Display (MFD),
two Garmin GMA 1347 Audio Panels, and standby flight instruments. For
specific details regarding the instruments, switches, and controls on the
instrument panel, refer to each related topic in this section.
Eyeball Air Vents (4 ea.)
Center Panel
Overspeed
Governor
Switch
Right Panel
Standby
Instruments
Left PFD
MFD
Right PFD
Audio Panels
Systems
Left
Headset Jacks
Flight Time
(or Flight) Hobbs
&
Parking Brake
Block Time
Handle
(or Engine) Hobbs
Left Switch Panel
Right Switch Panel
Oxygen
Control
ELT Switch
Firewall Fresh
Air Shutoff
Right
Headset Jacks
ECS System
Control Panel
7- 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
The battery master switch is located on the lower left portion of the pilot
instrument panel. Located to the right of the master switch are switches for
the airplane electrical systems and equipment. Each switch is labeled for its
function and is ON when the switch handle is in the up position. Refer to the
Electrical Equipment descriptions in this section for further information.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
26
1
27
3
5
7 8
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
9 10 11
12 13
14
28 23 24 25
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
6. ELT Switch
2
6
3
7
7. Oxygen Control
Panel
8. ECS Control Panel
9. TAWS Inhibit Switch
5
4
Figure 7-3 Center Panel Layout
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
1
3
Systems
7-12
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
For more information on the G1000 displays and operations, refer to the
Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide (190-00645-XX) and the Garmin
G1000 Pilots Guide (190-00590-XX) for the Quest KODIAK 100.
20
19
18
17
16
15
2
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
13
1
12
11
10
2
9
8
1. Traffic Annunciation
2. Selected Heading
3. Wind Data Box
4. Inset Map
5. Bearing Information Windows
6. Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height
7. Flight Plan Window
8. Annunciation Window
9. Selected Course
10. Required Vertical Speed
Indicator
11. Vertical Deviation Indication
12. Comparator Window
13. VNV Target Altitude
7-16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
ATTITUDE INDICATOR
Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with
a white horizon line. The Attitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/
skid information.
9
6
3
1. Roll Pointer
2. Roll Scale
3. Horizon Line
4. Aircraft Symbol
5. Land Representation
6. Pitch Scale
7. Slip/Skid Indicator
8. Sky Representation
4
5
The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line,
major pitch marks and numeric labels are shown for every 10, up to 80.
Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5 increments, up to 25 below
and 45 above the horizon line. Between 20 below to 20 above the horizon
line, minor pitch marks occur every 2.5.
The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks
at 30 and 60 and minor tick marks at 10, 20, and 45 are shown to the left
and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the position of the pointer
on the roll scale.
Systems
The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. One bar
displacement is equal to one ball displacement on a traditional inclinometer.
The indicator bar moves with the roll pointer and moves laterally away from
the pointer to indicate uncoordinated flight. Slip (inside the turn) or skid
(outside the turn) is indicated by the location of the bar relative to the pointer.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
7-18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a moving tape rolling number
gauge. The true airspeed is displayed in knots below the Airspeed Indicator.
The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving tape are marked at
intervals of 10 knots. The minor tick marks on the moving tape are marked
at intervals of five knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 60 knots of
airspeed viewable at any time. The indicated airspeed is displayed inside the
black pointer. The pointer remains black until reaching maximum operating
speed (Vmo), at which point it turns red.
Airspeed
Trend
Vector
Low
Speed
Range
Indicated
Airspeed
Speed
Ranges
Red
Pointer
at VMO
Vspeed
Reference
True
Airspeed
Figure 7-11 Airspeed Indicator Ranges
Color coded stripes appear on the Airspeed Indicator to show the operating
ranges. The low speed range stripe is red and extends to the flap operating
range. Normal operating range is green and the maximum operating speed
(Vmo) begins with a red and white barber pole. The flap operating range is
indicated by a white and two shades of blue stripe.
Systems
The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical magenta line that appears to the right
of the color-coded speed range strip when airspeed is either accelerating
or decelerating. One end of the magenta line is anchored to the tip of
the airspeed pointer while the other end moves continuously up or down
corresponding to the rate of acceleration or deceleration. For any constant
rate of acceleration or deceleration, the moving end of the line shows
approximately what the indicated airspeed value will be in six seconds. If
the trend vector crosses Vne, the number in the indicated airspeed pointer
changes to yellow. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains constant
or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system
failure.
7- 2 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
ALTIMETER
The Altimeter displays 600 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a
moving tape rolling number gauge. Numeric labels and major tick marks are
shown at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at intervals of 20 feet.
The indicated altitude is displayed inside the black pointer.
The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated
by a selection bug symbol. A bug corresponding to this altitude is shown on
the tape. If the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on the tape, the
bug appears at the upper or lower edge of the tape. When the metric value is
selected it is displayed in a separate box above the Selected Altitude.
A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude
tape, the end resting at the approximate altitude to be reached in six seconds
at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown if altitude remains
constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system
failure.
o set the selected altitude, turn the large ALT knob for 1000 ft increments and
T
the small ALT knob for 100 ft increments (increments reduce to 10 feet for
approach).
If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also
available for the Selected Altitude.
Reference
Altitude
Selected
Altitude Bug
Selected
Altitude Bug
Indicated
Altitude
Indicated
Altitude
(Meters)
MDA/DH
Altitude Bug
Barometric
Setting Box
(Hectopascals)
Barometric
Setting
Figure 7-12 G1000 Altitude Indicator
The standby (aneroid) sensitive altimeter is located on the lower left portion of
the pilot-side instrument panel.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Altitude
Trend
Vector
Reference
Altitude
(Meters)
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
14
13
12
11
3
4
10
Systems
3. To/From Indicator
4. Navigation Source
5. Aircraft Symbol
7- 2 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
The Arc HSI is a 140 expanded section of the compass rose. The Arc HSI
contains a Course Pointer, combined To/From Indicator and a sliding deviation
indicator, and a deviation scale. Upon station passage, the To/From Indicator
flips and points to the tail of the aircraft, just like a conventional To/From flag.
Depending on the navigation source, the CDI on the Arc HSI can appear in
two different ways, an arrowhead (GPS, VOR, OBS) or a diamond (LOC).
Course Pointer
Navigation
Source
Course
Deviation
and To/From
Indicator
Lateral
Deviation
Scale
Figure 7-14 Arc HSI
The Selected Heading is shown to the upper left of the HSI for 3 seconds
after being adjusted The light blue bug on the compass rose corresponds to
the Selected Heading. While the HSI is displayed as an arc, if the Heading
Bug is adjusted off the shown portion of the compass rose, the digital reading
is displayed.
The Selected Course is shown to the upper right of the HSI for 3 seconds
after being adjusted. While the HSI is displayed as an arc, the Selected
Course is displayed whenever the Course Pointer is not within the 140
currently shown.
Current Track Indicator
Current Heading
Selected
Course
Selected
Heading
Selected
Heading
Bug
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 2 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Half-standard
Turn Rate
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate
> 4 deg/sec
Standard
Turn Rate
Bearing 1
Pointer
No
Waypoint
Selected
Station
Identifier
Systems
Bearing
Pointer
Source
Icon
Bearing 1 Information Window
Pointer
Bearing
Icon
Source
Bearing 2 Information Window
7- 2 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
When the NAV radio is tuned to an ILS frequency the bearing source and
the bearing pointer is removed from the HSI. When NAV1 or NAV2 is the
selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the station identifier
when the station is within range. If GPS is the bearing source, the active
waypoint identifier is displayed instead of a frequency.
Flight
Phase
Arc HSI
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
CDI
CDI
Scale
Scale
Crosstrack
Error
CDI
Systems
NO T E : When crossing over the final waypoint in a flight plan, the to/from
indicator will show a from indication and the NAV status bar will show a
180 change in course, but a
direct-to the last waypoint in the flight
plan may still be shown in the PFD Navigation Status Box. Furthermore, if
the autopilot is engaged in a NAV mode, it will continue to navigate away
from the waypoint on the course shown on the head of the CDI needle.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 2 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
The CDI can display two sources of navigation, GPS or VOR/LOC. The color
indicates the current navigation source: magenta for GPS or green for VOR
and LOC. The full scale limits for the CDI are defined by a GPS-derived
distance when navigating GPS. When navigating using a VOR or localizer
(LOC), the CDI uses the same angular deviation as a mechanical CDI. If the
CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two dots) while navigating
with GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft
symbol.
Navigation
Source
Selected on
Both PFDs
is not
Synchronized
Systems
7- 2 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
OBS MODE
NO T E : VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been
suspended.
Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic
sequencing of waypoints in a GPS flight plan (GPS must be the selected
navigation source), but retains the current Active-to waypoint as the
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. OBS is annunciated to
the lower right of the aircraft symbol when OBS Mode is selected.
While OBS is enabled, a course line is drawn through the Active-to waypoint
on the moving map. If desired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be
adjusted. When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flight plan returns to normal
operation, with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set
in OBS Mode. The flight plan on the moving map retains the modified course
line.
GPS
Selected
OBS Mode
Enabled
Extended
Course
Line
Pressing the
OBS Softkey
Enables OBS
Mode
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 2 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
The Vertical Speed Indicator displays the aircraft vertical speed on a fixed
scale with labels at 1000 and 2000 fpm and minor tick marks every 500 fpm.
Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or descent rate is greater than 100
fpm. If the rate of ascent/descent exceeds 2000 fpm, the pointer appears at
the edge of the tape and the rate appears inside the pointer.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
VERTICAL DEVIATION
NO T E : The Glidepath Indicator is only shown for aircraft with GIA 63W
Integrated Avionics Units, when WAAS is available.
The Vertical Deviation mode indicator appears as a
above the Vertical
Deviation Indicator (VDI). The Vertical Deviation Indicator
is a magenta
chevron indicating the baro-VNV vertical deviation when Vertical Navigation
(VNV) is being used. The VDI appears in conjunction with the TOD within
1 minute alert. The VDI is removed from the display if vertical deviation
becomes invalid.
The Glideslope mode indicator appears as a
Vertical Deviation Indicator
(VDI). The Glideslope Indicator
appears to the left of the Altimeter
whenever an ILS frequency is tuned in the active NAV field. A green diamond
acts as the Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on a conventional
indicator. If a localizer frequency is tuned and there is no glideslope, NO GS
is displayed in place of the diamond.
The glidepath is analogous to the glideslope for GPS approaches supporting
WAAS vertical guidance (LNAV+V, L/VNAV, LPV). When an approach of this
type is loaded into the flight plan and GPS is the selected navigation source,
the Glidepath mode indicator appears as a
Vertical Deviation Indicator
(VDI) and the Glidepath Indicator appears as a magenta diamond
during
the approach. If the approach type downgrades past the final approach fix
(FAF), NO GP is displayed in place of the diamond.
Full-scale deflection of two dots is 1000 feet.
Systems
7- 2 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Temperature Displays
The Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is displayed in degrees Celsius (C) or
Fahrenheit (F) as selected by the pilot, in the lower left of the PFD under
normal display conditions. Temperature is displayed below the true airspeed
in reversionary mode.
Normal Display
Systems
Reversionary Mode
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 2 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Wind Data
Wind direction and speed in knots can be displayed relative to the aircraft in a
window to the upper left of the HSI. When the window is selected for display,
but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window displays NO WIND
DATA. Wind data can be displayed in three different ways.
Option 1
Option 2
Option 3
No Data
Systems
7- 3 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
GPS is the
Selected
Navigation
Source
Phase of
Flight
Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD due to flight plan
change.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 31
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Criteria
Required
Vertical
VNV
Vertical Speed Deviation Target
(RVSI)
(VDI)
Altitude*
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
System Alerting
Messages appear in the Alerts Window in the lower right corner of the
PFD when a warning, caution, advisory alert, or G1000 message advisory
occurs. System alert messages are provided for awareness of G1000 system
problems or status and may or may not require pilot action.
The Alerts Window allows system alerts to be displayed simultaneously. The
FMS Knob is used to scroll through the alert messages. The Alerts Window
is enabled/disabled by pressing the ALERTS softkey. If the window is already
open when a new message is generated, pressing the ALERTS softkey to
acknowledge the message turns the softkey gray.
The ALERTS softkey label changes to display the appropriate annunciation
when an alert is issued. The annunciation flashes and the appropriate aural
alert sounds until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. The softkey then
reverts to the ALERTS label and, when pressed again, opens the Alerts
Window to display a descriptive message of the alert.
Comparator
Window
Reversionary
Sensor
Window
Alerts
Window
Annunciation
Window
Systems
Softkey
Annunciation
Figure 7-28 G1000 Alerting System
7- 3 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Outer Marker
Middle Marker
Inner Marker
Altimeter
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
Systems
7- 3 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
7- 3 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Traffic is displayed symbolically on the PFD Inset Map, the MFD Navigation
Map Page, and various other MFD page maps. Refer to the Garmin G1000
Cockpit Reference Guide (190-00645-XX) for more details about the Traffic
Information Service (TIS) and optional Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS). When
a traffic advisory (TA) is detected, the following automatically occur:
The PFD Inset Map is enabled and displays traffic.
A flashing black-on-yellow TRAFFIC annunciation appears to the top left
of the Attitude Indicator for five seconds and remains displayed until no
TAs are detected in the area.
A single TRAFFIC aural alert is heard, unless an optional Traffic
Advisory System (TAS) is installed. Refer to the applicable TAS
documentation for alerts generated by TAS equipment.
If additional TAs appear, new aural and visual alerts are generated.
TIS Symbol
Systems
Figure 7-30 Traffic Annunciation and Inset Map with Traffic Displayed (TIS)
Description
Non-Threat
Traffic
Traffic Advisory
(TA)
Traffic Advisory
Off Scale
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 3 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Description
Non-Threat
Traffic
Proximity
Advisory (PA)
Traffic Advisory
(TA)
Traffic Advisory
Off Scale
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
TAWS Annunciations
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) annunciations appear on
the PFD at the top left of the Altimeter. Refer to the Garmin G1000 Cockpit
Reference Guide (190-00645-XX) for information on TAWS alerts and
annunciations.
TERRAIN
TRAFFIC
TERRAIN
Systems
TRAFFIC
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 37
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Altitude Alerting
Altitude Alerting provides the pilot with a visual alert when approaching the
Selected Altitude. Whenever the Selected Altitude is changed, the Altitude
Alerter is reset. The following occur when approaching the Selected Altitude:
When the aircraft passes through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude an
aural tone is heard. The Selected Altitude changes to black text on a
light blue background and flashes for five seconds.
When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Selected Altitude, the
Selected Altitude changes to light blue text on a black background and
flashes for five seconds.
Upon reaching the Selected Altitude, if the pilot flies outside the
deviation band ( 200 feet of the Selected Altitude) an aural tone
is heard. The Selected Altitude changes to yellow text on a black
background and flashes for five seconds.
Systems
When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a GPS WAAS
approach using vertical guidance, a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if
the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude
at the FAF. A black-on-yellow LOW ALT annunciation appears to the top left
of the Altimeter, flashes for several seconds, then remains displayed until the
condition is resolved.
7- 3 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Within 2500 ft
Within 100 ft
Altitude Reached
Barometric
Minimum
Bug
Barometric
Minimum
Box
Figure 7-37 Barometric MDA/DH Alerting Visual Annunciations
Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft
reaches 150 feet above the MDA. If the aircraft proceeds to climb after
having reached the MDA, once it reaches 50 feet above the MDA, alerting is
disabled.
Systems
The MDA/DH may be set from either PFD and is synchronized on both PFDs.
The function is reset when the power is cycled or a new approach is activated.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 3 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
The optional Search and Rescue (SAR) feature assists with search and
rescue activities by providing flight plans in several commonly-used search
patterns.
7- 4 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
The SVS terrain display shows land contours (colors are consistent with those
of the topographical map display), large water features, towers, and other
obstacles over 200' AGL that are included in the obstacle database. Cultural
features on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad tracks, cities, and
state boundaries are not displayed even if those features are found on the
MFD map. The terrain display also includes a northsouth eastwest grid
with lines oriented with true north and spaced at one arc-minute intervals
to assist in orientation relative to the terrain. The Terrain Awareness and
Warning System (TAWS) is integrated within SVS to provide visual and
auditory alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant
to the projected flight path. Terrain alerts are displayed in red and yellow
shading on the PFD.
The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only. It may
not provide the accuracy or fidelity on which to base decisions and plan
maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicated
solely upon the use of the TAWS terrain or obstacle data displayed by the
SVS.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 41
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
For operational guidance of the G1000 SVS system, refer to the Garmin Cockpit
Reference Guide (190-00645-XX).
WARNI NG : Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for
terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance. SVS is intended as an aid to
situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or
reliability upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to
avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
Systems
7- 42
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 4 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 4 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
NO T E : When using the circle search SAR pattern, the SUSP softkey will
be shown. This softkey will not be available to unsuspend the pattern,
unless there is a waypoint loaded in the flight plan to follow the SAR
pattern.
NO T E : With a SAR flight plan active, entering a direct-to a waypoint that
exists multiple times in the SAR flight plan will result in the navigation to the
first occurrence of that waypoint. Selecting a direct-to a waypoint within the
SAR flight plan will provide navigation to that specific occurrence.
7- 4 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
NO T E : Using the WX-500 Stormscope while the HID pulse lights are on
could cause erroneous lightning indications. To prevent the possibility of
false lightning indications, DO NOT use the pulse position of the LANDING
LIGHT toggle switch while utilizing the WX-500 Stormscope.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 47
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Passenger(s) Weight (Entry Field) - The crew has the ability to select up
to 9 passengers. The Weight Planning tool allows the crew to specify the
average weight of the passengers in a range of 0 LB to 990 LB. The crew
has the discretion of adding the weight of the bags to each passenger or
adding them in the Cargo Weight entry field.
Cargo Weight (Entry Field) - This is the weight of the total cargo on-board.
7- 4 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
3610
220
3830
3830
Fuel Onboard (Entry of Sync Field) - This field is the total weight of the fuel
onboard the aircraft. The total weight of the fuel onboard can be manually
inserted by the crew. On power up, the Fuel Onboard displays the total fuel
quantity as referenced to the aircraft fuel quantity indicators. To sync the
fuel totalizer to this field, press the FOB SYNC soft key on the bottom of
the MFD.
Aircraft Weight (Calculation Field) - The aircraft weight calculation is a total
weight of the zero fuel weight and fuel onboard.
Estimated Landing Weight (Calculation Field) - When the aircraft is in the
air and a destination way point has been entered, the fuel calculations
can be completed. Landing weight is automatically calculated based on
the following information: [ Estimated landing weight = zero fuel weight +
estimated landing fuel ]. If the estimated landing weight is greater than the
allowable landing or takeoff weight, then the estimated landing weight will
be displayed in amber.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 4 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Zero Fuel Weight (Calculation Field) - This is the weight that is calculated in
the Payload (LB) section.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
If the estimated landing fuel weight is zero or negative, then the following
values are displayed in red:
Estimated landing fuel
Excess fuel
Fuel Reserves (Entry Field) - This field allows the crew to subtract any
reserve fuel that may not be included in fuel onboard entry field.
Excess Fuel (Calculation Field) - When the aircraft is in the air and a
destination way point has been entered, the estimated excess fuel
calculation can be completed. The estimated excess fuel calculation
is based on the following information: [ Excess fuel weight = estimated
landing fuel - fuel reserves ]. The estimated excess fuel is the calculated
fuel remaining after landing.
Fuel Calculator
3830
1090
Zero Fuel Weight Calculation Fuel Onboard Entry Aircraft Weight Calculation Estimated Landing Weight Calculation Estimated Landing Fuel Calculation -
300
7- 5 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
3610
220
3830
0
0
3830
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 51
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
7- 5 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 5 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
In the passenger version, the space normally used for carrying baggage is
the raised area aft of the cargo door to the aft cabin bulkhead. Access to
the baggage area is gained through the cargo door or from within the cabin.
Quick-release cargo tie-down straps and a cargo net are provided for securing
baggage and are attached to the compartment floor anchor points. Refer to
Section 6 of this manual for loading limits and Section 1 of this manual for
dimensions.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
Figure 7-49 Placement of Cargo Aft of Passengers
7- 5 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 5 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
SECURING CARGO
It is the responsibility of the operator to use approved cargo straps and cargo
attach fittings to ensure that cargo is properly restrained. The use of the
approved cargo straps and cargo attach fittings must be in accordance with
the strap usage requirements below.
Systems
7- 5 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
PART NO.
41842-80
S3E120E24N07
S3E180E24N07
S3E240E24N07
CGU-1/B
<ANY>
COMPATIBLE
FITTING(S) [ BY ROW# ]
HOOK (X2)
1 - 17
SNAP HOOK (X2)
1 - 17
SNAP HOOK (X2)
1 - 17
SNAP HOOK (X2)
1 - 17
ATTACH TYPE
(per MIL-PRF-27260C)
HOOK (X2)
1 - 17
800 lb
100 lb
= 8 Straps
800 lb
800 lb
= 1 Strap
= 1.6
When loading cargo, take care to protect the aluminum seat tracks. An
appropriate protective covering, such as wood planks or cardboard, may need
to be placed over the seat tracks when loading or unloading cargo from the
rear of the cabin, to prevent damage from occurring.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 5 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Loading Cargo
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Tie-Down Points
The ratings for the tie-down points in the fuselage of the KODIAK are provided
in the table below.
Tie-Down Location & Type & Location
Ceiling
Floor, Zone 6
Walls
Floor, Single Lug
Rating (Pounds)
75
75
100
100
The number of tie-down points required for the example 800 lb article of cargo
will depend upon which tie-down points are used. If the minimum of 13 straps
are used and 2 tie-down points are utilized for each strap for a total of 26 tiedown points, the operator will need to ensure that the capacity of the tie-down
points sum to at least 800 lb as shown in the equation below. The equation
calculates the total capacity of the 26 tie-down points assuming the use of 10
wall tie-down points and 16 floor tie-down points and the individual ratings
taken from the figure above.
(10 X100 LB) {10 X WALL} + (16 X 100 LB) {16 X FLOOR } = 2,600 LB => Adequate
Tiedown Points
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
The walls and ceiling of the fuselage are less capable of restraining cargo
than the seat tracks, and therefore require the following considerations:
When securing cargo to prevent upward movement, the cargo must
be positioned so that the straps create an angle of at least 45 with the
floor (viewed from front or rear) when using tie-down points in the walls
of the fuselage. This is illustrated in the figure below.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 5 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
Figure 7-56 Combination Forward and Upward Restraint
7- 6 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 61
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
All seat positions are equipped with seat belts and shoulder harnesses. The
shoulder harnesses on the pilot and front passenger seats are equipped with
inertia reels.
WARNI NG : Failure to properly utilize the seat belts, shoulder harnesses
and inertia reels could result in serious injury or death in the event of an
accident.
7- 6 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Both the pilot and front passenger seats are equipped with a four-point
restraint system which combines the function of conventional lap-belts, and
inertia reel equipped double strap shoulder harness in a single assembly.
The lap belts attach to fittings on each side of the lower aft portion of the seat
frames. The shoulder harness and inertia reel assemblies attach to the upper
portion of the forward carry-through spar. The inertia reels are equipped
with levers mounted overhead the pilot and front passenger seats to lock the
reels and prevent any upper body movement whatsoever. Pushing the inertia
reel lever to the forward position locks the inertia reel. Placing the inertia
reel lever in its full aft position unlocks the inertia reel and allows freedom of
movement of the upper body except in the event of sudden deceleration, in
which case, the inertia reel will automatically engage and prevent movement.
The inertia reel levers must be placed in the locked position prior to takeoff or
landing.
The left half of the lap belt contains the buckle, which is the connection point
for the right half of the lap belt, and both shoulder harnesses. The right lap
belt and shoulder harnesses are fitted with links which insert into the buckle.
Both halves of the seat belt and shoulder harnesses have adjusters with
narrow straps to enable the belt halves to be lengthened or shortened as
necessary. The shoulder harnesses must be routed between the headrest
supports.
To use the restraint system, place the inertia reel lever in the unlocked
position, lengthen each half of the seat belt as required by pulling the buckle
or connecting link towards the lap with one hand while pulling outward on the
narrow adjuster strap with the other hand. Insert the right connecting link into
the lower right slot of the buckle. Position each shoulder harness strap over
the shoulders and insert their links into the upper slots in the buckle. The seat
belts and shoulder harnesses should be tightened to a snug-fit by grasping
the free end of each belt and pulling it away from the buckle. If desired, place
the inertia reel lever in the locked position.
To release the lap belts and shoulder harnesses, simply twist the front section
of the buckle in either direction and pull all connecting links free.
All seat belts attach to fittings installed on the seat frame. The belts consist
of a buckle-half and a link-half on each seat. To use the seat belts, lengthen
the link side and buckle side of the lap belts and shoulder harnesses as
necessary by grasping the sides of the link or buckle and pulling against
the belt. The shoulder harnesses are equipped with a narrow strap to aid in
lengthening the strap. Simply pull on the narrow strap to lengthen the straps
as required. Position each shoulder harness strap over the shoulders and
insert the lap/shoulder harness link into the lap/shoulder harness buckle.
The seat belts and shoulder harnesses should be tightened to a snug-fit by
grasping the free end of each belt and pulling it away from the buckle.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 6 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Seat Tracks
If equipped, seat tracks are marked with station identification markings every
10 inches, starting at FS (Fuselage Station) 50.0. These markings will assist
the operator in quickly installing seats. Refer to the following example of how
to properly install a seat.
11
0
12
CONFIGURATION A
EXAMPLE FIGURE:
(FS 115.0 , Row 3)
Insert seat into track and move
AFT 1/2 inch to engage lock.
Systems
For weight and balance calculations, the individual seat weights and seat CG
locations are provided in Section 6 of this manual.
7- 6 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
50
2. Slide the seat AFT which will allow the AFT portion of the seat to clear
through the removal notch in the seat track.
Systems
3. After the seat has been removed, unhook the shoulder harness from the
inertia reel using the quick disconnect.
4. Update the aircraft weight and balance using the procedures defined in
Section 6 of this manual.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 6 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
3. Slide the seat forward and insert the AFT seat frame tracks into the seat
tracks as shown.
Systems
4. Install the seat stops as shown. The seat stops should be 50 in. from
the firewall or count 4 notches from the seat removal hole in the track.
Ensure the weight and balance for the next flight reflects the new seat
configuration, using the procedures defined in Section 6 of this manual.
Seat Removal Notch
3 Track Spaces
7- 6 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
3/4 turn
2 Locations
2. Using a flat head screw driver, locate and unlock the seat foot by rotating it
90 degrees, as shown below.
Turn 90o
2 Locations
Systems
3. Once the feet are unlocked, slide the seat AFT 1/2 of a track notch to allow
the feet to exit the track. Once moved AFT, lift up the seat and the seat will
clear the rails. The seat is now ready for storage. Seats will fold for ease of
storage.
7- 6 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Turn 90o
3/4 turn
Systems
2 Locations
5. Update the aircraft weight and balance for flight, using the procedures
defined in Section 6 of this manual.
7- 6 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
Both crew doors should be in the LATCHED position prior to flight, and should
not be intentionally opened during flight. If it is necessary to lock the aircraft
when leaving it unattended, both crew doors must be locked from the outside
of the airplane with the conventional key locks.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 6 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
7-7 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-71
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
CABIN WINDOWS
The airplane is equipped with a two-piece acrylic windshield reinforced with
a metal center strip. The two crew door windows are constructed of clear
polycarbonate. The pilots door contains a storm window, which can be
opened. The six aft cabin windows and cargo/aft passenger door windows are
constructed of grey tinted polycarbonate.
Systems
7-7 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-7 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
7-14 ENGINE
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
The compressor and power turbines are located in the approximate center of
the engine with their respective shafts extending in opposite directions. This
feature provides for simplified installation and inspection procedures. The
exhaust gas from the power turbine is directed through an annular exhaust
plenum to the atmosphere, via twin opposed exhaust ports provided in the
exhaust duct.
Interturbine temperature (ITT) is monitored by a cold junction thermocouple
system comprising a bus-bar, probes, and harness assembly, installed
between the compressor and power turbines, with the probes projecting into
the gas path. A terminal block mounted in the gas generator case provides a
connection point to cockpit instrumentation and to an ITT trim thermocouple
mounted externally in the air inlet zone.
The engine is rated at 750 shaft horsepower for takeoff and maximum
continuous emergency power (1790 foot pounds of torque at 2200 RPM,
varying linearly to 1970 foot pounds of torque at 2000 RPM; below 2000
RPM, the maximum takeoff/emergency power torque setting remains constant
at 1970 foot pounds).
The engine is rated at 700 shaft horsepower for maximum climb and
maximum cruise (1670 foot-pounds of torque at 2200 RPM, varying linearly
to 1840 foot pounds of torque at 2000 RPM; below 2000 RPM, the maximum
climb and cruise power torque setting remains constant at 1840 foot pounds).
The gas generator (compressor) turbine speed is 37,500 RPM at 100%Ng.
The maximum permissible gas generator speed is 38,100 RPM or 101.6%Ng.
The power turbine speed is 33,000 RPM at a propeller shaft speed of 2200
RPM (a reduction gear ratio of 0.0663:1)
All of the engine-driven accessories, with the exception of the propeller
tachometer-generator and the propeller governors, are mounted on the
accessory gearbox at the rear of the engine. The accessory gearbox is driven
by the compressor turbine with a coupling shaft, which extends from the
compressor section through a conical tube in the center of the oil tank.
The engine is self-sufficient since its gas generator driven oil system provides
lubrication for all areas of the engine, pressure for the torquemeter, and power
for propeller pitch control. The engine oil supply is contained in an integral
tank which forms part of the compressor inlet case. The integral tank has
a capacity of 9.2 US quarts (6.0 US quarts usable) and is equipped with a
dipstick/filler cap and drain plug.
Systems
7-74
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
1. Propeller Shaft
4. Exhaust Duct
6. Fuel Nozzle
8. Compressor Turbine
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-75
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
ENGINE CONTROLS
The engine is operated using four separate controls consisting of an
emergency power lever, power lever, propeller control lever and a fuel
condition lever. The power and fuel condition levers are engine controls and
the propeller control lever controls propeller speed and feathering.
Power Lever
The power lever is connected, through linkages, to a cam assembly mounted
on the fuel control unit at the rear of the engine. The power lever controls
engine power through its full range from maximum takeoff to full reverse.
The power lever also controls the pitch of the propeller when placed in
BETA range. The power lever has MAX, IDLE, BETA and REVERSE range
positions. The range from the MAX position through IDLE allows selection
of the desired engine power output. The BETA range enables control of
propeller blade angle from idle thrust, through a zero thrust condition to
maximum reverse thrust.
Systems
The fuel condition lever in the cockpit is connected through airframe linkage
to a combined lever and stop mechanism at the top of the fuel control unit
(FCU); this is connected by the FCU linkage to the cut-off lever on the side of
the unit. The lever and stop also function as a hi-idle stop. The fuel condition
lever performs the function of CUTOFF, LOW-IDLE and FLIGHT-IDLE. The
CUTOFF position shuts off all fuel to the engine fuel nozzles. LOW-IDLE
positions the control rod stop to provide a gas generator RPM of 52% Ng.
FLIGHT IDLE positions the control rod stop to provide a gas generator RPM
of approximately 68% Ng.
7-76
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-7 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
NO T E : When using the emergency power lever, 100% power may not be
obtainable.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) provides
the pilot with graphical indicators and numeric values for engine, oil, fuel,
electrical, flap, and trim system parameters. The EICAS is shown in a vertical
strip on the MFD during normal operation. In all cases, green indicates
normal operation, yellow indicates caution, and red indicates warning. If
either of the PFDs or the MFD fail during flight, the EICAS will be shown on
the remaining displays. The EICAS consists of three pages that are selected
using the ENGINE softkey.
The default ENGINE page provides indicators for Engine Torque, InterTurbine Temperature (ITT), Propeller RPM, Gas Generator RPM, Fuel
Flow, Oil Pressure, Oil Temperature, Ammeter, Voltmeter, and Fuel Quantity
Indicator. Aileron Trim, Rudder Trim, Elevator Trim, and Flap Position are
shown on each EICAS page.
Systems
Figure 7-60 Default ENGINE Page
7-7 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
NO T E : When the fuel quantity is less than 175 pounds, the title and digits
are highlighted in amber.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-7 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Torque Indicator
Engine torque (TRQ) is shown by the torque indicator found on each EICAS
page. The torque indicator uses a circular scale with a moving pointer and a
digital value indicating the torque being produced by the engine. The pointer
moves through a range of 0 to 2100 foot pounds.
The PT6A-34 engine is limited to 750 SHP for takeoff and emergencies, and
700 SHP for climb and cruise. Shaft horsepower is determined using the
following equation:
SHP = Torque X Propeller RPM
5252
For Example:
750 SHP = 1790 (TRQ) X 2200 (RPM)
5252
The red line on the torque indicator is a dynamic marking depending upon
propeller RPM and represents 751 SHP. If engine torque reaches the red line
limit for longer than 5 seconds or greater than 2100 foot pounds at any time,
the pointer, digital value, and label (TRQ) turn red to show engine torque is
more than the established limits. The digital value and label (TRQ) will flash.
The torque indicator is displayed in the same configuration and location on
the default, SYSTEM and ENGINE pages.
The amber arc on the torque indicator is also a dynamic marking depending
upon propeller RPM and represents a shaft horsepower range from 701 SHP
to the upper limit of 750 SHP. If the engine torque and propeller RPM are
generating between 700 SHP and 750 SHP, the torque indicator title, pointer,
and digits will be amber.
The top of the green arc on the torque indicator is also a dynamic marking
depending upon propeller RPM and represents 700 SHP.
The indicator operates in conjunction with a transmitter located on the top
of the reduction gearbox front case. The transmitter senses the difference
between the engine torque pressure and the pressure in the engine case.
The transmitter relays this data to the GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Interface Unit
which processes and outputs torque data to the EICAS. A red X through the
torque indicator shows the indicating system is inoperative.
Systems
Figure 7-63 Torque Indicator
7- 8 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 81
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
ITT Indicator
Inter-Turbine Temperature (ITT or T5) is shown by the ITT indicator found on
each EICAS page. The instrument shows the gas temperature between the
compressor and power turbines. The ITT indicator uses a circular scale with
a moving pointer and a digital value indicating Inter-Turbine Temperature in
degrees Celsius with 1C increments. The pointer moves through a range
from 0 to 1200C.
During engine start, the instrument markings indicate a normal operating
range (green arc) from 200C to 925C, caution range (yellow arc) from
926C to 1090C and a red radial line at >1090C. The indicator also shows
STRT directly above the ITT digits, signifying the indicator is in start mode.
If the ITT is greater than 1090C, the title, pointer, and digits will flash red. If
the ITT is between 926C and 1090C, the title, pointer, and digits will flash
amber. Otherwise, the title and pointer are white and the digits are green.
During normal operation, the instrument markings indicate a normal operating
range (green arc) from 400C to 740C, caution range (yellow arc) from
741C to 790C and a red radial line at >790C (max takeoff ITT). If the ITT
is >790C for greater than 2 seconds, the title, pointer, and digits flash red.
When the ITT is between 741C and 790C, the title, pointer, and digits are
amber. Otherwise, the title and pointer are white and the digits are green.
200C to 925C
926C to 1090C
>1090C
Engine Start
400C to 740C
741C to 790C
>790C
Systems
Normal
Operation
Figure 7-65 ITT Indicator
7- 8 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Ng % RPM Indicator
The Ng % RPM indicator is shown by the Ng indicator found on each EICAS
page. The instrument shows the percent of gas generator RPM based on a
figure of 100% at 37,500 RPM. The instrument is electrically-operated from
the compressor turbine tachometer-generator mounted on the lower right
portion of the engine accessory gearbox. The Ng Indicator uses a circular
scale with a moving pointer and a digital value indicating Gas Generator
Percent RPM in increments of 0.1%. The pointer moves through a range of
0.0% to 110.0%.
The instrument markings indicate a normal operating range (green arc) from
52.0% to 101.6%, and a red line at 101.6%. If the Ng speed is greater than
101.6% for longer than 2 seconds, the title, pointer and digits will flash red.
Otherwise, the title and pointer are white and the digits are green.
A digital value for FTEMP C is included on the FUEL EICAS page. The fuel
temperature sensor is integrated in to the right wing inboard float-type fuel
sensor (if equipped). It has a range of -55 to +55C.
At fuel temperatures from -40 to -55C, the digits will be displayed in amber.
This is to caution the pilot that operating at these fuel temperatures requires
the use of fuels certified for temperatures below -40C. See fuel limitations, in
Section 2 of this manual.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 8 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
7- 8 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
From the boss, the oil is directed internally, via cored passages and transfer
tubes, to three areas.
1. First, to the first-stage reduction gears, the torquemeter, and the No. 3
and 4 bearings. Oil to the torquemeter flows through a metering valve
which controls the flow into the torquemeter chamber. The position of the
metering valve is controlled by the torquemeter piston which reacts in direct
proportion to engine torque. Oil is directed to three nozzles in the No. 3
bearing oil tube, in the power turbine shaft housing, via a transfer tube in
the rear case of the reduction gearbox. Two nozzles direct oil to the front
and rear faces of the No. 3 roller bearing, while the third nozzle directs the
oil flow to the rear face of the No. 4 bearing.
2. The second oil delivery line directs oil to the propeller shaft front roller
and ball thrust bearings, the second-stage reduction gears and the No.
4 bearing. The oil flow is directed through the rear annulus of an oil
transfer sleeve mounted on the propeller shaft and, via the rear section of
the propeller oil transfer tube in the shaft, to the No. 4 bearing oil nozzle
installed at the rear end of the transfer tube. The oil is sprayed into the
hollow front section of the power turbine shaft; centrifugal force directs
the oil through a drilled annulus in the shaft to passages between the No.
4 bearing inner races and into the sun gear coupling. Oil from the rear
section of the propeller shaft oil transfer tube is also directed, via drilled
holes in the propeller shaft and cored passages in the second-stage gear
carrier, to the shaft/second-stage gear-pins and propeller shaft roller
bearing.
3. The third oil delivery line directs oil via an internal annulus and cored
passages to the externally mounted propeller governor, the accessory drive
gears and the propeller thrust bearing. Oil pressure from the propeller
governor is directed via a port in the mounting flange and cored passages
in the front case of the reduction gearbox to a transfer tube which connects
to the front annulus in the oil transfer sleeve mounted on the propeller
shaft. The oil in the annulus is then directed into the propeller shaft centerbore via the front section of the propeller oil transfer tube.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
gearbox. Oil from the No. 3 and 4 bearings drains into the power turbine shaft
housing where, in normal flight attitude, it drains and passes through holes
in the rear case of the reduction gearbox. The oil is also partially scavenged
by the front element of the external scavenge pump and ejected into the
accessory gearbox sump.
When the engine is in a nose-up attitude, the oil collects at the rear section of
the power turbine shaft housing and is totally scavenged by the front element
of the scavenge pump, via the No. 3 bearing scavenge oil tube and one of the
external scavenge oil tubes. When the engine is in a nose-down attitude, all
the oil drains forward into the reduction gearbox sump. Oil is supplied to the
propeller governor, front thrust bearing, reduction gearbox accessory-drives
and torquemeter bleed-orifice and drains into the gearbox sump. From the
sump, oil is scavenged by the rear element of the external scavenge pump
via a strainer in the front case of the reduction gearbox and a second external
oil transfer tube. The rear element of the scavenge pump forces the oil to an
airframe-mounted cooler from where it is returned to the oil tank via an inlet
adapter located at the 12 oclock position on the compressor inlet case. Oil
flows from the adapter into a de-aerator tray installed at the top of the tank,
and drains into the tank.
Oil from the centrifugal breather, accessory gear shafts and bearings, input
gear shaft and bearing drains into the accessory gearbox sump where it is
scavenged by the rear element of the internal scavenge pump which forces
the oil into an externally mounted cooler. All oil supplied to the cooler is
returned to the oil tank.
Breather System
The No. 1 bearing compartment vents rearward through the rear bearing
housing and oil tank center tube and into the accessory gearbox. The No. 2
bearing compartment is vented via the scavenge oil transfer tube. A bypass
valve, immediately upstream of the front element of the internal scavenge
pump, allows oil and air to be vented into the accessory gearbox under certain
transient operating conditions to prevent over pressurizing the No. 2 bearing
area. Under normal operating conditions, the valve is closed to prevent oil
flooding back into the tube assembly. The No. 3 and 4 bearing compartment
and the reduction gearbox areas vent to the accessory gearbox and oil tank,
respectively, through their scavenge oil lines. The oil tank is vented to the
accessory gearbox through the anti-flooding arrangement installed at the 11
oclock position in the oil tank.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 8 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Breather air from the engine bearing compartments and the accessory and
reduction gearboxes is vented overboard through the centrifugal breather
installed in the accessory gearbox. The bearing compartments are connected
to the accessory gearbox by cored passages and existing scavenge oil return
lines.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
Figure 7-70 Engine Lubrication Schematic
7- 8 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
IGNITION SYSTEM
The ignition system consists of two spark igniters, an ignition exciter, two
high tension leads, an ignition annunciator light, an ignition switch, and a
starter switch. Engine ignition is provided through two igniters located at the
4 oclock and 9 oclock positions in the engine combustion chamber. The
igniters are energized by the ignition exciter mounted on a bracket attached
to the left side of the accessory gearbox. Electrical energy is transmitted from
the ignition exciter to the spark igniters via two high tension leads. Normally,
the ignition system is only energized during engine start.
Ignition is controlled by an ignition switch and a starter switch located
on the lower left portion of the instrument panel. The ignition switch has
two positions, ON and OFF. When the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF position, the ignition system will only be activated when HI START is
selected on the starter switch. In this mode of starting, the ignition system
is automatically activated. The ignition system may be manually activated
by selecting the ON position on the ignition switch for LO START operations,
air starts without starter assistance, for operation on water-covered runways,
during operations in heavy precipitation, during inadvertent icing encounters
until the inertial air particle separator has been placed in BYPASS for 5
minutes and when operating near fuel exhaustion as indicated by illumination
of the RESERVOIR FUEL annunciator.
The main function of the starter switch is to control the operation of the
starter for rotating the gas generator portion of the engine during the starting
process. However, it also controls ignition during starting operations. The
starter switch includes three positions, OFF, HI START and LO/MOTOR. The
OFF and LO/MOTOR positions have no direct effect on the ignition system.
When selected, the HI START position automatically energizes the ignition
system.
An advisory annunciation is provided through the G1000 when electrical
power is being applied to the spark igniters and is displayed as follows:
Systems
IGNITION ON
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 8 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
7- 9 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
1. Dual Actuators
2. Three position switches,
one limit switch
3. Interconnecting rod
4. Adjustable FOD Door
Actuating Arm
3
6
1
7
Figure 7-71 Dual Actuated IPS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 91
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
NORMAL
BYPASS
Systems
Figure 7-73 Engine Airflow
7- 9 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system consists of two exhaust stubs attached to the left and
right sides of the forward section of the engine. The exhaust stubs are
designed to provide the most efficient removal of exhaust gas possible.
7- 9 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Fuel from the oil-to-fuel heater then enters the engine-driven fuel pump
through a 74 micron inlet screen. The inlet screen is spring loaded to allow
unfiltered fuel to flow into the pump chamber should the filter become blocked.
The engine driven fuel pump increases the fuel pressure and delivers it to
the fuel control unit through a 10 micron filter in the pump outlet. A bypass
valve and passages in the pump body allows unfiltered pressurized fuel to be
delivered to the fuel control unit should the filter become blocked.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
COOLING SYSTEMS
No external cooling systems are incorporated on this PT6A-34 engine
installation. However, the engine incorporates an extensive internal air
system which provides for sealing of the bearing compartments and for
compressor and power turbine disk cooling. For additional information
concerning the engines internal air systems, refer to the Pratt & Whitney
Canada PT6A-34 Maintenance Manual.
STARTING SYSTEM
The starting system consists of a starter/generator, a starter switch and
a STARTER ON annunciation through the G1000. The starter/generator
functions as a motor for engine starting and motors the gas generator section
until the engine stabilizes at idle speed and the starter switch is returned to
the OFF position. The starter is controlled by a three position starter switch
located on the lower left portion of the instrument panel. The switch provides
selection of OFF, HI START and LO/MOTOR. The switch is spring loaded to
the OFF position and is the normal switch position except when starting or
motoring of the engine.
HI START
Starting the engine in the HI START mode will result in faster, cooler and
softer starting conditions. When the HI START mode is selected on the
starter switch, the following starting sequence is initiated through the Master
Control Unit.
1. Ignition system automatically energized.
2. One battery provides 24 volts to starter for initial motoring of the
compressor section.
3. Once the engine reaches a predetermined speed, the Master Control Unit
places the other battery in series to supply 48 volts to the starter/generator,
thus increasing the rotational speed of the starter/generator.
4. Once the engine stabilizes at idle RPM, the starter switch is returned to
the OFF position and the starter/generator is now able to function as a
generator.
LO/MOTOR
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
ENGINE ACCESSORIES
All engine-driven accessories, with exception to the propeller tachometergenerator and the propeller governors, are mounted on the accessory
gearbox at the rear of the engine. These accessories are driven from the
compressor turbine by a coupling shaft extending through a conical tube in
the center section of the integral oil tank. The propeller tachometer generator
and the propeller governors are mounted on the propeller reduction gearbox.
Oil Pump
Pressure oil is circulated from the integral oil tank through the engine
lubrication system by a self-contained, gear-type pressure pump located in
the low point of the oil tank. The oil pump is installed in a cast housing which
is bolted to the forward face of the accessory diaphragm, and is driven by the
accessory gear drive shaft. The body of the oil pump incorporates a circular
mounting boss to accommodate a check valve, located in the end of the filter
housing. A second mounting boss on the pump includes a pressure relief
valve.
Fuel Pump
The engine-driven fuel pump is mounted on the accessory gearbox at the 2
oclock position. The pump is driven through an accessory drive shaft and
splined coupling. The coupling splines are lubricated by an oil mist from
the auxiliary gearbox through a hollowed-out section of the accessory gear
drive shaft. Another splined coupling extends the drive to the fuel control
unit, which is installed on the rear face of the engine driven fuel pump. Fuel
is routed from the oil-to-fuel heater into the fuel pump through a 74-micron
inlet screen. Then, fuel enters the pump gear chamber where it is boosted
to a high pressure and delivered to the fuel control unit through a 10-micron
pump outlet filter. A bypass valve and cored passages in the pump casing
allow unfiltered high pressure fuel to flow from the pump to the fuel control
unit, should the outlet filter become clogged. An internal passage, beginning
at the mating surface with the fuel control unit, returns bypass fuel from
the fuel control unit to the pump inlet, downstream of the inlet screen. A
pressure regulating valve is installed in this internal passage to accomplish
pressurization of the pump gear bushings.
The Ng tachometer-generator produces an electric current which is used by
the gas generator % RPM indicator to indicate gas generator RPM. The Ng
tachometer-generator drive and mount pad is located at the 5 oclock position
on the accessory gearbox and is driven from the internal scavenge pump.
Rotation is counterclockwise with a drive ratio of 0.1121:1.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 9 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Ng Tachometer Generator
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Torquemeter
The torquemeter is a hydro-mechanical torque measuring device located
inside the first stage of reduction gear housing. The torquemeter provides
an accurate indication of engine power output in foot-pounds of torque. The
difference between the torquemeter pressure and the reduction gearbox
internal pressure accurately indicates torque production. The two pressures
are routed to a pressure transducer which is electrically connected to the
G1000 which provides an accurate indication of engine torque pressure.
Starter/Generator
The starter/generator is installed on the top of the accessory gearbox at
the rear of the engine. The starter/generator is a 28 volt, 300 amp. direct
drive unit that acts as a motor for engine starting and as a generator for the
airplane electrical system. The starter/generator is cooled by an internal fan
in addition to ram air ducted from the right side of the engine cowling.
Propeller Governor
Systems
The propeller governor is located in the 12 oclock position on the front case
of the reduction gearbox. Under normal conditions, the governor acts as
a constant speed unit and maintains the propeller speed selected at the
propeller RPM control by varying the propeller blade angle to match the
propeller load to the engine torque. The propeller governor also contains
an integral power turbine governor section. Its function is to protect the
engine against a possible power turbine overspeed condition in the event of
a propeller governor failure. If such an overspeed condition should occur, a
governing orifice in the propeller governor is opened by flyweights to bleed off
compressor discharge pressure through the governor and computing section
of the fuel control unit. When this occurs, compressor discharge pressure
acting on the fuel control unit bellows decreases and brings the metering
valve to a closed direction and reduces fuel flow to the flow divider.
7- 9 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
ENGINE MOUNT
The engine mount is a 13-element welded frame fabricated from 4130 steel.
The frame attaches to the firewall at four points and contains an engine
mounting bracket providing 3 engine attach-points.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 9 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
The accessories, located on the front case of the reduction gearbox, are
driven by a bevel gear mounted at the rear of the propeller shaft thrust
bearing assembly. Drive shafts from the bevel drive gear transmit rotational
power to the three pads located at the 12, 3 and 9 oclock positions.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Chip Detector
An optional chip detector may be installed on the bottom of the propeller
reduction gearbox and/or the accessory gearbox. The chip detector(s) should
be checked by a maintenance technician at regular intervals to help detect
abnormal engine wear.
The G1000 software will show an annunciation if their are any metallic chips
detected in the gearbox. The chip detection annunciation will appear as:
CHIP DETECTOR
If the chip detection annunciation appears, follow the procedures described in
Section 3 of this manual.
Oil/Fuel Reservoir
An oil / fuel reservoir is mounted on the lower left portion of the firewall.
This reservoir collects any engine oil or fuel discharge coming from the Fuel
Control Unit, accessory pads for the alternator, starter/generator and the
propeller shaft seal. This reservoir should be drained after each flight. A
drain valve on the bottom left side of the engine cowling allows the reservoir
to be drained easily into a suitable container for proper disposal. The normal
quantity of oil and fuel discharge per hour of engine operation is 12 cc into
the oil / fuel reservoir. If the quantity of oil and fuel discharge per hour of
operation is greater than that specified, the source of excessive leakage
should be identified and corrected prior to initiating further operations.
NO T E : If the oil / fuel reservoir is not drained on a regular basis, the
contents will overflow onto the ground.
7-15 PROPELLER
The KODIAK is equipped with a Hartzell aluminum four-bladed, reversing
single-acting governor-regulated propeller. The propeller control lever
establishes the propeller speed through the governor and uses a single oil
supply from the governor to hydraulically actuate a change in blade angle.
A two piece aluminum hub retains each propeller blade on a thrust bearing.
A cylinder is attached to the hub and contains a feathering spring and piston.
The hydraulically actuated piston transmits linear motion through a pitch
change rod and fork to each blade, resulting in a change of blade angle.
Systems
While the propeller is operating, the following forces are constantly present:
spring force, counterweight force, centrifugal twisting moment of each blade,
and blade aerodynamic twisting forces. The spring and counterweight forces
attempt to bring the blades to a higher blade angle (low RPM or feather),
while the centrifugal twisting moment of each blade attempts to bring the
blades to a lower blade angle (high RPM). Blade aerodynamic twisting force
is very slight in comparison to the other forces and will generally tend to
increase the propeller blade angle.
This combination of the propeller forces results in the propeller blades being
brought to a higher pitch (low RPM or feather) and is opposed by a variable
force toward a low pitch (high RPM); the variable force is engine oil, under
7- 9 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
pressure from the propeller governors integral oil boost pump. The enginedriven propeller governor is mounted on an accessory mounting pad at the 12
oclock position of the propeller reduction gearbox. The oil from the governor
is supplied to the propeller and hydraulic piston through a hollow engine/
propeller shaft. Increasing the volume of oil within the piston and cylinder
will decrease the blade angle and increase propeller RPM. By changing the
blade angle, the governor can maintain a constant RPM independent of where
the power lever is set and with variances in engine loads. The governor uses
engine speed-sensing mechanisms to determine if oil should be supplied or
drained, as necessary to maintain constant engine speed (RPM).
If governor supply oil is lost during operation, the propeller will increase pitch
to the feather position. Feathering occurs because the summation of internal
propeller forces causes the oil to drain out of the propeller until the feather
stop position is reached.
Normal in-flight feathering is accomplished when the pilot retards the propeller
control lever beyond the FEATHER tab. When this is accomplished the oil is
allowed to drain from the propeller and return to the engine sump. The engine
is normally shut down with the propeller in feather.
Normal in-flight unfeathering is accomplished by positioning the propeller
control lever forward of the FEATHER tab with the engine started. As engine
speed increases, the governor supplies oil pressure to the propeller, resulting
in a decrease in blade angle.
Reverse propeller pitch is available for decreasing ground roll during landing.
In the reverse mode of operation, the governor operates in an underspeed
condition to act strictly as a source of pressurized oil, without directly
controlling propeller RPM. Control of the propeller blade angle in reverse is
accomplished with the power lever, beta valve, beta ring and carbon block.
When the propeller reaches its desired reverse position, movement of the
beta ring and carbon block assembly initiated by the propeller piston, causes
the beta valve to shut off the flow of oil to the propeller. Any additional
unwanted movement of the propeller toward reverse, or any forward
movement of the power lever to bring the propeller out of feather, will cause
the beta valve to drain oil from the propeller and increase pitch.
CAUT I ON : The propeller reversing linkage may be damaged if the
power lever is moved aft of the IDLE position when the propeller is in the
feathered position.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7- 9 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
The propeller is reversed by manually positioning the power lever deep into
beta range, causing the beta valve to supply oil from the governor pump to
the propeller. Several external propeller mechanisms, including the beta ring
and carbon block assembly, communicate propeller blade angle position to
the beta valve.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
7-10 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
After passing through the firewall fuel shutoff valve, the fuel is routed through
a filter mounted on the forward side of the firewall. The fuel filter incorporates
a bypass feature which allows fuel to bypass the filter in the event the filter
becomes clogged with foreign debris. The filter is equipped with a red filter
bypass flag on top of the filter which protrudes upward when the filter is
bypassing fuel. Fuel from the filter is then routed through the oil-to-fuel heater
to the engine-driven fuel pump where fuel is delivered under pressure to the
fuel control unit. The fuel control unit meters the fuel and directs it to the flow
divider which distributes the fuel to the dual manifolds and 14 fuel nozzles
located in the combustion chamber. Fuel remaining in the engine fuel nozzle
manifold at shutdown drains into a canister (EPA can) located on the lower,
forward left portion of the firewall or on the lower left cowl. The can should be
drained during preflight inspection of the aircraft to prevent can overflow.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-101
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Fuel flows from the tanks through the two fuel tank shutoff/selector valves
at each tank. The fuel tank shutoff valves are mechanically controlled by
two fuel shutoff valve controls, labeled LEFT, ON and OFF and RIGHT, ON
and OFF. The fuel tank shutoff/selector valve controls are installed on the
overhead panel. By actuating the controls, the pilot can select either the left
or right fuel tank, or both at the same time. Normal operations are conducted
with both selector valves in the ON position. Fuel flows by gravity from the
shutoff valves in each tank to the fuel reservoir. The reservoir is located
in the bilge area of the fuselage, and is at the low point of the fuel system.
The reservoir maintains a head of fuel around the ejector pump which is
contained in the reservoir. This head of fuel helps prevent engine driven fuel
pump cavitation in low-fuel quantity situations, especially while maneuvering
the aircraft in flight. The ejector pump is driven by motive flow from the fuel
control unit and provides fuel flow from the reservoir to the engine driven
pump when the engine is running. The auxiliary fuel pump is installed
just forward of the fuel reservoir and is used to supply fuel to the engine
during starting or if fuel pressure from the ejector pump is reduced below
approximately 4 psi. Fuel from the ejector pump and auxiliary fuel pump flows
into a fuel manifold. From the fuel manifold, the fuel then flows through a
firewall fuel shutoff valve located on the aft side of the firewall. This shutoff
valve allows the pilot to cut off all fuel to the engine.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
A manual firewall fuel shutoff valve is installed on the aft side of the firewall.
The shutoff valve enables the fuel from the reservoir to be shutoff completely
from the engine. The shutoff valve is controlled by a red push-pull knob
installed on the upper portion of the control pedestal. The firewall fuel shutoff
valve is labeled FUEL SHUTOFF PULL OFF. The knob has a press-torelease button in the center which locks the knob in place when the button is
released.
7-10 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
An auxiliary fuel pump switch, located on the lower left portion of the
instrument panel, is labeled AUX FUEL PUMP and has three positions: OFF,
STBY, and ON. When the switch is placed in the OFF position, the auxiliary
fuel pump is rendered inoperative. When the switch is placed in the STBY
position, the auxiliary fuel pump is armed and will automatically provide fuel
pressure when the fuel pressure in the fuel manifold assembly falls below
approximately 4 PSI. This switch position is used for normal engine
operations when the main flow of fuel is provided through the ejector boost
pump and the auxiliary fuel pump is used as a standby device. When the
auxiliary fuel pump switch is placed in the ON position, the auxiliary fuel pump
will operate continuously. This position is used for engine start. Place the
switch in the ON position any time when the auxiliary fuel pump cycles on and
off with the switch placed in the STBY position.
7-10 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
To aid the pilot in verifying fuel quantity the KODIAK 100 is equipped with
under-wing magnetic gauges, which allow direct measurement of fuel levels
up to approximately 75 gallons (500 lb) in each wing. In addition, a qualified,
calibrated fuel pipette can be inserted through the outboard filler port to take
direct measurements of fuel levels greater than 75 gallons (500 lb).
The KODIAK 100 also provides pilots with a fuel totalizer function, which is
driven by the fuel flow meter. Properly used, the fuel totalizer can provide even
more accurate total fuel quantity indication than the capacitive fuel indicators,
as it is relatively immune to water or fuel contamination and is less affected by
temperature changes. However, the fuel totalizer requires proper manual entry
of the initial fuel quantity in order to provide accurate indication. Moreover, the
totalizer cannot be used to assess wing imbalance.
7-10 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-10 4 a
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Fuel Pipette
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
7-10 4 b
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
DRAIN VALVES
Depending on the EPA can configuration, a total of ten or eleven drain valves
are installed on the airplane. Drain valves are located on the lower portion of
the wings near the root, on the lower surface of the fuselage, at the firewallmounted fuel filter, and either at the engine drain can (EPA fuel reservoir) on
the lower left side of the cowling, or on the two engine drain cans on the lower
left side of the firewall. The drain valves provide a means for the examination
of fuel in the system, for proper grade and signs of contamination, and for
draining the reservoir to prevent overflow of residual fuel from the engine onto
the ground.
The wing tank drain valves, fuel bladder drain valve, fuselage fuel line
low spot drain valves, and cowl-mounted EPA fuel reservoir drain valve (if
equipped) are constructed in such a way that a screwdriver (or similar tool)
may be used to depress the valve on the fuel sampler cup to release fuel.
For normal fuel sampling from the drain valves, the valve merely needs to
be pushed in to draw enough fuel from the sumps as required for sampling
purposes. For draining larger quantities of fuel, the valve may also be twisted
to lock it in the open position.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-10 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
7-10 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
7-107
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
7-10 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
STARTER SWITCH
The starter switch is a three-position toggle-type switch labeled STARTER
and is located on the lower left corner of the instrument panel. The switch
provides positions for OFF, LO/MOTOR and HI START.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-10 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
AUX BUS ON
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
IGNITION SWITCH
The ignition switch is a two-position toggle-type switch, labeled IGNITION and
is located on the lower left corner of the instrument panel. The switch has
positions for OFF and ON. For additional information concerning the ignition
switch, refer to the Ignition System paragraph contained in this section.
GENERATOR SWITCH
The generator switch is a two-position toggle-type switch labeled
GENERATOR and is located on the lower left corner of the instrument panel.
The switch has positions for OFF and ON. When the generator switch is
placed in the ON position, the Master Control Unit will automatically control
the generator line contactor for normal operation of the generator. When the
switch is placed in the OFF position, the Master Control Unit will disconnect
the generator from the electrical system.
ALTERNATOR SWITCH
The alternator switch is a two-position toggle-type switch labeled
ALTERNATOR and is located on the lower left corner of the instrument panel
adjacent to the GENERATOR switch. The switch has positions for OFF and
ON. When the alternator switch is placed in the ON position, the Alternator
Control Unit will automatically control the line contactor for normal operation
of the alternator and the alternator will supply power to the essential bus.
When the switch is placed in the OFF position, the Alternator Control Unit will
disconnect the alternator from the essential bus.
Systems
Figure 7-76 Left Switch Panel
7-110
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Most of the electrical circuits in the airplane are protected by push/pull type
circuit breakers installed on the aft face of the control pedestal. Should
an overload occur in any circuit, the applicable circuit breaker will trip,
causing an open in the circuit. After allowing the circuit breaker to cool for
approximately three minutes, it may be reset. If the circuit breaker repeatedly
trips when reset, there is likely a fault in the system and the circuit breaker
should be left in the open position.
WARNIN G: Verify all circuit breakers are engaged (IN) prior to making
any flight. Never operate the aircraft with disengaged circuit breakers
without a thorough knowledge of the problem and possible consequences.
Systems
The MCU provides circuit protection against polarity reversal and overvoltage conditions from external power sources. If the plug is accidentally
connected backwards or the ground power voltage is too high, no power will
be connected to the electrical system, thereby protecting electrical equipment
from possible damage.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-111
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
Figure 7-78 Circuit Breaker Panel
7-112
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Navigation Lights
LED navigation lights are installed on the wing tips. The navigation lights are
protected by a circuit breaker labeled NAV LIGHT.
Landing Lights
Two high intensity discharge (HID) xenon landing lights are installed on
the airplane, one in each outboard wing leading edge. The lights provide
illumination forward and downward for accomplishing night takeoffs and
landings. The lights are protected by a circuit breaker labeled LANDING
LIGHTS.
The landing lights are limited to an operating temperature range of -40C to
+85C and should not be turned on outside of that temperature range.
NO T E : Use common courtesy when operating the landing lights. The
landing lights may cause temporary loss of night vision to other pilots.
The landing lights should be turned off when directed towards other
approaching aircraft, especially aircraft approaching to land.
Taxi Lights
Two LED taxi lights are installed on the airplane, one in each outboard wing
leading edge. The lights are positioned to provide adequate lighting for taxi
operations. The taxi lights are protected by a circuit breaker labeled TAXI
LIGHT.
Systems
The taxi lights are also utilized as pulsing recognition lights. When the taxi
light switch is placed in the PULSE (middle) position, the taxi lights inititate
an alternating pulsing sequence, providing great visual recognition by other
aircraft.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-113
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Strobe Lights
A high intensity LED strobe light system is installed on the airplane. The
system includes two white strobe lights, one on each wing tip. The lights
enhance the anti-collision protection for the airplane and meet the FAA
requirements for night operations. The strobe lights are protected by a circuit
breaker, labeled STROBE.
WARNI NG : The strobe lights should be turned off when taxiing.
Utilization of the high intensity strobe lights while performing ground
operations at night can be of considerable nuisance and distraction to
ground personnel and other pilots. Do not operate the strobe lights while
in fog, clouds or haze. The reflection of the beams of light can cause
vertigo or disorientation.
LIGHTS
INTERIOR
BEACON
STROBE
NAV
LANDING
TAXI
CABIN
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
PULSE
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
SWITCH / CB
PANEL
WIND
SHIELD
BACKUP
PUMP
ICE LIGHT
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
NORM
OFF
OFF
ICE PROTECTION
ENG INLET
BYPASS
L
BYPASS
ON
PITOT
HEAT
SURFACE/
PROP
R
ON
OVERRIDE
MAX
HI
PULL TO
UNLOCK
NORMAL
OFF
OFF
NORM
OFF
Systems
7-114
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Navigation Lights
LED navigation lights are installed on the wing tips and the tailcone stinger.
The navigation lights are protected by a circuit breaker labeled NAV LIGHT.
Landing Lights
Two high intensity discharge (HID) xenon landing lights are installed on the
airplane, one in each outboard wing leading edge. The xenon lamps operate
at half the power draw of a standard 100 Watt landing light, and the light
intensity is over seven times brighter with 750,000 candle power. The lights
provide illumination forward and downward for accomplishing night takeoffs
and landings. The lights are protected by a circuit breaker labeled LANDING
LIGHTS.
The landing lights are also utilized as pulsing recognition lights. When the
landing light switch is placed in the PULSE position, the landing lights initiate
an alternating pulsing sequence, providing great visual recognition by other
aircraft.
NO T E : Pulse landing lights will not begin their strobe function until about
30 seconds after being turned on.
Taxi Lights
Two incandescent taxi lights are installed on the airplane, one in each
outboard wing leading edge. The lights are positioned to provide adequate
lighting for taxi operations. The taxi lights are protected by a circuit breaker
labeled TAXI LIGHT.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-114 a
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Strobe Lights
A high intensity LED strobe light system is installed on the airplane. The
system includes two white strobe lights, one on each wing tip. The lights
enhance the anti-collision protection for the airplane and meet the FAA
requirements for night operations. The strobe lights are protected by a circuit
breaker, labeled STROBE.
WARNI NG : The strobe lights should be turned off when taxiing.
Utilization of the high intensity strobe lights while performing ground
operations at night can be of considerable nuisance and distraction to
ground personnel and other pilots. Do not operate the strobe lights while
in fog, clouds or haze. The reflection of the beams of light can cause
vertigo or disorientation.
INTERIOR
BEACON
STROBE
NAV
TAXI
LANDING
CABIN
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
PULSE
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
SWITCH / CB
PANEL
WIND
SHIELD
BACKUP
PUMP
ICE LIGHT
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
NORM
OFF
OFF
ICE PROTECTION
ENG INLET
BYPASS
L
BYPASS
ON
PITOT
HEAT
SURFACE/
PROP
R
ON
OVERRIDE
MAX
HI
PULL TO
UNLOCK
NORMAL
OFF
OFF
NORM
OFF
Systems
7-114 b
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Lighting for the interior of the airplane consists of cabin overhead lights,
instrument panel lights and backlit switch panels and backlit circuit breaker
panels. The interior lights are controlled by switches located on the right
switch panel.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-115
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
The electronic control unit (ECU) receives input data from the environmental
control systems and controls the environmental systems accordingly.
All environmental controls systems are activated and controlled through a
touch screen display located on the instrument panel below the right audio
panel. This touch screen controller/display receives signals from the two
thermostats in the cabin. The user sets the desired temperature using the
temperature selector and the controller will activate either the blower or heat
as appropriate to maintain the set temperature within 5 degrees. If no air
conditioning is installed, the system will continue to activate the blowers, but
may not be able to maintain the set temperature.
The outside air temperature (OAT) sensor for the environmental control
system (ECS) is located in the fresh air inlet on the right side of the cowling
and is exposed to ambient airflow. The sensor continually measures
the temperature of the air entering the cabin, setting a basic variable for
temperature regulation within the aircraft.
Systems
The Automatic Climate Control System (ACCS) used in the KODIAK 100 is
a fully automatic system with manual operation capabilities. The pilot may
choose between manual or automatic operation, and the system offers 11
choices for heater and air conditioning blower speed. Air distribution and
temperature regulation is accomplished with a combination air distribution
actuator position, blower speed setting and the use of either fresh, engine
bleed, recirculated air, or cold air. Additionally, the heater temperature door
actuator utilizes a feedback potentiometer. These actuators move the air
distribution doors to the proper position according to information sent by the
ECU.
7-116
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
When in the ON position, the AC switch (if equipped), indicates that the
compressor is available if the ACCS determines that its operation is required.
Pressing the switch toggles the Air Conditioning ON and OFF.
NO T E : When the air conditioning ON mode is activated, it does not
indicate that the air conditioning is operating, only that it is available for
use by the ACCS if required.
The ACCS has self-diagnostic capabilities which will be displayed on the
screen of the control head to alert the operator, should a system fault occur.
See the table below for definitions of terms and symbols used with the ACCS.
Refer to Figure 7-79 and Figure 7-80 for breakouts of system operation
controls.
ECU
ACCS
AUTO
ECS
CCSECU
OAT
R-134a
VCS
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-117
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
CABIN VENTILATION
Systems
Cabin ventilation is provided through two external fresh air inlets. One inlet
is located on the right side of the engine cowling and the other is located on
the right side of the dorsal fin, just forward of the vertical tail. Each source
of ventilation contains a blower unit to provide forced air primarily for ground
operations.
7-118
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
ACCS Enable
Toggles Pilot zone ACCS ON
or OFF. Resumes present
mode and temperature.
When OFF, all other control
head buttons are disabled.
Displays
cabin air
temperature.
Passenger
zone controls
operate in the
same manner
as the pilot
zone controls.
Press upper
right corner
of display to
access the
Temperature
Configuration
Screen.
Automatic Mode
Toggles Pilot zone
automatic mode ON
or OFF. When ON, all
functions are controlled
automatically.
Displays pilot
zone set point
temperature.
Defog Mode
The majority of the
air is directed to the
windscreen. Pressing
this button toggles the
defog mode ON or OFF.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-119
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Allows crew
selection of
Fahrenheit
or Celsius
for displayed
temperatures.
Toggles cockpit
Fresh Air vent
ON/OFF.
Systems
7-12 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
The regulator / bottle assembly is located in the aft fuselage and may be
accessed by removing the aft bulkhead panel. Depending upon configuration,
a 50 cubic foot or 115 cubic foot bottle may serve the standard 2-place
oxygen system, and a 115 cubic foot bottle is used for the 10-place oxygen
system. The bottles consist of a composite wrapped construction and are
manufactured to DOT-3AL/2015 with a maximum cylinder pressure of 1850
PSI at room temperature (76F). The high pressure side of the regulator
includes the charging valve, pressure gauge, pressure transducer, and the
overpressure burst disc assembly. The low-pressure side of the regulator
includes a valve assembly for reducing bottle pressure to low-pressure for
distribution. An ON-OFF switch is provided on the oxygen display panel to
electrically activate, through a solenoid, the valve assembly for turning on
and off the flow of oxygen to the cabin low pressure dispensing systems. A
pressure transducer is attached to the high pressure manifold of the regulator.
This pressure transducer is electrically connected to the oxygen control panel
pressure indication.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-121
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
Figure 7-83 Oxygen Control Panel/Display
7-12 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
FILLER PORT
The oxygen filler port is attached directly to the bottle regulator and can be
accessed by removing the aft bulkhead panel. A pressure gauge is provided
on the bottle/regulator assembly for reference while servicing the oxygen
system.
Two masks are provided for the pilot and front passenger/copilot. These
masks are equipped with a built-in microphone and have an adjustable
flowmeter built into the oxygen line to provide the appropriate flow of oxygen
for the selected altitude on the flowmeter up to 25,000 feet. Several options
are available for passenger oxygen masks. All masks have attached
placarding for the proper method of donning, use, and safety precautions.
When using nasal cannula devices, breathing exclusively through the mouth,
extremely light breathing, or nasal blockage will inhibit proper flow of oxygen.
WARNIN G: Do not handle or use oxygen when wearing lipstick, lip
balm, petroleum jelly, or any other product containing oil or grease. These
substances become highly flammable in oxygen rich environments.
NO T E : Breathing through the nose, and limiting conversation is required
in order to achieve proper oxygenation when using nasal cannula
breathing devices.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-12 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
OXYGEN MASKS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
PREFLIGHT TESTING
Verify the oxygen valve opens and the system delivers appropriate low
pressure oxygen by checking the system annunciations on the oxygen
control panel. The low pressure reading should be in the green normal
operating range. Verify the appropriate quantity of oxygen is available for
the flight. Verify the proper flow of oxygen is delivered to each mask prior to
flight. When the preflight check of the oxygen system is complete, the oxygen
system may be turned OFF and then turned back on as required during flight.
EN ROUTE
Check the flowmeter at intervals of less than every 10 minutes to ensure
proper settings. The flowmeter must be held vertically when adjusting flow
rate or reading. The reading is taken at the midpoint of the ball. The pilot and
the passengers should limit their conversation to conserve oxygen. When
wearing either a face mask or cannula, the user should breathe through their
nose for most effective use of the oxygen.
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
To turn the oxygen system off, place the oxygen control switch in the OFF
position. Leave the flowmeters open until the low pressure side is relieved (in
approximately 5-10 seconds) and stow the lines, flowmeters and masks in a
safe place.
NO T E : The master switch must be in the ON position to actuate the
oxygen regulator solenoid (to the ON or OFF position).
Systems
CAUT I O N: If the oxygen control switch is left in the ON position when the
master switch is turned off, the regulator will remain open and oxygen will
flow out of the masks until the bottle is emptied.
USAGE DURATION
Oxygen duration charts are provided for the 115 cubic foot and 50 cubic foot
bottles. Refer to these charts for flight planning purposes.
7-12 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
24
22
1 Pilot
2 Pilots
2 Crew + 1 Pax
2 Crew + 2 Pax
2 Crew + 3 Pax
2 Crew + 4 Pax
2 Crew + 5 Pax
2 Crew + 6 Pax
2 Crew + 7 Pax
2 Crew + 8 Pax
20
18
16
14
12
10
0
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
64
68
Hours of Available O2
24
22
18
1 Pilot
2 Pilots
16
Systems
20
14
12
10
0
10
15
20
25
30
Hours of Available O2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-12 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
AIRSPEED INDICATORS
Airspeed information is provided within the Garmin G1000 Primary Flight
Displays. The airspeed information is displayed in digital format as well as
an electronic airspeed tape. For more information concerning the airspeed
indication through the Garmin G1000 system, refer to the Garmin G1000
Cockpit Reference Guide (190-00645-XX) for the KODIAK 100.
A backup airspeed indicator is also standard equipment on the KODIAK. The
backup airspeed indicator is of standard configuration and is calibrated in
knots. Limitation and range markings (in KIAS) include the white arc full flap
operating range of 47 to 108 knots, green arc normal operating range of 68
to 182 knots, and a red line maximum operating speed of 182 knots.
Systems
7-12 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
ALTIMETERS
Altitude information is also provided within the Garmin G1000 Primary Flight
Displays. The Altitude information is displayed in digital format as well as
electronic tape format.
A backup altimeter is also installed on the KODIAK as standard equipment.
Airplane altitude is depicted on the altimeter and includes a knob near the
lower left portion of the indicator to provide adjustment of the instruments
barometric scale to match the current altimeter setting.
The automatic trim system references flap position through the flap position
indicator signal coming from the flap drive system. The flap position indicator
signal is a variable voltage signal which varies from approximately 0-3.5 volts.
0 volts represents a flap position of 0 and 3.5 volts represents 35 of flaps.
A comparator in the automatic trim system senses when the flap position
voltage is changing (either increasing or decreasing). When the comparator
senses an increasing voltage (flaps lowering), the pitch trim runs in the nosedown direction. Also, when the comparator senses a decreasing voltage
(flaps retracting), the pitch trim runs in the nose-up direction.
The automatic trim system is disabled on the ground through either a squat
switch or an airspeed switch to prevent accidental placing of the aircraft in an
out-of-trim condition before takeoff, i.e., the pilot sets the pitch trim for takeoff,
then selects the flaps to takeoff position (20) and the auto trim system runs
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-12 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
The automatic trim system is disabled any time the autopilot system is
engaged, to prevent the two systems from interfering with each other. The
autopilot has its own automatic trim system to compensate for pitch trim
changes with varying flap settings.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
the pitch trim nose down. If equipped, the airspeed switch activates the
automatic trim system at approximately 35 knots. For maintenance/ground
testing of the automatic trim system, a push to test button is provided. The
push-to-test button bypasses the airspeed switch or squat switch and allows
the automatic trim system to function on the ground. The push to test button
is located on the flap/trim compensation unit inside the control pedestal. For
airplanes equipped with the GFC 700 Autopilot, refer to AM901.009, Garmin
GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System for more information.
The automatic trim system operates the elevator trim tab through a range of
7 nose-up trim to full nose-down trim tab deflection (15). The aircraft does
not require any trim compensation with varying flap position beyond this range
of elevator trim tab travel. Disabling of the automatic trim system between 7
nose-up and full nose-up is accomplished through a voltage comparator in the
flap/trim compensation unit which monitors the trim tab position though the
potentiometer which provides elevator trim position to the G1000.
As with any electric trim system, a trim disconnect switch is provided for
disabling all trim systems on the aircraft (including the automatic trim system
and autopilot). If a trim runaway condition occurs, move the trim disconnect
switch to the DISCONNECT position (aft). The airplane may then be
retrimmed using the manual trim wheel located on the control pedestal.
Autopilot Disconnect
Switch
Trim Disconnect
Switch
Electronic Pitch
Trim Dual Switch
Systems
Figure 7-86 Autopilot and Trim Disconnect Switches
7-12 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-12 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
7-13 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-131
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
The Garmin Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) is a GPS system with
a Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) comprised of two TSO-C145a
Class 3 approved Garmin GIA 63Ws, TSO-C146a Class 3 approved Garmin
GDU 1040 Display Units, and GPS software version 3.2 or later approved
version. The Garmin GNSS navigation system in this aircraft is installed in
accordance with AC 20-138A.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
The Garmin GNSS navigation system complies with the accuracy, integrity,
and continuity of function, and contains the minimum system functions
required for P-RNAV operations in accordance with Joint Aviation Authority
(JAA) Administrative and Guidance Material Section One: General Part 3:
Temporary Guidance Leaflets, Leaflet No 10 (JAA TGL-10 Rev 1). The GNSS
navigation system has two ETSO-C145 / TSO-C145a Class 3 approved
Garmin GIA 63Ws, and ETSO-C146 /TSO-C146a Class 3 approved Garmin
GDU 1040 Display Units. The Garmin GNSS navigation system complies
with the accuracy, integrity, and continuity of function, and contains the
minimum system functions required for B-RNAV operations in accordance
with EASA AMC 20-4. The Garmin GNSS navigation system complies with
the equipment requirements for P-RNAV and B-RNAV/RNAV 5 operations in
accordance with AC 90-96A CHG 1. This does not constitute an operational
approval.
Garmin International holds an FAA Type 2 Letter of Acceptance (LOA) in
accordance with AC 20-153 for database integrity, quality, and database
management practices for the navigation database. Flight crew and operators
can view the LOA status at FlyGarmin.com then select Type 2 LOA Status.
Navigation information is referenced to the WGS-84 reference system.
7-131a
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
7-131b
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Within the United States, RAIM availability can be determined using the
Garmin WFDE (WAAS RAIM/FDE) Prediction program, (part number
006-A0154-01 [included in G1000 trainer] software version 3.00 or later
approved version with GARMIN GA36 and GA37 antennas selected), or
the FAAs en route and terminal RAIM prediction website:
www.raimprediction.net, or by contacting a Flight Service Station.
Within Europe, RAIM availability can be determined using the Garmin
WFDE Prediction program or Europes AUGER GPS RAIM Prediction
Tool at http://augur.ecacnav.com/augur/app/home.
For other areas, use the Garmin WFDE Prediction program.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
more than five minutes for any part of the intended flight, the flight should be
delayed, canceled, or rerouted on a track where RAIM requirements can be
met.
For flight planning purposes for operations where the route requires Class II
navigation, the aircrafts operator or flight crew must use the Garmin WFDE
Prediction program to demonstrate that there are no outages on the specified
route that would prevent the Garmin GNSS navigation system from providing
GPS Class II navigation in oceanic and remote areas of operation that
requires RNP-10 or RNP-4 capability. If the Garmin WFDE Prediction program
indicates fault exclusion (FDE) will be unavailable for more than 34 minutes
in accordance with FAA Order 8400.12B for RNP-10 requirements, or 25
minutes in accordance with FAA Order 8400.33 for RNP-4 requirements, then
the operation must be rescheduled when FDE is available.
Both Garmin GPS navigation receivers must be operating and providing GPS
navigation guidance to their respective PFD for operations requiring RNP-4
performance.
North Atlantic (NAT) Minimum Navigational Performance Specifications
(MNPS) Airspace operations per AC 91-49 and AC 120-33 require both GPS/
SBAS receivers to be operating and receiving usable signals except for routes
requiring only one Long Range Navigation sensor. Each display computes an
independent navigation solution based on the on-side GPS sensor. However,
either display will automatically revert to the cross-side sensor if the on-side
sensor fails or if the cross-side sensor is determined to be more accurate. [On
G1000 installations a BOTH ON GPS1 or BOTH ON GPS2 message does
not necessarily mean that one GPS has failed. Refer to the MFD AUX-GPS
STATUS page to determine the state of the unused GPS].
Whenever possible, RNP and RNAV routes, including Standard Instrument
Departures (SIDs), Standard Terminal Arrivals (STARs), and en route
RNAV Q and RNAV T routes, should be loaded into the flight plan from
the database in their entirety, rather than loading route waypoints from the
database into the flight plan individually. Selecting and inserting individual
named fixes from the database is permitted, provided all fixes along the
published route to be flown are inserted. Manual entry of waypoints using
latitude/longitude or place/bearing is prohibited.
Systems
GPS, or GPS, and RNAV (GPS) instrument approaches using the Garmin
navigation systems are prohibited unless the flight crew verifies and uses the
current navigation database. GPS based instrument approaches must be
flown in accordance with an approved instrument approach procedure that is
loaded from the navigation database.
Not all published Instrument Approach Procedures (IAP) are in the navigation
database. Flight crew planning on flying an RNAV instrument approach must
ensure that the navigation database contains the planned RNAV Instrument
Approach Procedure and that approach procedure must be loaded from the
navigation database into the FMS flight plan by its name.
IFR non-precision approach approval using the GPS/SBAS sensor is
limited to published approaches within the U.S. National Airspace System.
Approaches to airports in other airspace are not approved unless authorized
by the appropriate governing authority.
7-131c
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Systems
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-131d
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
1. NAV VOL/ID Knob Controls the NAV audio level. Press to toggle the
Morse code identifier ON and OFF. Volume level is shown in the field as a
percentage.
2. NAV Frequency Toggle Key Toggles the standby and active NAV
frequencies.
Systems
3. Dual NAV Knob Tunes the MHz (large knob) and kHz (small knob)
standby frequencies for the NAV receiver. Press to toggle the tuning cursor
(light blue box) between the NAV1 and NAV2 fields.
4. Heading Knob Turn to manually select a heading on the HSI. When
pressed, it synchronizes the heading bug with the current aircraft heading.
5. Joystick Changes the map (distance top to bottom of map display) when
rotated. Activates the map pointer when pressed.
6. CRS/BARO Knob The large knob sets the altimeter barometric pressure
and the small knob adjusts the course. The course is only adjustable
when the HSI is in VOR1, VOR2 or OBS/SUSP mode for GPS navigation.
Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the selected VOR or GPS source.
7-13 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
7. Dual COM Knob Tunes the MHz (large knob) and kHz (small knob)
standby frequencies for the COM transceiver. Pressing this knob toggles
the tuning cursor (light blue box) between the COM1 and COM2 fields.
8. COM Frequency Toggle Key Toggles the standby and active COM
frequencies. Pressing and holding this key for two seconds automatically
tunes the emergency frequency (121.50 MHz) in the active frequency field.
9. COM VOL/SQ Knob Controls COM audio level. Pressing this knob turns
the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF. Audio volume level is shown in
the field as a percentage.
10. Direct-To Key Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and
establish a direct course to the selected destination (specified by the
identifier, chosen from the active route, or taken from the map cursor
position).
11. FPL Key Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the
active flight plan, or accessing stored flight plans.
12. CLR Key (DFLT MAP) erases information, cancels an entry, or removes
page menus. To display the Navigation Map Page immediately, press and
hold CLR (MFD only).
13. Dual FMS Knob Used to select the page to be viewed (MFD only). The
large knob selects a page group (MAP, WPT, AUX, NRST), while the small
knob selects a specific page within the page group. Pressing the small
knob turns the selection cursor ON and OFF.
14. MENU Key Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the
user to access additional features, or to make setting changes that relate to
certain pages.
15. PROC Key Selects approaches, departures, and arrivals from the flight
plan. If a flight plan is used, available procedures for the departure and/
or arrival airport are automatically suggested. If a flight plan is not used,
the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected. This key
selects IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs) and
approaches (IAPs) from the database and loads them into active flight plan.
17. Dual ALT Knob Sets the reference altitude in the box located above the
Altimeter. The large knob selects the thousands, while the small knob
selects the hundreds.
18. Left Display Backup Button Pressing the left Display Backup button
activates/deactivates reversionary mode on the left PFD.
19. Right Display Backup Button Pressing the right Display Backup button
activates/deactivates reversionary mode on the right PFD.
20. Softkeys The softkeys are located along the bottoms of the displays.
They are used to select items shown on the display.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-13 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
16. ENT Key Accepts a menu selection or data entry. This key is used to
approve an operation or complete data entry. It is also used to confirm
selections and information entries.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Reversionary Mode
In reversionary mode, critical flight instrumentation is combined with engine
instrumentation on the display. Reversionary mode can also be manually
activated on any of the flight displays if the system fails to detect a display
problem. The reversionary mode is activated manually by pressing the red
DISPLAY BACKUP button on the bottom of the appropriate audio panel
(pressing the left GMA 1347D audio panel DISPLAY BACKUP button
activates reversionary mode on the pilots PFD and the MFD). Pressing the
red DISPLAY BACKUP button again deactivates reversionary mode.
The MFD map scale is shown in the lower right corner of the display and
represents the total distance from the bottom of the moving map to the top of
the map. It does not represent the total distance from the airplane symbol to
the top of the moving map.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
7-13 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
The GDL 69A or GDL 69A SXM (as equipped) is an XM Satellite Radio data
link receiver with the addition of XM Satellite Radio audio entertainment. For
display of weather information and control of audio channel and volume,
the GDL 69A / GDL 69A SXM is interfaced to the GDU 1040 Multi-Function
Display via an Ethernet link. Audio volume and channel changes may also
be controlled with remotely mounted switches located on the sidewalls of the
passenger seating area. The GDL 69A / GDL 69A SXM is also interfaced to
the audio panel for amplification and distribution of the audio signal. The GA
55 XM Satellite Radio Antenna receives the XM Satellite Radio data signal
and passes it to the GDL 69A / GDL 69A SXM.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
GMU 44 MAGNETOMETERS
The GMU 44 magnetometer units measure local magnetic field information.
Data is sent to the GRS 77 AHRS for processing to determine aircraft
magnetic heading. These units receive power directly from the GRS 77 units
and communicate with the GRS 77 units using RS-485 digital interface.
Systems
7-13 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Annunciation Window
Systems
All system advisories, alerts, cautions and warnings are shown on the right
side of each PFD (or the MFD if the system is in reversionary mode) screen
adjacent to the vertical speed indicator. Up to 12 annunciations can be
displayed simultaneously. A white horizontal line separates annunciations that
are acknowledged from annunciations that have not yet been acknowledged.
Acknowledged annunciations are always above the line. Annunciations
are displayed in order of priority from top to bottom. The highest priority
annunciation is displayed at the top of the annunciation window.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-137
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Normal Annunciations
Normal annunciations are shown in GREEN and advise a normal operating
condition.
Annunciation
Window Text
ENG INLET NRM
Annunciation Description
Advises the pilot that the inertial separator is placed in the normal
position.
Advisory Annunciations
Advisory annunciations are shown in WHITE and advise the pilot of a system
function.
Annunciation
Window Text
Annunciation Description
AUX PUMP ON
STARTER ON
Advises the pilot that the starter switch is placed in the HI START or
LO/MOTOR position and power is being supplied to the starter.
IGNITION ON
BETA
ENG INLET BP
Advises the pilot that the inertial separator is placed in the bypass
position.
Advises the pilot that the bleed air heat is activated. The pilot action
is to ensure the engine power is set below the limits specified in
Section 5 of this manual.
FUEL OFF L
Advises the pilot that the left fuel selector is in the OFF position. The
pilot action is to ensure the valve is returned to the ON position prior
to takeoff or landing.
FUEL OFF R
Advises the pilot that the right fuel selector is in the OFF position.
The pilot action is to ensure the valve is returned to the ON position
prior to takeoff or landing.
ENG INLET BP
AIR COND INH**
Advises the pilot that the Engine Inlet is in the BYPASS position.
Advises the pilot that the Air Conditioning system has been inhibited
(turned off).
Systems
* If your airplane is equipped with GDU software version 12.03 or higher, advisory
annunciations for AUX BUS ON and BLEED AIR ON will NOT be shown.
** AIR COND INH annunciation will only appear on airplanes equipped with GDU
software version 12.03 or higher AND an Air Conditioning system.
7-13 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Caution Annunciations
Caution annunciations are shown in AMBER and are accompanied by an
aural alert, which chimes once when the caution is first displayed on the PFD.
A caution annunciation indicates the possible need for corrective action and a
potential threat to the continued flight of the aircraft.
Annunciation
Window Text
Cautions the pilot that the Cargo Door is not closed and locked (on
ground).
Cautions the pilot that the emergency power lever is not in its normal
operating position and is bypassing the pneumatic governing section
of the fuel control unit.
Cautions the pilot that the generator is not delivering power to the
aircraft electrical system.
ALTERNATR FL
VOLTAGE LOW
FUEL PRESS
LOW
Cautions the pilot that the low fuel pressure limits have been
crossed. These limits are 6.0 PSI with increasing fuel pressure and
4.0 PSI with decreasing fuel pressure.
FUEL LOW L
Cautions the pilot that the left fuel tank quantity is low.
FUEL LOW R
Cautions the pilot that the right fuel tank quantity is low.
Cautions the pilot that the fuel level in both wing tanks is below
approximately 200 pounds total.
FLAP FAIL
Cautions the pilot that the flap control system has identified a failure
and that the flaps will remain in that position.
PITOT FL L
PITOT FL R
PITOT FL L-R
Cautions the pilot that both pitot/static heat systems have failed.
PITOT OFF L
PITOT OFF R
Cautions the pilot that both pitot/static heat systems are OFF. This
annunciation is triggered if the pitot heat is OFF and the OAT is less
than 5C.
Cautions the pilot that the engine inlet has failed to reach the
NORMAL position after 18 seconds or more has passed since the
Inertial Particle Separator was switched to NORMAL, indicating that
either the actuator failed, or the normal position indicating sensor has
failed.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-13 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
CARGO DOOR
Annunciation Description
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Warning Annunciations
Warning annunciations are displayed in RED and are accompanied by an
aural alert which chimes intermittently until the pilot acknowledges it by
pressing the ADVISORY softkey. A warning annunciation requires immediate
corrective action and threatens the continued flight of the aircraft.
Annunciation
Window Text
Annunciation Description
Activation warns that the low oil pressure threshold has been
crossed. The threshold for activation is 43 PSI with decreasing
pressure. The annunciation will continue to be shown until the
pressure increases to above 75 PSI.
Warns the pilot that both fuel selector valves are in the OFF
position. A red LED light located above the pilots PFD will also
illuminate and remain illuminated until one or both fuel selector
valves are returned to the ON position.
OVERSPD WARN
Warns the pilot that Vmo has been exceeded. The overspeed
warning limits are 182 KIAS with an increasing airspeed and 181
KIAS with decreasing airspeed.
CARGO DOOR
Warns the pilot that the cargo door is not fully closed while the
aircraft is in the air with a groundspeed of at least 30 knots (GPS)
or airspeed of at least 50 knots (TAS).
RESERVOIR FUEL
Warns that the fuel level in the fuel reservoir is low and fuel
starvation is imminent.
CHIP DETECTOR
Warns the pilot that a metallic chip has been detected in the
reduction or accessory gearbox. Pilot action is to follow the
procedures outlined in Section Three (3) of this manual, Chip
Detector Annunciation (Gearbox Contamination).
Warns the pilot that the maximum flap speed for the current flap
FLAP OVERSPEED position is being exceeded. Pilot action is to reduce airspeed below
the current flap position.
Systems
ITT
Warns the pilot that the ITT limit is being exceeded. 790C during
flight or 1090C during start. Pilot action is to reduce power or bring
the fuel condition lever to CUTOFF (during start).
NG OVERSPEED
Warns the pilot that the Ng limit of 101.6 % is being exceeded. Pilot
action is to reduce power.
NP OVERSPEED
Warns the pilot that the Np limit of 2200 RPM is being exceeded.
Pilot action is to reduce propeller RPM.
TORQUE
Warns the pilot that the takeoff torque limit is being exceeded. Pilot
action is to reduce torque.
INLET NOT BP
Warns the pilot that the engine inlet has failed to reach the BYPASS
position after 18 seconds or more has passed since the Inertial
Particle Separator was switched to BYPASS, indicating either that
the actuating system failed, or that both bypass position indicating
sensors have failed.
PROP RPM
7-14 0
Warns the pilot that the prop RPM has stabilized in the prohibited
range. Pilot action is to increase RPM above 1050.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Annunciation Description
Alerts Window
The alerts window displays alert text messages. Up to 64 alerts can be
displayed in the Alerts window. New alerts are placed on top of the stack and
older ones are cycled down. Alerts that are no longer valid are grayed out
and then subsequently removed after the window is refreshed. Pressing the
ALERTS softkey displays the Alerts window. Pressing the ALERTS softkey
again removes the Alerts window from the display. When the Alerts window
is displayed, the pilot may use the large FMS knob to scroll through the alert
list. Higher priority alerts are displayed at the top of the window. Lower priority
alerts are displayed at the bottom of the window.
System Annunciations
Typically, a large red X appears in a window when a related LRU fails or
detects invalid data.
TAWS Alerts
Systems
Annunciations are shown on all three flight displays. Pop-up alerts are shown
only on the MFD.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-141
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
Alert Type
PFD/MFD
Alert
Annunciation
100 SERIES
Aural Message
Excessive Descent
Rate Warning
(EDR)
Pull Up
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning
(ITI)
or
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Warning
(IOI)
or
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
or
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution
(ITI)
or
Reduced
Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution
(ROC)
or
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Caution
(IOI)
or
Reduced
Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning
(ROC)
or
or
Premature Descent
Alert Caution
(PDA)
Altitude Callout
500
None
Five-Hundred
Systems
Excessive Descent
Rate Caution
(EDR)
Negative Climb
Rate Caution
(NCR)
Sink Rate
or
Dont Sink *
or
Too Low, Terrain
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation-dependent.
Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with asterisks.
Figure 7-93 TAWS Alerts
7-142
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
MFD
Pop-Up
Alert
Aural Message
None
None
None
No GPS position or
excessively
degraded GPS signal
None
None
None
None
Alert Type
None
Description
NO DATA
DATA FAILED
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the unit
is self-reporting a failure
FAILED
TEST
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Operating
OPERATING
TAS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Failed
FAIL
Systems
Mode
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-14 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Description
NO DATA
DATA FAILED
FAILED
UNAVAILABLE
Mode
TIS Operating
OPERATING
TIS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TIS Failed
FAIL
Figure 7-98 TIS System Status Annunciations
Systems
7-14 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
Comparator Annunciations
ALT MISCOMP
IAS MISCOMP
HDG MISCOMP
PIT MISCOMP
ROL MISCOMP
ALT NO COMP
IAS NO COMP
HDG NO COMP
PIT NO COMP
ROL NO COMP
Condition
Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
If both airspeed sensors detect < 35 knots, this is inhibited.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the
difference in sensors is > 10 knots.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the
difference in sensors is > 7 knots.
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
No data from one or both heading sensors.
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
No data from one or both roll sensors.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-14 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Systems
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Other Annunciations
For other Garmin G1000 system annunciations and message advisories
refer to the Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide (190-00645-XX) for the
KODIAK 100.
CLOCK/OAT INDICATOR
A digital indication of time and outside air temperature is provided along the
lower edge of the Primary Flight Displays. The clock is located on the lower
right portion of each PFD and is based on GPS time. The OAT indicators (2)
are located on the lower left portion of each PFD and use air temperature
probes located on the top of the cabin just aft of the windshields.
COOLING FANS
An avionics cooling fan system is installed in the airplane to supply internal
cooling air to the avionics equipment. This supply of cooling air prolongs
the life of the avionics equipment and prevents overheating in certain
applications. The cooling fans are turned on when the avionics master switch
is ON. One cooling fan provides cooling air to the pilots PFD and the LRUs
installed behind it. The other fan provides cooling air to the left PFD and the
MFD. The avionics cooling fans are protected by a circuit breaker labeled
AVN FAN. If the avionics cooling fans should malfunction, the circuit breaker
may be pulled out (OFF) to remove power from the fan.
7-14 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
STATIC DISCHARGERS
To improve radio communications during IFR flights through dust or various
forms of precipitation, wick-type static dischargers are installed. Under these
conditions, the build-up and discharge of static electricity from the trailing
edges of the wings, rudder, elevator, propeller tips and radio antennas may
result in interrupted radio signals for all communication and navigation radio
equipment.
The static dischargers are installed to reduce interference from precipitation
static, but it is possible to encounter severe precipitation static conditions
which might cause the loss of radio signals, even with the static wicks
installed. Whenever possible, avoid areas of known severe precipitation to
prevent the loss of adequate radio signals. If avoidance is not practical, a
reduction of airspeed should help reduce the degree of precipitation static, but
expect some degradation of radio performance.
Static dischargers lose their effectiveness as they age, and should be
checked annually by a qualified maintenance technician. If testing equipment
is not available, it is recommended that the static wicks be replaced every
two years, especially if the aircraft is operated frequently in instrument
meteorological conditions. The static discharger wicks are designed to allow
them to unscrew from their mounting bases, facilitating ease of replacement.
Systems
The USB ports have several protective features built in that can affect use. If
the aircraft voltage supplied to the ports is reduced significantly or if a high
amount of current is supplied, the ports will stop working until the voltage
or current returns to proper levels. The rate at which the external devices
are being charged by the ports can decrease if the temperature of the ports
becomes elevated. Once the temperature of the ports reduces to normal
limits, the rate of charge will return to normal.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-147
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
Four USB ports are available as an optional upgrade for passenger use in
the cabin. They are located at Fuselage Station 108 near the headset jacks.
Power is provided through the Cabin Lights circuit breaker. This circuit
breaker must be engaged for the USB ports to operate. The charging ports
are limited to use during cruise only.
The USB ports have several protective features built in that can affect use. If
the aircraft voltage supplied to the ports is reduced significantly or if a high
amount of current is supplied, the ports will stop working until the voltage
or current returns to proper levels. The rate at which the external devices
are being charged by the ports can decrease if the temperature of the ports
becomes elevated. Once the temperature of the ports reduces to normal
limits, the rate of charge will return to normal.
7-14 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
100 SERIES
ENTERTAINMENT/AUDIO OUTPUT
Systems
A mini-audio jack is installed in the cockpit on the aft side of the pedestal to
allow use of external devices to provide audio entertainment or pre-recorded
messages over the headsets and speakers throughout the aircraft. Any audio
being played through this jack will be automatically muted for the pilots when
avionics annunciations are sounded or the COMMs are being used.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
7-14 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
100 SERIES
Systems
7-15 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
SECTION 8
Service
CONTENTS
PAGE
GENERAL.....................................................................................................8-3
IDENTIFICATION PLATE...........................................................................8-3
QUEST AIRCRAFT OWNER ADVISORIES...............................................8-4
PUBLICATIONS.........................................................................................8-4
AIRPLANE FILE.........................................................................................8-5
AIRPLANE INSPECTION PERIODS............................................................8-6
PROGRESSIVE INSPECTION PROGRAM...............................................8-6
ENGINE CONDITION TREND MONITORING...........................................8-7
ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS.......................................................................8-7
GROUND HANDLING...................................................................................8-7
TOWING.....................................................................................................8-7
PARKING....................................................................................................8-8
TIE-DOWN.................................................................................................8-8
JACKING....................................................................................................8-8
LEVELING..................................................................................................8-8
SERVICING...................................................................................................8-9
LUBRICATING SYSTEM............................................................................8-9
FUEL........................................................................................................ 8-11
LANDING GEAR......................................................................................8-14
OXYGEN..................................................................................................8-14
CLEANING AND CARE............................................................................8-14b
CLEANING EXTERIOR SURFACES.....................................................8-14b
ENGINE CARE.........................................................................................8-16
INTERIOR CARE.....................................................................................8-18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
Service
8 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
8-1 GENERAL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook contains information regarding
the factory-recommended procedures for proper ground handing and routine
care and servicing of your KODIAK. It also outlines certain inspection and
maintenance requirements which must be followed if your airplane is to retain
its performance and reliability. It is wise to adhere to a planned lubrication
and routine maintenance schedule, based on climatic and operating
conditions encountered day to day.
WARNI N G: The airplane must be regularly inspected and maintained
in accordance with information contained in the KODIAK 100 Airplane
Maintenance Manual and Quest Aircraft Company issued Service
Notifications. All recommendations for product improvements called out
by Service Bulletins should be accomplished and the airplane should
receive the required inspections. Quest Aircraft Company does not condone
modifications to the aircraft, whether by Supplemental Type Certificate or
otherwise, unless these certificates are held and/or approved by Quest
Aircraft Company. Other modifications may void airplane warranties since
Quest Aircraft has no way of knowing the full effect on the airplane.
Operating a modified airplane may impose a risk to the occupants. The
operating procedures and performance data outlined in the operating
handbook may no longer be considered as accurate information for the
modified airplane.
IDENTIFICATION PLATE
Service
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8-3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
PUBLICATIONS
Various publications and flight operation tools are furnished in the airplane
when it is delivered from the factory. These items include:
Quest Aircraft Customer Care Program Handbook
Pilots Operating Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
Quest Aircraft Authorized Service Center Directory
Electronic Airplane Maintenance Manual and Illustrated Parts Catalog
Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide
KODIAK 100 Training Guide
NO T E : If your Pilots Operating Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane
Flight Manual should become lost or destroyed, a replacement may be
ordered by contacting Quest Aircraft Company. An affidavit containing the
owners name, airplane serial number and registration number must be
included in the replacement request form, since the POH/AFM is identified
for specific airplanes only.
Service
8-4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
AIRPLANE FILE
The airplane file is composed of miscellaneous data, information, and
licenses. The following is a checklist for that file. In addition, a periodic check
should be made of the latest Federal Aviation Regulations, to verify that all the
file requirements are met.
NO T E : Owners of aircraft registered outside of the United States should
check with the registering authority for additional requirements specific to
that country.
Required
Documents
Note
Airworthiness Certificate
FAA Form 8100-2
Registration Certificate
FAA Form 8050-3
Operating Limitations
Other Documents
Note
Airplane Logbook
Engine Logbook
Pilots Checklist
Service
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8-5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
Service
8-6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
During any towing operation, especially when conducted with the assistance
of a powered vehicle, do not exceed the nose gear turning limits of 55 either
side of center, as shown by the steering limit marks.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Service
CAUT I ON : Do not push or pull the airplane using the propeller blades
or flight control surfaces.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
PARKING
When parking the airplane, face the aircraft into the wind and set the
parking brakes. Do not set the parking brakes during cold weather, when
accumulated moisture may freeze the brakes, or when the brakes are
overheated. Install the control wheel lock and chock the wheels (if the parking
brake is not utilized) to prevent airplane movement. In severe weather or high
wind conditions, secure the airplane as outlined below:
CAUT I O N: Any time the airplane is loaded heavily, the footprint
pressure (pressure of the tires on the ramp or runway) will be extremely
high. Surfaces such as hot asphalt or sod may not support the airplane
adequately. Precautions should be taken to avoid parking or moving the
airplane in these areas.
TIE-DOWN
The best precaution against damage to the aircraft when it is parked in gusty
or strong winds is to follow proper tie-down procedures. To securely tie-down
the airplane, proceed with the following directions.
1. If possible, point the aircraft into the wind.
2. Set the parking brake (or chock the wheels).
3. Install the control wheel lock.
4. Set the aileron and elevator trim tabs in the neutral position, so the tabs are
even with the control surfaces.
5. Install the pitot tube cover, if available.
6. Securely attach anchored tie-down ropes or chains to the wing and tail tiedown fittings.
7. If the last flight of the day has been completed or if dusty conditions are
present or forecasted, install the engine inlet covers to protect the engine
from debris. The covers should be installed after the engine has cooled.
8. To prevent propeller wind-milling, install the propeller anchor on one of the
propeller blades and secure its anchor strap around the nose gear.
JACKING
A series of jack adapters are provided as a tool kit for jacking the airplane.
One adapter fits into the drag brace fitting on the fuselage for jacking the
nose gear. Two adapters (one for each main wheel) fit onto the existing axle
assemblies for jacking the main wheels. Two additional adapters screw into
the belly of the airplane at the main landing gear carry through structure, for
jacking the airplane to remove the main landing gear. For airplanes equipped
with an external cargo compartment, two additional adapters are placed under
the outboard aft trunnion bolt and used to jack the airplane.
Service
LEVELING
Longitudinal leveling of the airplane is required for weighing and determining
the empty weight center of gravity. Refer to Section 6 of this manual for
Leveling procedures.
8-8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
8-5 SERVICING
LUBRICATING SYSTEM
Oil Specifications
Oil conforming to the current revision or supplement of Pratt & Whitney
Canada Service Bulletin Number 1001 must be used. The following table
lists some of the approved synthetic engine lubricating oils for the PT6A-34.
Brand
Specification / Type
Temperature Limits
Above 0F (-18C)
Above 0F (-18C)
Above 0F (-18C)
Above 0F (-18C)
Above 0F (-18C)
CPW202 / Type 1
CPW202 / Type 1
CPW202 / Type 1
CPW202 / Type 1
CPW202 / Type 1
PWA 521 / Type 2
MIL-PRF-23699F
Above -40F(-40C)
Above -40F(-40C)
Above -40F(-40C)
Castrol 5000
BP Turbo Oil 2380
Turbonycoil 525-2A
Turbonycoil 600
Above -40F(-40C)
Above -40F(-40C)
Above -40F(-40C)
Above -40F(-40C)
Service
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8-9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
Oil Capacities
Service
If the aircraft is operated less than 50 hours per month, the oil should be
changed and inspected every 400 hours or 1 year, whichever occurs first. For
airplanes operated in excess of 50 hours per month, an oil change interval of
1200 hours or one year, whichever occurs first, is recommended. Regardless
of the degree of utilization, if the airplane is operated in sandy or dusty
environments, the oil change interval should be adjusted to at least every 6
months.
8 -10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
FUEL
Refer to the list of approved fuels in Section 1 of this manual.
Fuel On-Loading
CAUTION: Verify that the proper grade and type of fuel is being used to
service the aircraft.
NO T E : When utilizing a proportioner installed on refueling equipment,
follow the directions provided by the manufacturer.
Tank Filling Procedure:
1. Connect the fueling nozzle ground to the tie-down ring on the aircrafts
strut.
2. Place a protective mat on the wing near the fuel filler and remove the filler
cap.
3. Service with fuel as follows:
a. If the Jet Fuel is premixed with icing inhibitor, fill the wing tanks with the
required amount.
b. If the Jet Fuel does not contain pre-mixed icing inhibitor, select a fuel
system icing inhibitor complying with MIL-DTL-85470 (DIEGME) and
blend manually, as outlined in the following section.
WARNI N G: All fuels used must contain compliant anti-icing fuel additive.
Refer to Section 2 of this manual.
CAUT I O N : JP-5 and JP-8 fuels contain anti-icing additives. Do not use
additional additives with these fuels.
Service
4. Remove the fuel nozzle, protective-pad, and ground-cable and install the
fuel filler cap. Check to ensure the filler cap is installed securely.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
Service
Prolonged storage of the airplane will result in a buildup of water in the fuel
tanks which leaches out the additive. This condition is indicated by excessive
amounts of water accumulating in the fuel tank sumps. The concentration of
the additive may be checked using an anti-icing additive concentration test kit.
For additional information about this kit, refer to Chapter 12 of the KODIAK
100 Airplane Maintenance Manual. It is imperative that the instructions for
the test kit be followed closely when checking the concentration level of
the additive. The additive concentration by volume for DIEGME must be
0.10% minimum and 0.15% maximum. When fuel is added to the tanks, the
concentration level must be a minimum of 0.10% by volume.
8 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
Fuel Contamination
Contamination in the fuel system is usually caused by the presence of
foreign material such as water, corrosion, sand, dirt, microbes, or bacterial
growth, or by additives not compatible with fuel or fuel system components.
An additional threat of contamination has developed with the increased use
of bio-component fuels (commonly referred to as fatty acid methyl esters,
or FAME) in ground-based vehicles, since the same fuel supply lines and
shipping containers used to deliver jet fuel are typically also used for the
transport of ground based fuels. FAME fuels are distinct from traditional
ground-based fuels in that they are surface-active materials that can adhere
to pipe and tank walls, and then release from the walls into the following
product, which may be jet fuel.
CAUT I O N : At high enough concentrations, FAME can impact the
thermal stability of the fuel, leading to coke deposits in the fuel system.
FAME contamination can also impact the freezing point of jet fuel resulting
in gelling of the fuel. These conditions can result in engine operability
problems, and possible engine flameout. Pratt and Whitney Canada has
agreed to accept no more than 5 ppm FAME contamination in jet fuel at
this time. Contact your fuel supplier to verify that they have implemented
quality control and inspection procedures to ensure that fuel they deliver
does not contain more than 5 ppm of FAME.
NO T E : Refer to FAA Special Airworthiness Information Bulletin
NE-09-25R1, Fuel: Jet Fuel Containing FAME (Fatty Acid Methyl Ester,
and to Pratt and Whitney Canada Service Information Letter No. GEN-091,
Jet Fuel Quality, for more information about FAME contamination.
Prior to each flight and following each refueling of the airplane, use a clear
fuel sampler and draw at least one fuel sampler cup full from each of the
inboard fuel tank sump drain valves, the fuel reservoir drain valve, and the
firewall-mounted fuel filter drain valve to determine if the airplane was fueled
with the proper grade of fuel or if contaminants are present.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Service
If contamination is detected, draw fuel from all of the fuel drain points
again. Take repeated samples from all of the fuel drain points until all of the
contamination has been removed. If, after repeated sampling, evidence
of contamination still exists, the fuel tanks should be completely drained,
cleaned, and inspected. Do not fly the airplane with contaminated or
unapproved fuel. Any time the firewall mounted fuel filter becomes clogged,
the red filter bypass warning button will extend. When this condition exists,
the filter must be disassembled and the filter element cleaned. Check the fuel
system to determine the cause of contamination prior to initiating flight.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
LANDING GEAR
NO T E : The standard and optional sizes of tires may not be intermixed.
For example, when the optional large main tires are installed on the
airplane the optional large nose tire must also be installed.
Brakes
Service the brake fluid reservoir with MIL-H-5606 hydraulic fluid within the
placarded limits posted on the reservoir. Maintain the fluid level between the
MIN and MAX markings.
OXYGEN
Aviators Breathing Oxygen: MIL-O-27210
Maximum Cylinder Pressure (temperature stabilized after filling):
1850 PSI at
70F (21.1C)
Refilling Procedure
CAUT I O N : The bottle is equipped with a burst disk that may rupture
and prevent the oxygen bottle from holding pressure. If the bottle does not
maintain pressure when filled, perform maintenance in accordance with the
KODIAK 100 Airplane Maintenance Manual.
1. Ensure the Oxygen Cockpit Controller and Display (OCCD) is OFF.
2. Turn the Master Switch OFF.
3. Remove the aft bulkhead panel in the tailcone.
4. Access the filler port and pressure gauge and remove the cap using a
back-up wrench to ensure that the tank fitting doesnt rotate.
Service
CAUT I O N : Ensure the oxygen supply line and the filler port are clear of
dirt, grease, and oils that may create a fire hazard during refilling. Check
threads and ensure the filler port fitting threads are not damaged.
5. Briefly open the oxygen supply valve on the oxygen fill cart to purge the
filler line. Flow for approximately 10 seconds at a low flow.
6. Connect the oxygen supply line to the fill port and tighten the nut using a
back-up wrench to ensure that the tank fitting doesnt rotate.
8 -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
CAUT I ON : Excessive fill rates create heat build up in the high pressure
parts of the system, especially the bottle. Excessive heat build up will
result in damage and may lead to fire. Care must be taken not to surpass
the maximum fill rate of 200 psi per minute during filling. If excessive
heating is noticed (the bottle is too hot to hold), reduce fill rate.
7. Open the oxygen supply valve and slowly, at a maximum rate of 200 psi per
minute, fill the bottle to 1850 psi maximum at 70F (21.1C).
CAUT I O N : The Maximum Fill Pressure is 1,850 psi at 70F (21.1C).
Due to varying temperatures, it will be necessary to fill the oxygen bottle
using the corrected temperatures presented in the table below.
Temperature During Filling
F (C)
11. Slowly loosen the oxygen supply line nut at the fill port until pressure
begins to bleed. Use a back-up wrench to support the filler port when
disconnecting the line. Allow pressure to completely bleed down before
disconnecting oxygen supply line from the fill port.
12. Disconnect the oxygen supply line from the fill port.
13. Refit the cap to the fill port using a back-up wrench to ensure that the tank
fitting doesnt rotate.
14. Reinstall the aft bulkhead panel in the tailcone.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8 -14 a
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Service
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
Application
Supplier
Prist Aerospace
http://csdinc.org/prist/
Naphtha
Removing grease/stubborn
stains
Available Commercially
Available Commercially
www.simplegreen.com
Available Commercially
The airplane should be washed with a solution of mild soap and water. Harsh
abrasives or alkaline soaps and detergents could create surface scratches, or
facilitate corrosive action. Areas of the aircraft where cleaning solutions could
cause damage should be covered. To wash the airplane, use the following
procedure.
1. Flush away loose dirt with water.
2. Apply cleaning solution with a soft cloth, sponge or soft bristle brush.
3. To remove exhaust soot, allow the solution to remain on the surface for a
longer period of time prior to scrubbing.
Service
8 -14 b
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
Service
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
ENGINE CARE
Engine Compartment Cleaning
The engine compartment may be cleaned using a suitable solvent. The
most efficient cleaning is accomplished by using a spray-type cleaner.
Prior to performing a spray cleaning, ensure that protection is provided for
components which might be adversely affected by the solvent. Refer to the
KODIAK 100 Airplane Maintenance Manual for proper lubrication of controls
and components after engine cleaning.
Service
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
Service
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
INTERIOR CARE
The seats, carpet, upholstery panels, and headliners should be vacuumed at
regular intervals to remove surface dirt and dust. While vacuuming, use a fine
bristle nylon brush to help loosen particles.
CAUT I O N: Remove any sharp objects from pockets or clothing to avoid
causing damage to the interior panels or upholstery.
NO T E : Equal substitutes may be used in place of the items listed below.
Cleaning Product
Application
Supplier
Interior Windscreen
and Windows
OptiMax
PhotoDon - www.photodon.com
Leather Upholstery
Leather Cleaner
Leather Upholstery
Ink Remover
Leather Upholstery
Leather Conditioner
Leather Upholstery
Leather Upholstery
Vinyl Panels
Service
NO T E :
Wiping with a circular motion may cause glare rings. Wipe in the same
direction as the normal flow of wind to help prevent this condition.
To prevent scratching from dirt accumulated on the cloth, fold the cloth
to expose a clean area after each pass.
8 -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
100 SERIES
1. Using a moist cloth or chamois, gently wipe the windows clean of all
contaminates.
2. Apply acrylic/polycarbonate cleaner to one area at a time, then wipe away
with a soft, cotton cloth.
3. Dry the windows using a dry, nonabrasive cotton cloth or chamois.
Clean the headliner and side panels with a stiff bristle brush, and vacuum
where necessary.
Soiled upholstery may be cleaned using quality upholstery cleaner
suitable for the type of material. Carefully follow the manufacturers
recommendations. Avoid soaking or harsh rubbing.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
8 -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Service
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
100 SERIES
Carpets
To clean carpets, first remove loose dirt by use of a vacuum. For soiled spots
and stubborn stains, use a nonflammable, dry cleaning fluid. Floor carpeting
may be cleaned in the same manner as any household carpet.
Service
8 -20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
S U PPL E M E N T S
SECTION 9
Supplements
GENERAL
This section of the Pilots Operating Handbook contains FAA Approved
Supplements necessary to safely and efficiently operate the KODIAK
when it is equipped with optional systems or equipment not provided with
the standard airplane, or for special operations not included in the Pilot's
Operating Handbook. Supplements are miniature versions of the main
POH and contain information corresponding to most sections of the manual.
Information contained in a supplement adds to, supersedes, or replaces
similar data in the basic manual.
LOG OF SUPPLEMENTS
A Log of Supplements is provided and may be used as a Table of Contents
for this section. It is the owners responsibility to ensure any equipment
installed on the airplane is accomplished in accordance with an approved
STC, or other approval method, and that the proper supplement, if
applicable, is contained in the handbook and properly recorded in the Log of
Supplements.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
9 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Supplements
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
S U PPL E M E N T S
100 SERIES
Supplements
9 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
LO G O F S U PPL E M E N T S
100 SERIES
Log of Supplements
It is the owners responsibility to ensure that the supplements applicable to
their airplane are contained in this manual and properly recorded in the Log
of Supplements. Not all supplements included with your POH/AFM, or those
listed below, may be applicable to your airplane.
Supplement status can be found at www.questaircraft.com.
Title
Release
Equipped?
Date
AM901.001
08/31/09
AM901.002
08/31/09
AM901.003
Parachute Operations
08/31/09
AM901.004
12/14/09
AM901.005
01/28/11
AM901.006
05/08/14
AM901.007
09/10/13
AM901.008
01/10/14
AM901.009
08/29/14
AM901.010
07/07/15
AM901.012
02/11/16
AM901.101
02/27/12
AM901.102
04/16/12
AM901.103
09/23/13
AM901.104
11/29/13
AM901.105
10/13/14
AM901.106
02/10/15
AM901.108
08/09/16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
A M 9 01.1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Log of Supp.
Supplement
Number
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
LO G O F S U PPL E M E N T S
100 SERIES
Log of Supp.
A M 9 01.1
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
INTRODUCTION
When the S-TEC System Fifty Five X (55X) Autopilot and yaw damper is
installed in the KODIAK 100, this Supplement is applicable and must be
inserted in the Supplement section (Section 9) of the KODIAK 100 Pilots
Operating Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual. This
document must be carried in the airplane at all times. Information in this
supplement adds to, supersedes, or deletes information contained in the
basic KODIAK 100 POH/AFM.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1-1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9 .1- 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1- 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9 .1- 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
9.1-1 GENERAL
The System Fifty Five X is a rate based autopilot. A turn coordinator hidden
behind the instrument panel provides turn rate. When in control of the roll
axis, the autopilot senses roll/yaw rate, as well as closure rate to the selected
course, and the non-rate quantities of heading error, course error, and course
deviation indication. When in control of the pitch axis, the autopilot senses
vertical speed, acceleration, and closure rate to the selected glideslope,
along with the non-rate quantities of altitude and glideslope deviation
indication. These sensed data provide feedback to the autopilot, which
processes them in order to control the aircraft through the use of servos
coupled to the control system. The roll servo is coupled to the ailerons. The
pitch servo is coupled to the elevator. Activation of roll axis control must
always precede activation of pitch axis control.
The pitch auto-trim function senses when the airplane needs to be trimmed
about the pitch axis and responds by driving the trim servo in the proper
direction to provide trim. The trim servo is coupled to the elevator trim wheel
in the cockpit and thereby to the elevator trim tabs.
The yaw damper senses lateral acceleration at the tail, and responds by
driving the yaw servo in the proper direction to provide damping. The yaw
servo is coupled to the rudder.
Refer to the S-TEC Pilots Operating Handbook Fifty Five X dated
November 30, 2007 or later for full operational procedures and descriptions
of implemented modes. The System 55X POH also contains detailed
procedures for accomplishing GPS and VOR course tracking, front course
and back course localizer approaches, and glideslope tracking.
NO T E : The KODIAK 100 implementation of the System 55X Autopilot
does not utilize the CWS (Control Wheel Steering).
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1- 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
The following modes are provided in the KODIAK 100 installation of the
S-TEC 55X Autopilot:
Mode
Task
Annunciation
on Computer
Turn to heading
Hold heading
HDG
Navigation Mode
NAV
Navigation
Approach Mode
Reverse Mode
NAV APR
REV
REV APR
NAV GPSS
ALT
ALT VS
VS
Glideslope Mode
GS
TRIM
Switch position
9 .1- 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1-7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9.1-2 LIMITATIONS
1. Autopilot operation is prohibited above 18,000 feet MSL.
2. Autopilot operation is prohibited below 100 KIAS.
3. The autopilot must be disengaged for missed approach, go-around, and
balked landing.
4. The autopilot must be disengaged for flap transitions.
5. Maximum Flap deflection is limited to 20 while the autopilot is engaged.
6. The autopilot must be disengaged for takeoff and landing.
7. The Yaw Damper must be disengaged for approach, takeoff, and landing.
8. The following limitations apply for VOR, GPS, and ILS Glideslope and
localizer intercept, capture, and tracking:
a. The autopilot must be disengaged for operations below the Decision
Height or the Minimum Descent Altitude.
b. The autopilot must be disengaged for operations below 300 feet AGL.
c. The autopilot must be disconnected during the approach if the course
deviation exceeds 50%. The approach should only be continued by
hand-flying the airplane.
d. The ILS is to be flown at 100 KIAS and 20 flaps, or at 110 130 KIAS
and 0 flaps.
e. The flaps should be configured to 20 with the autopilot disengaged
and prior to the Outer Marker.
9. The S-TEC Pilots Operating Handbook Fifty Five X dated March 15,
2007 or later must be carried in the airplane and available to the pilot while
in flight.
9 .1- 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
Autopilot Disconnect
Switch
Trim Disconnect
Switch
Electronic Pitch
Trim Dual Switch
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1- 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
ALTITUDE LOSS
Maximum altitude lost during a roll, pitch, or yaw axis autopilot or yaw
damper malfunction is as follows:
Flight Phase
Altitude Loss
Climb
59
600
Cruise
60
500
Descent
60
800
Maneuvering
40
100
Approach
29
100
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
Annunciation
Condition
Action
None.
Flashing VS
Reduce commanded VS as
appropriate.
Flashing GS
Flashing GS with
steady FAIL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1-11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
IN-FLIGHT PROCEDURES
1. The RDY annunciation........SHOWN on G1000 and Autopilot Computer
2. Airplane................................................ TRIM for existing flight conditions
HEADING MODE
1. Begin by selecting a heading on the HSI within 10 of the current aircraft
heading.
2. Press the HDG button on the autopilot computer. The HDG annunciation
will be shown on the G1000 and the autopilot computer and the airplane
will turn to the selected heading.
3. Use the HSI heading bug to make heading changes as desired.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1-13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9 .1-14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
ALTITUDE PRE-SELECT
1. The G1000 altitude bug may be used to preselect an altitude for the
autopilot to level off. The altitude can be above or below the current
altitude and the vertical speed selected through the autopilot should be
appropriate for the desired altitude change. Once the altitude is selected
using the altitude knobs on the G1000, the altitude and vertical speed
can be coupled by the autopilot by simultaneously pressing the ALT and
VS buttons on the autopilot computer. ALT and VS will be displayed on
the G1000 and the autopilot computer. The ALT annunciation is shown
as white on the G1000 because it is armed, but not active. The VS
annunciation is shown as green on the G1000 because it is active. When
the autopilot captures the selected altitude and levels off, VS disappears
and ALT will be shown as green because it is now the active mode.
NO T E : If an altitude is selected that requires an opposite vertical
speed from that which is selected, the VS annunciation will flash but the
airplane will follow the selected vertical speed and will not level off since
the selected vertical speed is taking the airplane away from the selected
altitude.
2. As the airplane nears the selected altitude, the system automatically
reduces vertical speed command in 100 FPM increments to provide a
smooth and slow transition to the selected altitude.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1-15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9 .1-16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1-17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9 .1-18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1-19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9.1-5 PERFORMANCE
No change.
9 .1- 2 0
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
The autopilot roll axis uses an inclined gyro in a turn coordinator which
is installed behind the instrument panel and is not visible for use in flight.
The autopilot uses this turn coordinator as the primary turn and roll rate
sensor. In addition to the turn coordinator instrument, the roll axis computer
computes steering commands for turns, navigation intercepts, and tracking.
Roll axis steering is accomplished by autopilot steering commands to the roll
servo which is installed in the left wing.
The pitch computer receives altitude data from the altitude encoder pressure
transducer which is plumbed into the static system, acceleration information
from an accelerometer, and glideslope information from the HSI and both
NAV radios. Pitch axis command for altitude hold, vertical speed hold, and
glideslope tracking is accomplished by pitch computer commands to the
autopilot pitch servo which is installed in the aft fuselage.
The pitch servo contains a switch to engage the pitch trim servo (auto-trim)
whenever the forces at the pitch servo exceed a set value. The auto-trim
function will not work if the trim disconnect switch (located just forward of the
control yoke) is in the disconnect position. The TRIM annunciation flashing
without any movement of the elevator trim wheel would be an indication of
this.
Altitude preselect is provided through the G1000. An altitude may be
selected using the G1000 Altitude Knobs, the selected altitude is shown
in the window and the altitude bug will be positioned along the altitude
tape. The autopilot will automatically level the airplane off at the selected
altitude when both the VS mode is engaged and the ALT mode is armed.
To accomplish this, simultaneously press the ALT and VS buttons on the
autopilot computer. On the G1000, active modes are annunciated in green
and armed modes are annunciated in white. Therefore, the annunciations
will be shown as ALT and VS on the G1000.
All autopilot mode selection is accomplished using the mode select
buttons and VS/modifier knob on the autopilot computer. Annunciations
for the autopilot system are displayed on both the G1000 and the autopilot
computer. Refer to Figure S1-3 and Figure S1-4 for illustrations of the
G1000 annunciations and the autopilot computer annunciations.
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
The flight director is a navigational aid that is overlaid on the Attitude
Indicator. This overlay will provide the pilot with visual cues of the suggested
aircraft attitude based on the autopilot mode the pilot has selected (i.e.
heading, altitude, Glideslope). Refer to Figure S1-6 for detailed mode
information.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1- 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
FD (Flight Director)
FD/AP
FD
OFF
HDG
ALT
Autopilot
Computer
FD Bars
Displayed
9 .1- 2 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
RDY
No Modes Selected
AP
HDG
ALT
AP
HDG
ALT
FD
FD
OFF
OFF
RDY
FD/AP
No Modes Selected
HDG
ALT
HDG
ALT
FD
FD
OFF
FD
FD
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
FD/AP
9 .1- 2 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
RDY (Ready)
Illuminates when the autopilot is ready for engagement. When the airplanes
Master Switch, Avionics Bus Switch and the Autopilot Master Switch are
turned on and the rate gyro RPM is correct, the RDY annunciation will be
shown indicating the autopilot is ready for the functional check and operation.
The autopilot cannot be engaged unless the RDY annunciation is shown and
the G1000 initial AHRS alignment is complete.
9 .1- 2 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
GS (Glideslope) Mode
The autopilot glideslope function will capture and track an ILS glideslope.
The following conditions must be met for at least 1 second to automatically
arm the GS mode:
1. The appropriate NAV receiver must be tuned to the appropriate ILS
frequency.
2. The ILS signal must be valid no NAV or GS failure annunciations shown
on the PFD.
3. The CDI must be set to LOC 1 or LOC 2 as appropriate.
4. The autopilot must be in NAV/APR/ALT modes.
5. The aircraft must be within 50% CDI needle deflection of the Localizer
centerline.
6. The aircraft must be more than 10% below center on the glideslope
indicator.
If it is necessary to disable the glideslope mode after it has been
automatically armed, press the APR mode button on the autopilot computer.
The GS annunciation will flash to acknowledge this. To then re-arm the
glideslope mode, press the APR mode button on the autopilot computer
again. The GS annunciation will immediately extinguish, and then reappear
after one second if all of the above conditions (1-5) are still met.
With the glideslope mode armed, once the aircraft arrives at 5% below center
on the glideslope indicator, the ALT annunciation will disappear to indicate
engagement of the glideslope mode.
To manually engage the GS mode the following conditions must be met:
1. The appropriate NAV receiver must be tuned to the appropriate ILS
frequency.
2. The ILS signal must be valid no NAV or GS failure annunciations shown
on the PFD.
3. The CDI must be set to LOC 1 or LOC 2 as appropriate.
4. The autopilot must be in NAV/APR/ALT modes.
5. Ensure the aircraft is not greater than 10% above the glideslope
centerline.
6. Press the ALT button on the autopilot computer.
CAUT I ON : Manual engagement of the glideslope mode when the
aircraft is positioned above the GS centerline will cause a more aggressive
intercept toward the glideslope. Do not manually engage the glideslope
mode if the glideslope needle deflection is greater than 10% above center.
The GS annunciation will flash whenever the glideslope indicator needle
deflection exceeds 50%, or a glideslope failure occurs. Whenever a
glideslope failure occurs the FAIL annunciation will also be displayed.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1- 2 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9 .1- 2 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
YAW DAMPER
The yaw damper serves to dampen excessive adverse yaw by sensing
lateral acceleration at the tail and applying rudder inputs through the yaw
servo. Prior to turning the yaw damper on, ensure the aircraft is trimmed in
the yaw axis (slip/skid indication centered) using the rudder trim switch on
the control pedestal.
The yaw damper will operate anytime the yaw damper master switch is place
in the ON position and is not dependent on the autopilot being engaged in
this mode. If the switch is placed in the AUTO position, the yaw damper will
only operate when the autopilot is engaged (any mode except RDY). When
the yaw damper is operating, the YD annunciation will be present in the
annunciation block of the G1000 system.
The yaw damper trim knob is used to center the slip/skid indication when
the yaw servo is engaged. Rotate the trim knob clockwise to center the slip/
skid indication if the indicator is displaced to the right. Rotate the trim knob
counterclockwise to center the slip/skid indication if the indicator is displaced
to the left.
NO T E : The yaw damper trim knob is sensitive and only requires small
movements to center the displaced slip/skid indication. The trim feature
is designed to zero out the accelerometer. For best results from the yaw
damper, it is recommended to trim the airplane with the yaw damper turned
off using the rudder trim switch on the control pedestal, and then engage
the yaw damper and zero out the yaw damper accelerometer using the yaw
damper trim knob (center the slip/skid indication).
NO T E : It is recommended that the yaw damper be turned off and the
airplane re-trimmed using the rudder trim switch on the control pedestal
after transitioning to a different phase of flight (climb, cruise, and descent),
and then reengaging the yaw damper. This will help unload the yaw
servo and also prevent an out-of-trim condition when the yaw damper is
disengaged.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .1- 2 7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
S-Tec Autopilot
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
S-Tec Autopilot
Section 9
S -T EC AU TO PI LOT
100 SERIES
9 .1- 2 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PI TC H - L ATC H PRO PE L L E R
INTRODUCTION
When the optional HC-E4N-3PY / D9511FSB pitch-latch equipped propeller
is installed in the KODIAK 100, this Supplement is applicable and must be
inserted in the Supplement section (Section 9) of the KODIAK 100 Pilots
Operating Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual. This
document must be carried in the airplane at all times. Information in this
supplement adds to, supersedes, or deletes information contained in the
basic KODIAK 100 POH/AFM.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 2 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Pitch-Latch Prop
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PI TC H - L ATC H PRO PE L L E R
100 SERIES
Pitch-Latch Prop
9. 2-2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PI TC H - L ATC H PRO PE L L E R
Table of Contents
GENERAL 9.2-5
DESCRIPTIVE DATA9.2-5
LIMITATIONS 9.2-5
POWERPLANT LIMITATIONS9.2-5
PROPELLER SYSTEM OPERATING LIMITATIONS9.2-5
ENGINE CONTROL OPERATING LIMITATION9.2-5
POWERPLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS 9.2-6
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 9.2-6
NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.2-6
CHECKLIST PROCEDURES 9.2-6
BEFORE STARTING 9.2-6
STARTING 9.2-6
ENGINE SHUTDOWN9.2-7
PERFORMANCE9.2-7
WEIGHT AND BALANCE9.2-7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS 9.2-8
PROPELLER 9.2-8
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE 9.2-8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 2- 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Pitch-Latch Prop
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PI TC H - L ATC H PRO PE L L E R
100 SERIES
Pitch-Latch Prop
9. 2- 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PI TC H - L ATC H PRO PE L L E R
9.2-1 GENERAL
Number of Propellers.................................................................................. 1
Propeller Manufacturer................................................Hartzell Propeller Inc.
Propeller Model Number..................................... HC-E4N-3PY / D9511FSB
Number of Propeller Blades........................................................................ 4
Propeller Diameter....................................................................95-96 inches
Propeller Type: Constant speed, full feathering, reversible, hydraulically
actuated aluminum-bladed propeller.
Blade Angles (measured at the 30 inch radius)
Feathered Blade Angle............................................................... 86.1 0.5
Low Pitch Blade Angle............................................................... 17.5 0.1
Maximum Reverse Pitch.............................................................. -10 0.5
Start Lock Blade Angle................................................................. 1.4 0.2
9.2-2 LIMITATIONS
POWERPLANT LIMITATIONS
Propeller Diameter
Maximum........................................................................................96 inches
Minimum.........................................................................................95 inches
Blade Angles (measured at the 30 inch radius)
Feathered Blade Angle............................................................... 86.1 0.5
Low Pitch Blade Angle............................................................... 17.5 0.1
Maximum Reverse Pitch.............................................................. -10 0.5
Start Lock Blade Angle................................................................. 1.4 0.2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 2- 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Pitch-Latch Prop
DESCRIPTIVE DATA
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PI TC H - L ATC H PRO PE L L E R
100 SERIES
Pitch-Latch Prop
Instrument
Red Line
(Minimum
Limit)
Green Arc
(Normal
Operating)
Yellow Arc
(Caution
Range)
Red Line
(Maximum
Limit)
Propeller RPM
Indicator
1900 to 2200
RPM
450 to 1050
RPM
2200
RPM
BEFORE STARTING
Note the position of the propeller blades:
1. If Feathered:
Propeller Lever..............................................................................FEATHER
Power Lever.......................................................................................... IDLE
CAUT I O N: If the propeller is feathered and the propeller control is in the
forward position when the engine is started, the aircraft may surge forward
uncontrolled as the propeller blades move from feathered to flat pitch (if
the airplane is a floatplane version and on the water).
2. If Flat Pitch:
Propeller Lever............................................................................. MAX RPM
Power Lever.......................DO NOT MOVE from engine shutdown position
STARTING
1. Perform normal starting procedures.
2. If the propeller is in flat pitch before starting, the propeller blades will
be held in the flat pitch position by the start-locks with the power lever
positioned aft of the IDLE position. The power lever must be moved slightly
further aft into REVERSE to unlatch the blades before moving the power
lever forward to IDLE.
CAUT I O N: If the power lever is moved forward out of BETA and into the
forward thrust range with the start locks still engaged, damage to the lock
mechanisms may occur.
3. If the propeller is feathered and the propeller lever is in the FEATHER
position, perform normal starting procedures.
9. 2- 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PI TC H - L ATC H PRO PE L L E R
Predetermine the desired position of the propeller blades when the engine
is stopped. The propeller blades may be placed in either flat pitch or the
feathered position.
1. To Shut Down with the Blades Feathered:
Power Lever.......................................................................................... IDLE
Propeller Lever..............................................................................FEATHER
Condition Lever...............................................................................CUTOFF
2. To Shut Down with the Blades in Flat Pitch:
Propeller Lever............................................................................. MAX RPM
Power Lever.......................... AFT of IDLE approximately 1 inch to peak Np
NO T E : Do not move the power lever from this position after the engine
stops.
Fuel Condition Lever.......................................................................CUTOFF
CAUT I ON : If the propeller fails to engage the start locks (due to
misalignment of the power lever) the blades will slowly move into the
feather position. The propeller control must be moved to the FEATHER
position prior to starting the engine or considerable thrust will be produced
upon engine start as the propeller unfeathers rather than the anticipated
zero thrust.
9.2-5 PERFORMANCE
No change.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 2 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Pitch-Latch Prop
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PI TC H - L ATC H PRO PE L L E R
100 SERIES
9. 2- 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
PARACHUTE OPERATIONS
KODIAK 100 POH/AFM Supplement AM901.003
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 3 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Parachute Ops
INTRODUCTION
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
9.3 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
Parachute Operations
GENERAL 9.3-5
INTRODUCTION 9.3-5
THE PARACHUTE OPERATIONS INSTALLATION IS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE PARACHUTE JUMPING OPERATIONS BY MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC DEPLOYMENT. THE INSTALLATION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
9.3-5
LIMITATIONS 9.3-6
WITH MANUAL ACTIVATION OF PARACHUTE 9.3-6
WITH AUTOMATIC (STATIC LINE) ACTIVATION OF PARACHUTE 9.3-6
ALL TYPES OF JUMP OPERATIONS 9.3-6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE LIMITATIONS9.3-7
REQUIRED PLACARDS 9.3-8
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES9.3-11
ENGINE EMERGENCIES 9.3-11
BRACE FOR IMPACT POSITION 9.3-11
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES 9.3-11
NORMAL PROCEDURES9.3-12
CHECKLIST PROCEDURES9.3-12
BEFORE STARTING9.3-12
BEFORE TAKEOFF9.3-12
APPROACHING DROP ZONE9.3-12
DESCENT9.3-13
LOADING PARACHUTISTS9.3-13
DROPPING PARACHUTISTS9.3-13
PERFORMANCE9.3-14
WEIGHT AND BALANCE9.3-14
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS9.3-15
INTRODUCTION9.3-15
VERTICAL SLIDING JUMP DOOR9.3-16
WIND DEFLECTOR9.3-16
INTERNAL GRAB BAR9.3-16
EXTERNAL GRAB BAR9.3-16
JUMP STEP9.3-16
PARACHUTIST RESTRAINTS9.3-17
JUMP LIGHTS AND SWITCHES9.3-17
VIDEO CAMERA AND MONITOR9.3-18
PARACHUTE STATIC LINE ATTACHMENT9.3-18
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE9.3-18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.3 -3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Parachute Ops
Table of Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
9.3 - 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
9.3-1 GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
Jump Door
Jump Step
Wind Deflector
Item/System
Configuration
X
X
X
X
As shown by the above figure, the jump video system and static line
attachment are not required to be installed for parachute operations.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.3 - 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Parachute Ops
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
9.3-2 LIMITATIONS
WITH MANUAL ACTIVATION OF PARACHUTE
1. Due to space constraints, the maximum number of jumpers aft of red line
at FS 111 at one time is 5.
2. Due to space constraints, the maximum number of jumpers at fwd part of
jump door (FS 146) at one time is 2.
3. Due to space constraints, the maximum number of jumpers at aft part of
jump door (FS 163) at one time is 2.
Parachute Ops
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
13. Intentional stalls are prohibited with the jump door open.
14. All loose equipment in the cabin must be secured or stowed.
15. If rapid descents are used that will achieve Vmo airspeed, they shall be
accomplished with the jump door closed and in coordinated flight only.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 3 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Parachute Ops
12. Maximum bank angle while maneuvering with the jump door open (amber
jump signal light ON) is 10 degrees.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
6000
5500
5000
4500
Parachute Ops
4000
3500
3000
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
CG LOCATION % MAC
CG ENVELOPE
TRANSIENT LIMIT
REQUIRED PLACARDS
The following information must be displayed in the form of placards or
markings, in the approximate locations given.
1. Located on interior and exterior of the vertical sliding door:
CLOSED
9.3 - 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
100-750-2601
Parachute Ops
3. Located centered on the red CG Limit Line and on the wind deflector:
EXTERNAL STEP
EXTERNAL HOLD
100-750-2609
5. Located centered between the aft two windows on the right cabin sidewall
and on the aft cabin bulkhead:
PARACHUTIST RESTRAINTS
REQUIRED DURING TAXI,
TAKEOFF, AND LANDING
(FOR JUMP OPERATIONS ONLY)
100-750-2606
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.3 - 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Parachute Ops
9 . 3 -10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Jump Door Fails to Close After Parachutist Deployment
1. Flaps......................................................................................................0
2. Airspeed..............................................................................100-120 KIAS
3. Approach...................................................................................NORMAL
4. Landing......................................................................................NORMAL
NO T E : Airspeeds below 100 KIAS with the flaps at 0 may result in
increased cabin buffeting and/or exhaust fumes.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 3 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Parachute Ops
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
BEFORE STARTING
Parachute Ops
BEFORE TAKEOFF
In Addition to the Normal Checklist Items:
1. Pilots Parachute..................................................................................CHECK
9 . 3 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
DESCENT
LOADING PARACHUTISTS
1. Position the aircraft on level ground and set the parking brake to prevent
inadvertent rolling.
2. Install the tail stand and load the parachutists through the cargo door one at
a time and ensure each jumper reaches their correct position before loading
the next parachutist.
3. The jumpmaster removes the tail stand and enters the aircraft last.
4. After the loading procedure is complete, the jumpmaster shall ensure the
jumpers are in the correct seating position and the safety restraints are
secured properly.
5. The jumpmaster then closes the jump door.
DROPPING PARACHUTISTS
1. Prior to illumination of the amber jump signal light, the pilot reduces the
airspeed to 75 KIAS and positions the flaps to 20.
2. Once the amber jump signal light is illuminated, the jumpmaster removes
his or her restraint and opens the jump door.
3. Upon reaching the drop zone, the pilot illuminates the green jump signal
and the jumpers, commanded by the jumpmaster, take their jump position.
The final dropping point is determined by the jumpmaster.
4. During the drop process, the pilot maintains unaccelerated, coordinated,
straight and level flight.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 3 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Parachute Ops
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
9.3-5 PERFORMANCE
There is no change in the aircrafts takeoff, climb, cruise, or landing
performance with the parachutist operations installation installed and the
jump door closed.
9 . 3 -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
Parachute Ops
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 3 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
WIND DEFLECTOR
A wind deflector is installed just aft of the jump door to minimize airflow
buffeting within the cabin with the jump door open.
JUMP STEP
An external jump step is installed on the left side of the fuselage just aft of
the jump door.
9 . 3 -16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
PARACHUTIST RESTRAINTS
Parachute Ops
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 3 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
PA R AC H U T E O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
An additional jump light panel with green, white and red lights is installed on
the upper left portion of the instrument panel to facilitate communications
from the jumpmaster to the pilot. The lights are controlled by like colored
buttons located on the aft portion of the cargo door post. The signals from
the jumpmaster to the pilot are as follows:
Green Light............................................................................ Turn Right 10
White Light.............................................. Hold Heading, Speed and Altitude
Red Light.................................................................................. Turn Left 10
Parachute Ops
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
INTRODUCTION
When the TKS Ice Protection System is installed on the KODIAK 100, this
Supplement is applicable and must be inserted in the Supplement section
(Section 9) of the KODIAK 100 Pilots Operating Handbook and FAA
Approved Airplane Flight Manual. This document must be carried in the
airplane at all times. Information in this supplement adds to, supersedes, or
deletes information contained in the basic KODIAK 100 POH/AFM.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
9.4 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
GENERAL 9.4-5
LIMITATIONS 9.4-5
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE LIMIT 9.4-5
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 9.4-5
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS 9.4-6
FLAP LIMITATIONS 9.4-6
WEIGHT LIMITS 9.4-6
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT9.4-7
APPROVED ICE PROTECTION FLUIDS9.4-7
MINIMUM DISPATCH FLUID LEVEL9.4-7
ICE PROTECTION FLUID LIMITS9.4-7
MAXIMUM AVAILABLE SYSTEM OPERATING TIME 9.4-8
VISUAL/TACTILE CHECK 9.4-8
WINDSHIELD PUMP 9.4-8
INERTIAL SEPARATOR 9.4-8
AUTOPILOT 9.4-8
MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE 9.4-9
REQUIRED PLACARDS 9.4-9
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES9.4-10
FAILURE OF ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM 9.4-11
TKS ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM LOW PRESSURE 9.4-11
TKS FLUID HIGH PRESSURE OR LOW QUANTITY 9.4-11
TKS ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM LOW FLOW RATE 9.4-11
TKS ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM HIGH FLOW RATE9.4-12
INADVERTENT ICING ENCOUNTER AT ALTITUDES ABOVE 20,000 FT9.4-12
INERTIAL SEPARATOR MALFUNCTION9.4-12
PROPELLER ANTI-ICE SYSTEM MALFUNCTION9.4-12
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM MALFUNCTION9.4-13
PITOT STATIC HEAT FAILURE9.4-13
STALL WARNING HEAT FAILURE9.4-13
HIGH OR LOW ICING SPEED9.4-13
NORMAL PROCEDURES9.4-14
AIRSPEEDS FOR NORMAL OPERATIONS9.4-14
PREFLIGHT INSPECTION9.4-15
CABIN9.4-15
EXTERNAL INSPECTION9.4-16
BEFORE TAKEOFF9.4-16
ANTICIPATED ICING CONDITIONS IMMEDIATELY AFTER TAKEOFF9.4-16
ICE FORMATION DETERMINATION9.4-17
IN-FLIGHT9.4-17
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.4 -3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Table of Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
9.4 - 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
9.4-1 GENERAL
The optional TKS Ice Protection System, which allows flight into known
icing, is defined by 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C, Envelopes for Continuous
Maximum and Intermittent Maximum Icing. In icing conditions, the airplane
must be operated as described in the Normal Procedures section of
this supplement. Where specific operational speeds and performance
information have been established for such conditions, this information must
be used.
9.4-2 LIMITATIONS
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE LIMIT
Minimum outside air temperature limit for TKS fluid.............................. -40C
Do not activate the TKS system at temperatures less than -40C.
At the first sign of Ice Protection System malfunction, the aircraft must
immediately exit icing conditions.
In-flight icing conditions are defined as:
Visually detected ice or the presence of visible moisture in any form at
an outside air temperature of 41F (5C) or less.
Visible rain at temperatures below 41F (5C) OAT.
Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures below 41F
(5C) OAT.
Accumulation of ice on the upper or lower surface of the wing, aft of the
protected area.
Known icing conditions are defined by 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C
(for IAC AR certified airplanes, IAC AR Aviation Regulations Part 25,
Appendix C). These conditions do not include, nor were tests conducted
in, all icing conditions that may be encountered (e.g., freezing rain, freezing
drizzle, mixed conditions, or conditions defined as severe).
Pilots who encounter icing conditions which are outside the FAR defined
conditions must divert the flight promptly. Inadvertent operation in these
conditions may be detected by unusually extensive ice accumulating on the
airframe in areas not normally observed to collect ice.
If the airplane encounters conditions that are determined to contain freezing
rain or freezing drizzle, immediately exit the conditions by changing altitude,
turning back or, if clear air is known to be immediately ahead, continuing on
course.
NO T E : The National Weather Services Automated Surface Observing
Systems (ASOS) program does not provide reports of freezing drizzle.
It is the pilots responsibility to evaluate and understand weather along
the intended route and identify any potential weather hazards through
evaluation of current observations, Pilot Reports, Area Forecasts,
AIRMETS, SIGMETS, NOTAMS, etc.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.4 - 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
The minimum airspeeds for operations in icing conditions with a fully
functional TKS Ice Protection System operating are:
Flaps 0.......................................................................................... 110 KIAS
Flaps 10-20.....................................................................................85 KIAS
TKS Ice Protection
FLAP LIMITATIONS
The flap settings for operations in icing conditions with a fully functional TKS
Ice Protection System operating are:
Climb................................................................................................Flaps 0
Cruise...............................................................................................Flaps 0
Landing.......................................................................Flaps 20 (Maximum)
Do not extend the flaps beyond 20 for landing with ice suspected on the
airframe or when operating in icing conditions.
WEIGHT LIMITS
There are no additional limitations on the maximum allowable takeoff weight
into known or forecast icing conditions for aircraft equipped with the TKS
Ice Protection System. The maximum allowable operating weights for the
aircraft are:
Max Ramp........................................................................................7305 LB
Max Takeoff......................................................................................7255 LB
Max Landing.....................................................................................6690 LB
Max Zero Fuel Weight......................................................................6490 LB
9.4 - 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
VISUAL/TACTILE CHECK
Takeoff is prohibited with any frost, ice, snow, or slush adhering to the wings,
tail, control surfaces, propeller blades, or engine inlet.
TKS Ice Protection
To assure the absence of frost, a visual and tactile check of the wing
leading edge and upper surface is required if the OAT is below 10C. This
check shall be performed in accordance with the Normal Procedures
section of this supplement. During ground icing conditions, takeoff must
be accomplished within 5 minutes of completing the inspection, unless the
airplane is operated in accordance with 14 CFR 135.227(b)(3).
Each upper surface of the wing must be inspected for the condition
and presence of vortex generators. Each wing must have all 14 vortex
generators installed on the upper surface.
WINDSHIELD PUMP
The windshield pump is rated for intermittent use only. Continuous operation
may damage the pump. Do not operate the windshield pump longer than 10
seconds. Allow 10 seconds between operations.
WARNI NG : Use of the Windshield Ice Protection System may obstruct
view due to residual ice protection fluid on the windshield. Do not operate
the Windshield Ice Protection System within 30 seconds of landing.
INERTIAL SEPARATOR
If the inertial separator is set to BYPASS at any point due to suspected or
actual icing conditions, do not return it to the NORMAL position until the
inertial separator door has been visually inspected and verified free of ice.
AUTOPILOT
Autopilot operation is prohibited when operating in icing conditions that are
outside the 14 CFR 25, Appendix C (for IAC AR certified airplanes, IAC
AR Aviation Regulations Part 25, Appendix C) defined conditions in the
Environmental Conditions section of this supplement.
9.4 - 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
REQUIRED PLACARDS
The following placards must be installed.
1. Located according to tank configuration:
CARGO COMPARTMENT CONFIG.
Placard located on the Cargo
Compartment tank, beside the filler
port.
OR
ANTI-ICE
FLUID DRAIN
100-910-0093
5. Located under the left and right wings near the TKS panels, and in front of
the horizontal tail TKS panels:
CAUTION!
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.4 - 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
6. Located on the instrument panel in plain view of the pilot (replaces nonFlight Into Known Icing placard):
This aircraft is certified in the Normal Category. The
markings and placards installed in this airplane must be
complied with when operating this airplane. Additional
operating limitations which must also be complied with
when operating this airplane are contained in the FAA
Approved Flight Manual and Pilots Operating Handbook.
Aerobatic maneuvers, including spins are PROHIBITED.
This airplane is certified for the following flight
operations as of the date of issuance of the original
airworthiness certificate.
DAY - NIGHT - VFR - IFR
TKS Ice Protection
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
1. ICE PROT and STBY ICE PROT circuit breakers.......... RESET, if necessary
2. Windshield Switch......................................................................................ON
Repeat operation of windshield pump to verify system is primed properly, as
evidenced by ice protection fluid exiting the windshield nozzles.
3. SURFACE/PROP Switch........................................................................ HIGH
If warning annunciation is no longer shown:
1. Ice Protection System..................................................................... MONITOR
If warning annunciation remains or is intermittent:
1. BACKUP PUMP Switch..............................................................................ON
2. SURFACE/PROP Switch..........................................................................OFF
3. Icing Conditions........................................................................... AVOID/EXIT
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
1. IGNITION Switch........................................................................................ON
2. Icing Conditions..............................................EXIT AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
PFD
9 . 4 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
9 . 4 -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
PREFLIGHT INSPECTION
Preflight Inspection Warnings
Use of a ladder may be necessary to gain access to the wing for visual of the
stall warning heat, and pitot/static system heat.
In cold weather, it is essential to remove even the smallest accumulations
of frost, ice, snow, or slush from the wing, tail, control surfaces, propeller
blades, and the power plant air inlets. To assure complete removal of
contamination, conduct a visual and tactile inspection of all critical surfaces.
Also, ensure the control surfaces contain no internal accumulations of ice or
debris. If these requirements are not accomplished, aircraft performance will
be degraded to a point where a safe takeoff and climb may not be possible.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
CABIN
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
EXTERNAL INSPECTION
To assure complete removal of frost, ice, snow, or slush from the wing and
control surfaces, as a minimum, conduct a visual and tactile inspection up to
two feet behind the protected surfaces, at one location along the wing span.
Also, ensure the control surfaces contain no internal accumulations of ice or
debris.
1. Wings...................................................................................................CHECK
2. Horizontal Stabilizer.............................................................................CHECK
3. Vertical Stabilizer.................................................................................CHECK
4. Windshield...........................................................................................CHECK
5. Porous Panels..................................... CHECK CONDITION and SECURITY
(Verify evidence of Ice Protection Fluid along length of all panels.)
6. Pitot/Static Tubes
(Verify left and right pitot/static tubes are perceptibly warm)
7. Stall Warning Vane.....................................................................VERIFY HOT
8. Stall Warning Mounting Plate.....................................................VERIFY HOT
9. Propeller..................................CHECK FOR FLUID FLOW FROM SPINNER
10. Engine Inlet...........................CHECK CONDITION and PROPER POSITION
11. Windshield Spray Nozzles............................................. CHECK CONDITION
In the Cabin:
12. Fluid Quantity............................................ VERIFY 9.0 GALLONS MINIMUM
13. SURFACE/PROP Switch..........................................................................OFF
14. Flaps ...................................................... 0-20 AS DESIRED FOR TAKEOFF
15. MASTER Switch.......................................................................................OFF
BEFORE TAKEOFF
9 . 4 -16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
IN-FLIGHT
1. ENG INLET Switch........................................................................... BYPASS
2. Pitot Heat Switches (L&R)..........................................................................ON
3. WINDSHIELD Switch.............................................................. AS REQUIRED
4. AUX BUS Switch........................................................................................ON
5. ECS.................................. INCREASE SET TEMP TO ABOVE CABIN TEMP
6. Defrost.........................................................................................SELECT ON
7. ICE LIGHT Switch................................................................... AS REQUIRED
8. Monitor ice accumulation:
At first sign of ice accretion:
SURFACE/PROP Switch............................ NORM or HIGH AS REQUIRED
If ice continues to accrete on wing leading edge:
SURFACE/PROP Switch............................................................. HIGH/MAX
If ice continues to accrete on wing leading edge or does not shed:
BACKUP PUMP Switch............................................................................ON
Perform Ice Protection System Failure checklist.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
AUTOPILOT
During icing conditions in cruise, increase engine power (up to maximum
continuous power) to maintain cruise speed as ice accumulates on the
unprotected areas and causes the aircraft to slow down.
The autopilot may be used in icing conditions within the icing envelope
defined in 14 CFR 25 Appendix C (for IAC AR certified airplanes, IAC AR
Aviation Regulations Part 25, Appendix C). However, every 30 minutes the
autopilot should be disconnected to detect any out-of-trim conditions caused
by ice buildup. If significant out-of-trim or other anomalous conditions are
detected, the autopilot shall remain off for the remainder of the flight.
When disconnecting the autopilot with ice accretions on the airplane, the pilot
should be alert for out-of-trim control forces.
9 . 4 -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
BALKED LANDING
1. Power Lever...................................... ADVANCE to MAX TAKEOFF POWER
2. Airspeed.......................................................................... 85 KIAS (Flaps 20)
3. Flaps.................................................................... RETRACT (95 KIAS to 10)
4. Airspeed............................................................................95 KIAS (for climb)
CAUT I ON : If a significant amount of ice has accumulated on the leading
edge of the flaps, a FLAP FAIL may occur if the flaps are retracted all the
way to 0. Do not attempt to retract the flaps to 0 until stabilized at a safe
altitude and airspeed. Refer to Section 3 of this manual if a flap failure
occurs when retracting the flaps to 0.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
9.4-5 PERFORMANCE
Airplane performance and stall speeds without ice accumulation are
essentially unchanged with the installation of the TKS Ice Protection System.
Significant climb and cruise performance degradation, range reduction, and
stall speed increase can be expected if ice accumulates on the airframe.
Residual ice on the protected areas and ice accumulation on the unprotected
areas of the airplane can cause noticeable performance losses and stall
speed increases even with the Ice Protection System operating.
7255
6690
6000
5000
STALL SPEEDS
FLAPS 0
FLAPS 10
FLAPS 20
KIAS
KCAS
KIAS
KCAS
KIAS
KCAS
63
78
51
68
47
62
30
67
83
55
73
50
66
45
75
93
61
81
56
74
60
89
110
72
96
66
87
60
74
49
63
45
59
30
65
79
52
67
48
63
45
72
87
58
75
54
70
60
85
104
69
89
64
83
57
71
46
62
43
56
30
61
76
50
66
46
60
45
68
84
55
74
51
67
60
81
100
65
87
60
80
52
65
42
56
39
51
30
56
69
45
60
42
55
45
62
77
50
67
46
61
60
74
91
60
80
55
73
9.4 -20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
NO T E S :
Climb gradients shown are the gain in altitude for the horizontal
distance traveled and is expressed as Feet Per Nautical Mile.
Do not exceed the placarded maximum climb torque, ITT (765C), and
Ng (101.6%) limits or the charted max climb torque from Section 5 of
this manual.
Dashed entries represent a negative climb rate.
Significantly improved climb performance may be attained using VY
when clear of icing conditions and no longer using the ice protection
system.
Weight
(LB)
7255
6000
5000
Press Alt.
(FT)
CLIMB GRADIENT
(Feet Per Nautical Mile)
-40 C
-20 C
0 C
S.L.
678
640
581
5000
576
523
380
10000
421
277
106
15000
142
19
20000
25000
S.L.
912
866
794
5000
787
722
548
10000
597
422
215
15000
258
110
20000
25000
S.L.
1174
1116
1029
5000
1020
941
730
10000
789
577
327
15000
378
201
20000
45
25000
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 - 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Conditions:
Power.................................................................................. Maximum Climb
Propeller Speed........................................................................... 2200 RPM
Flaps...........................................................................................................0
Engine Inlet..................................................................................... BYPASS
Airspeed......................................................................................... 115 KIAS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
NO T E S :
Rate of climb shown is the gain in altitude in feet per unit time and is
expressed as Feet Per Minute.
Do not exceed the placarded maximum climb torque, ITT (765C), and
Ng (101.6%) limits or the charted max climb torque from Section 5 of
this manual.
Dashed entries represent a negative climb rate.
Significantly improved climb performance may be attained using VY
when clear of icing conditions and no longer using the ice protection
system.
Weight
(LB)
7255
6000
5000
Press Alt.
(FT)
-20C
0C
S.L.
1162
1143
1080
5000
1084
1025
766
10000
872
599
238
15000
325
46
20000
25000
S.L.
1556
1540
1469
5000
1476
1412
1117
10000
1235
913
483
15000
591
263
20000
25000
S.L.
1987
1972
1892
5000
1902
1830
1482
10000
1626
1245
735
15000
867
479
20000
116
25000
9.4 -22
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
LANDING DISTANCE
When the aircraft has encountered icing conditions, flap deflection is limited
to a maximum deflection of 20 and the approach speed is 85 KIAS.
To calculate landing distance in icing conditions, multiply the total landing
distance by 1.5, using the applicable Landing Distance chart in the main
body of this manual.
9.2
18.4
27.6
36.8
46.0
55.2
64.4
73.6
82.8
92.0
101.2
110.4
119.6
128.8
138.0
147.2
0.45
0.89
1.34
1.78
2.23
2.67
3.12
3.56
4.01
4.45
4.90
5.21
5.34
5.79
6.68
7.12
9.2
18.4
27.6
36.8
46.0
55.2
64.4
73.6
82.8
92.0
101.2
110.4
119.6
128.8
138.0
147.2
0.07
0.13
0.20
0.26
0.33
0.39
0.46
0.52
0.59
0.65
0.72
0.78
0.85
0.91
0.98
1.05
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.4 -23
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
WEIGHING PROCEDURES
In preparation for weighing and calculating the empty weight of the TKS Ice
Protection System equipped KODIAK 100, the TKS Ice Protection System
must be drained of all fluid.
9.4 -24
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
RESERVOIR
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.4 -25
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
POROUS PANELS
The KODIAK TKS Ice Protection System is a system that exudes a filmy ice
protection fluid from porous panels on the leading edges of the aircraft. The
fluid minimizes ice formation on all lifting surfaces, propeller blades, wings,
wing struts, and horizontal and vertical stabilizers. When the system is
activated in flight, the ice protection fluid flows back over the upper and lower
surfaces of the area being protected and protects the leading edges from ice
build-up.
PROPELLER PROTECTION
A fluid slinger on the propeller provides ice protection for the propeller and
generates further ice protection for the fuselage and cargo pod forward
surfaces. Two positive displacement, constant volume metering pumps
supply fluid to the panels and propeller. Single and combined pump
operation and timed pumping provide a range of flow rates for varied icing
conditions. A single pump supplies TKS fluid to the windshield spray nozzles
for clear visibility through the windshield.
RESERVOIR
The fluid reservoir for the known icing system has a total capacity of 16.0
gallons.
For the Console Reservoir configuration, the fluid reservoir is located in the
center console between the two crew seats. The filler port for the Console
Reservoir is located on top of the center console and is accessed by lifting
the armrest.
For the Cargo Compartment Reservoir configuration, the fluid reservoir
is located in the forward end of the forward bay of the External Cargo
Compartment and is accessed by opening the forward bay access door,
extending the flexible filler tube, and removing the filler cap.
9.4 -26
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
The system is designed for flight into known icing conditions, as defined
by 14 CFR Part 23 and for use in continuous maximum and maximum
intermittent icing envelopes, as defined by 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C
(for IAC AR certified airplanes, IAC AR Aviation Regulations Part 25,
Appendix C). The HIGH mode provides 100% anti-icing protection to all
leading edge surfaces for all conditions found in the Maximum Continuous
Icing Envelope. NORMAL mode produces cycled flow 30 seconds on and 90
seconds off. During the 30 seconds on time, the flow rate is two times that
of the HIGH mode, but since it runs on a 25% duty cycle, total fluid usage
is 50% of the HIGH flow setting. MAXIMUM has two times the flow rate of
HIGH mode and therefore has 200% of the anti-ice flow needed to provide
a clean leading edge in the Maximum Continuous Icing Envelope. BACKUP
mode is the equivalent of HIGH mode, but uses a separate pump than the
HIGH mode.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.4 -27
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
MODES OF OPERATION
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
The known icing stall warning system includes a lift transducer mounted on
the left wing, and a stall warning computer which is mounted overhead in
the forward cabin. The stall warning computer schedules the stall warning
to provide consistent warning margins to the stall regardless of flap setting.
This is accomplished by computer monitoring of the flap position signal.
The flap 0 setting is on one schedule and flaps 10-35 are on a separate
schedule. This provides approximately 6 KCAS of stall warning margin at
all flap settings. In addition to the flap schedule for stall warning, there is
an offset for ice mode. The ice mode provides an additional stall warning
margin of 9-13 knots on top of the normal margins. The computer is placed in
ice mode when the left pitot heat is turned on. Any time there is ice adhering
to the aircraft, the pitot heat shall be turned on in order to provide the proper
stall warning margin. The stall warning system is heated to protect from ice
build up on the vane and mounting plate. The vane draws 20 watts of power,
the case heater draws 20 watts, and the mounting plate draws 18 watts
per square inch. The total power draw for the stall warning system heat is
approximately 240 watts.
If a failure is detected in the power to the stall warning heaters, the following
annunciation is shown: STALL HT FL
Inhibited while the flaps are extended for takeoff (10 or 20) and for 1
minute after takeoff. This 1 minute of time is to allow for the transition
from takeoff to enroute climb and exiting of the airport environment.
Inhibited while the flaps are extended for approach and landing (10
or 20). A minimum airspeed of 85 knots shall be used while in this
configuration, but no low speed caution will be provided.
9.4 -28
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
SWITCH FUNCTION
All functions of the known icing equipment are controlled by switches located
on the lower portion of the instrument panel and are grouped together in one
row labeled ICE PROTECTION.
The switches are as follows:
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.4 -29
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
OVERRIDE switch with a position for BYPASS (up) and the stowed position
(down). The switch has a detent to prevent accidental movement of it. To
move the switch to the BYPASS position, pull out on the switch before
moving the switch up to BYPASS. The override switch controls the override
actuator and is only used to move the inertial particle separator (IPS) to
BYPASS in the event of a primary actuator system failure.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
Surface/Prop Switch
(Positions for MAX, HI, NORM, and OFF)
NORM mode is the lowest fluid flow rate of the system. The flow rate is
achieved by running both metering pumps of the system on a continuous
repeat cycle of operation. The two pumps will run for approximately 30
seconds, then deactivate. After 90 seconds of inactivity, the pumps will again
activate for the 30 second operation period. This on-off cycle of operation
will continue until OFF is selected on the SURFACE/PROP switch.
HI mode is achieved by running one metering pump continuously.
MAX mode is provided for combating heavy or extreme icing conditions and
runs both metering pumps continuously for a period of two minutes. The
MAX position of the SURFACE/PROP switch is spring loaded, so once it
is released from the MAX position the switch is returned to the HI position.
When the 2 minute MAX cycle is complete, the flow rate will transition to
whichever mode is selected on the switch.
TKS Ice Protection
Windshield Switch
(Positions for ON and OFF)
The switch is spring loaded to the OFF position. When ON is selected
momentarily, the windshield pump will run for 4 seconds.
9.4 -30
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
The following annunciations are provided with the ice protection system:
Annunciation
Window Text
Annunciation Description
TKS HI PRESS
TKS fluid quantity critically low. Less than 1.5 gallons fluid quantity.
TKS fluid quantity low. Less than 23 minutes duration at current flow
rate.
TKS HI FLOW
STALL HT FL
HI ICE SPEED
LO ICE SPEED
TKS BACKUP
INLET NOT BP
TKS HI MODE
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 4 - 31
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
The ice detection lights are mounted in each crew door and are aimed along
the leading edge of each wing for easy detection of ice at night.
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
T KS I C E PROT EC T I O N
100 SERIES
SERVICING
CAUT I O NS :
Use only approved ice protection fluids, Kilfrost TKS Sustain or fluid
conforming to British Specification DTD 406B.
Certain solvents may damage the panel membranes. Use only soap
and water, isopropyl alcohol, or ethyl alcohol to clean the panels. Do
not wax the leading edge porous panels.
Porous Panels
Periodically clean the porous panels with mild soap and water using a clean
lint-free cloth. Isopropyl alcohol may be used to remove oil or grease.
System Priming
In the event of loss of prime, the windshield pump may be activated to purge
the system of any air between the main metering pumps and the fluid tank.
It is unlikely that the system will experience a loss of prime except when
the fluid tanks are intentionally run dry. If, after multiple purging attempts,
insufficient ice protection fluid is evident during the Pre-Flight Inspection, the
ice protection system must be purged in accordance with the KODIAK 100
Airplane Maintenance Manual.
9.4 -32
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
CA RG O D O O R S R E M OV E D
INTRODUCTION
When the Cargo Doors Removed Kit is installed in the KODIAK 100, this
Supplement is applicable and must be inserted in the Supplement section
(Section 9) of the KODIAK 100 Pilots Operating Handbook and FAA
Approved Airplane Flight Manual. This document must be carried in the
airplane at all times. Information in this supplement adds to, supersedes, or
deletes information contained in the basic KODIAK 100 POH/AFM.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 5 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
CA RG O D O O RS R E M OV E D
100 SERIES
9.5 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
CA RG O D O O R S R E M OV E D
GENERAL 9.5-5
LIMITATIONS 9.5-5
WEIGHT AND BALANCE LIMITS 9.5-6
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT9.5-7
REQUIRED PLACARDS9.5-7
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 9.5-9
EMERGENCY DESCENT 9.5-9
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES 9.5-9
NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.5-9
BEFORE STARTING 9.5-9
DROPPING CARGO 9.5-9
DESCENT 9.5-9
PERFORMANCE 9.5-9
WEIGHT AND BALANCE9.5-10
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS & DESCRIPTION9.5-10
INTRODUCTION9.5-10
VERTICAL SLIDING DOOR9.5-11
WIND DEFLECTOR 9.5-11
INTERNAL GRAB BAR9.5-11
PARACHUTE STATIC LINE ATTACHMENT (IF EQUIPPED)9.5-12
SIGNAL LIGHTS AND SWITCHES (IF EQUIPPED)9.5-12
JUMP EXHAUST STACKS (IF EQUIPPED)9.5-12
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE9.5-12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.5 -3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Table of Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
CA RG O D O O RS R E M OV E D
100 SERIES
9.5 - 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
CA RG O D O O R S R E M OV E D
9.5-1 GENERAL
NO T E : This supplement does not pertain to operations for skydiving/
parachute operations. For those operations, refer to the Parachute
Operations supplement.
The Cargo Doors Removed Kit is designed to improve passenger comfort
and facilitate passenger-to-pilot communications during special purpose
operations such as emergency air drops and aerial photography. The kit
consists of the following required equipment:
Wind Deflector: Installed in the aft part of the cargo door opening
to minimize airflow buffeting within the cabin with the cargo doors
removed.
Internal Grab Bar: Installed in the upper part of the cargo door opening
to provide mounting structure for the wind deflector and as a location to
hold onto while the vertical sliding door is open.
Vertical Sliding Door: Installed in the cargo door opening to keep wind
from entering the cabin during taxi, takeoff, climb, descent and landing.
Signal Lights and Switches: To provide a method for the pilot to signal
commands to crewmembers performing drops from the door.
Static line attachment: Located on the right interior sidewall across
from the cargo door. This provides a method to perform cargo drops of
supplies with automatic parachute deployment and may be used as a
tether attach point for passengers
Sill Protector: Recommended to be installed in the cargo door opening
to protect the frame of the cargo door when performing cargo drops.
Door Closing Mechanism: Provides a pilot actuated handle which allows
the pilot to close the vertical sliding door.
Jump Exhaust Stacks: Positions the exhaust plume further away from
the side of the fuselage.
9.5-2 LIMITATIONS
1. Intentional stalls are prohibited with the vertical sliding door open.
2. Vertical sliding door must be closed during takeoff, climb, descent and
landing.
3. Dropping is only allowed during straight, horizontal, coordinated, and
unaccelerated flight with the flaps at 20.
4. Maximum operating airspeed with vertical sliding door open is 120 KIAS.
5. Minimum operating airspeed with the vertical sliding door open is 70 KIAS.
6. Maximum operating airspeed with vertical sliding door closed is 182 KIAS.
7. Maximum operating airspeed while performing cargo drops is 80 KIAS.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.5 - 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
CA RG O D O O RS R E M OV E D
100 SERIES
8. All loose equipment in the cabin must be secured or stowed during taxi,
takeoff, and landing.
9. Static line length (if used) must not exceed 135 inches and must allow a
minimum of 2 inches clearance between the open end of the deployment
bag and the leading edge of the horizontal tail.
10. To ensure head clearance from the internal grab bar, no passenger seats
may be installed on the left side of the aircraft aft of FS 123.
11. To ensure head clearance from the static line attachment (if equipped), no
passenger seats may be installed on the right side of the aircraft aft of the
crew seats.
12. While the door is open, safety harnesses must be worn by any passenger/
crewmember who is not seated with their seatbelts and shoulder harness
fastened. The safety harness must be tethered to a location in the aircraft
which would prevent the person from exiting the cargo door opening.
9.5 - 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
CA RG O D O O R S R E M OV E D
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
Wind Deflector
Internal Grab Bar
Vertical Sliding Door
REQUIRED PLACARDS
The following information must be displayed in the form of placards or
markings, in the approximate locations given.
1. Located on the vertical sliding door:
CLOSED
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 5 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
CA RG O D O O RS R E M OV E D
100 SERIES
OPERATING LIMITATIONS
WITH DOOR OPEN:
Vmax 120 KIAS
Vmin
70 KIAS
INTENTIONAL STALLS PROHIBITED.
TAXI, TAKEOFF, LANDING PROHIBITED.
DURING DROPPING:
MAX BANK ANGLE
10
COORDINATED LEVEL FLIGHT ONLY.
VFR CONDITIONS ONLY.
FLAPS
20
Vmax 80 KIAS
3. Located on the wind deflector:
100-750-2609
9.5 - 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
CA RG O D O O R S R E M OV E D
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Jump Door Fails to Close After Parachutist Deployment
1. Flaps......................................................................................................0
2. Airspeed..............................................................................100-120 KIAS
3. Approach...................................................................................NORMAL
4. Landing......................................................................................NORMAL
NO T E : Airspeeds below 100 KIAS with the flaps at 0 may result in
increased cabin buffeting and/or exhaust fumes.
DROPPING CARGO
Flaps.........................................................................................................20
Airspeed...........................................................................................75 KIAS
Vertical Sliding Door............................................................................OPEN
Maximum Bank Angle..............................................................................10
Flight Path......................................................... Straight and Unaccelerated
DESCENT
In Addition to the Normal Checklist Items:
Vertical Sliding Door....................................................................... CLOSED
9.5-5 PERFORMANCE
No change.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.5 - 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
BEFORE STARTING
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
CA RG O D O O RS R E M OV E D
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
CA RG O D O O R S R E M OV E D
I.nternal Grab Bar: Installed in the upper part of the cargo door opening
to provide mounting structure for the wind deflector and as a location to
hold onto while the vertical sliding door is open.
Vertical Sliding Door: Installed in the cargo door opening to keep wind
from entering the cabin during taxi, takeoff, climb, descent and landing.
The following additional equipment may be installed as an option (not
required) for operations with the cargo doors removed:
Signal Lights and Switches: To provide a method for the pilot to signal
commands to crew members performing drops from the door.
Static line attachment: Located on the right interior sidewall across
from the cargo door. This provides a method to perform cargo drops of
supplies with automatic parachute deployment.
.Sill Protector: Installed in the cargo door opening to protect the frame of
the cargo door when performing cargo drops.
Door Closing Mechanism: Provides a pilot actuated handle which allows
the pilot to close the vertical sliding door.
Jump Exhaust Stacks: Positions the exhaust plume further away from
the side of the fuselage.
The original cargo door is replaced by a vertical sliding door made from
transparent polycarbonate panels and aluminum hinges which are guided
in UHMW (plastic) rails. The door is opened by lifting up on the bottom of
the unit and sliding it upward until it reaches its stop. To close the door, pull
down on the bottom of the door until it rests on the floor of the aircraft. If the
aircraft is equipped with an optional door closing mechanism, the pilot may
close the door by pulling the handle located in the cockpit headliner. The
door remains closed by its own weight.
WIND DEFLECTOR
A wind deflector is installed just aft of the cargo door opening to minimize
airflow buffeting within the cabin with the vertical sliding door open.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 5 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
CA RG O D O O RS R E M OV E D
100 SERIES
An additional jump light panel with green, white and red lights is installed on
the upper left portion of the instrument panel to facilitate communications
from the jumpmaster to the pilot. The lights are controlled by like colored
buttons located on the aft portion of the cargo door post. The signals from
the jumpmaster to the pilot are as follows:
Green Light............................................................................ Turn Right 10
White Light.............................................. Hold Heading, Speed and Altitude
Red Light.................................................................................. Turn Left 10
9 . 5 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
INTRODUCTION
ECC
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 6 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
ECC
9.6 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
GENERAL 9.6-5
ECC DIMENSIONS 9.6-5
LIMITATIONS 9.6-5
REQUIRED PLACARDS 9.6-5
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES9.6-7
NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.6-8
NORMAL PROCEDURES CHECKLIST 9.6-8
LEFT SIDE 9.6-8
AFT SECTION 9.6-8
RIGHT SIDE 9.6-8
RIGHT FRONT 9.6-8
LEFT FRONT 9.6-8
AMPLIFIED NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.6-8
PERFORMANCE 9.6-9
MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHTS WITH ECC 9.6-9
OBSTACLE TAKEOFF DISTANCE WITH ECC 9.6-11
TAKEOFF RATE OF CLIMB WITH ECC9.6-14
TAKEOFF CLIMB GRADIENT WITH ECC9.6-16
ENROUTE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ECC9.6-18
ENROUTE CLIMB GRADIENT WITH ECC9.6-20
CRUISE PERFORMANCE WITH ECC 9.6-22
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ECC (Press. Alt. SEA LEVEL)9.6-23
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 1000 FT)9.6-24
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 2000 FT)9.6-25
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 3000 FT)9.6-26
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 4000 FT)9.6-27
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 5000 FT)9.6-28
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 6000 FT) 9.6-29
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 7000 FT) 9.6-30
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 8000 FT)9.6-31
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 9000 FT) 9.6-32
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 10,000 FT) 9.6-33
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 11,000 FT) 9.6-34
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 12,000 FT) 9.6-35
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 13,000 FT) 9.6-36
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 14,000 FT) 9.6-37
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 15,000 FT) 9.6-38
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 16,000 FT) 9.6-39
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 17,000 FT) 9.6-40
CRUISE PERFORMANCE W/ ECC (Press. Alt. 18,000 FT)9.6-41
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 -3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
ECC
Table of Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
ECC
9.6 - 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
9.6-1 GENERAL
The KODIAK 100 may be equipped with an External Cargo Compartment
(ECC) that attaches to the bottom of the fuselage and provides an additional
cargo volume of 63 cubic feet (or 750 pound capacity). The ECC is
comprised of the nose fairing and the body of the pod, which are separated
by a stainless steel firewall. The ECC has three separate compartments
that are accessible through three doors on the left side of the aircraft. Once
installed, the ECC and its components will increase the empty weight of the
aircraft by approximately 175 pounds.
The External Cargo Compartment is attached to the bottom of the aircraft
using screws and nutplates, and is fabricated from a gel coat, fiberglass,
resin, and foam core composite, also containing ground plane mesh. Ventral
fins, strakes, and aerodynamic fences are installed to provide additional
directional stability. Fuel drains and vents are routed to a common drain
manifold on the right side. Jacking of the nose gear is accomplished with
a column jack point, which extends below the aircraft firewall, through the
ECC.
ECC DIMENSIONS
ECC Volume...................................................................................63 CU FT
Maximum Floor Loading......................................................... 65 LB / SQ FT
Bay One Door Dimensions......................................................25.5 x 13.5 IN
Bay Two Door Dimensions.........................................................29.5 x 14 IN
Bay Three Door Dimensions............................................... 39 x 4.5 to 11 IN
9.6-2 LIMITATIONS
REQUIRED PLACARDS
ECC
FUEL FILTER
LOCATED INSIDE DOOR
DRAIN DAILY
100-910-0075
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 - 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
FUEL RESERVOIR
BLADDER DRAIN
OPEN
100-910-0074
CLOSE
ECC
POD BAY 1
MAX WEIGHT 290 LB
MAX FLOOR LOADING
65 LB PER SQ FT
NO SHARP EDGES
100-910-0081
9.6 - 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
POD BAY 2
MAX WEIGHT 280 LB
MAX FLOOR LOADING
65 LB PER SQ FT
NO SHARP EDGES
100-910-0082
POD BAY 3
MAX WEIGHT 180 LB
MAX FLOOR LOADING
65 LB PER SQ FT
NO SHARP EDGES
100-910-0083
ECC
9. Located on the forward main landing gear frame on both sides of the
aircraft.
100-910-0114
9 . 6 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
LEFT SIDE
1. Fuselage Floor Skin Drain Holes..................................................CHECK
(Check for any sign of leaks in the aircraft sidewall or sub-floor.)
2. Ensure cargo is secure and within the weight limits of each bay.
3. Ensure three ECC doors are closed and latched.
AFT SECTION
Ensure strakes and ventrals are secure and in good condition.
RIGHT SIDE
Open Fuel Drain Manifold Access Door and sump fuel out of flexible plastic
tube into a suitable container by pressing each of the fuel drain manifold
buttons.
RIGHT FRONT
1. Sump Firewall Mounted Fuel Filter by opening access door and pushing
up onto drain sleeve. Drain fuel into a suitable container.
2. Remove engine inlet bypass outlet plugs if installed.
LEFT FRONT
Sump EPA can drain located on bottom of pod fairing.
ECC
9.6 - 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
9.6-5 PERFORMANCE
MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHTS WITH ECC
(Refer to the table below)
Conditions:
Maximum Takeoff Power
Flaps 20
Altitude
Climb Speed Vy
(KIAS)
S.L.
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
87
87
86
85
83
82
81
NOTES:
These weights assure the availability of a steady gradient of climb of at
least 243 FT/NM with the flaps at 20.
Dashed entries correspond to outside air temperatures beyond the aircraft
operating limits.
Yellow shaded areas correspond to weight limits below the maximum
takeoff weight.
NO T E : For temperatures below 3C and altitudes below 5000 ft, the
takeoff weight limit is 7,255 lb.
NO T E : Blue numbers indicate performance with Air Conditioning
ON, black numbers indicate performance with Air Conditioning OFF.
OAT
(F)
8000
37
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
41
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
45
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
9
11
48
52
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
12000
7255
ECC
OAT
(C)
7205
7255
7099
7255
6990
7204
7235
6880
7255
7093
7119
6765
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 - 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
OAT
(C)
OAT
(F)
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
100 SERIES
8000
55
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
59
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
63
66
70
73
77
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
ECC
27
81
7255
7255
7255
29
84
7255
7255
7255
31
88
7255
7255
33
91
7255
7255
35
95
7255
37
99
7255
39
102
41
106
7255
7255
7255
7255
7212
6868
7228
6883
6528
7255
7092
6750
7103
6759
6404
7255
6972
6628
6977
6631
6276
7182
6848
6503
7182
6846
6501
6144
7255
7054
6720
6374
7044
6712
6365
6005
7251
6924
6588
6241
6572
6223
5861
6789
6453
6105
7100
6762
6427
6078
5714
7255
6975
6650
6313
6946
6613
6277
5927
7255
7150
6832
6506
7128
6786
6459
6122
7255
6996
6683
6959
6621
6301
6833
6450
7255
6985
6961
6601
7255
6648
7114
7158
6774
7255
6982
7003
6907
6783
7138
7255
7255
7255
7255
7255
7158
6948
7255
7140
7255
7255
7255
12000
Table 9.6-1 (continued) Maximum Takeoff Weight with External Cargo Compartment
9 . 6 -10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
NO T E S:
Obstacle takeoff technique utilized as outlined in Section 4.
Rotation initiated at stall speed.
Decrease distances 10% for each 12 knots headwind. For operation in
tailwinds up to 10 knots, increase distances by 10% for each 2 knots.
For operation on a hard dry grass runway, increase distances by 15%
of the ground roll calculation.
With takeoff power set below the torque limit, increase both ground
roll and total distances by 1%, for the inertial separator system in
bypass.
For operation in air colder than this table provides, use the coldest
data for takeoff distances.
For operation in air warmer than this table provides, use extreme
caution.
Dashed entries indicate atmospheric temperatures beyond the aircraft
operating limits.
For each 1% of upsloped runway (up to 3% grade), increase the table
distances by:
22% of the ground roll distance at Sea Level to 4,999 feet
30% of the ground roll distance at 5,000 to 9,999 feet
43% of the ground roll distance at 10,000 feet or above
For each 1% of downsloped runway, decrease the table distances by:
7% of the ground roll distance at Sea Level to 4,999 feet
10% of the ground roll distance at 5,000 feet to 9,999 feet
14 % of the ground roll distance at 10,000 feet or above
When Air Conditioning is ON, and takeoff power is set below the
torque limit, increase ground roll by 6.1% and total distance by 6.7%.
NO T E : Red shaded areas represent data at temperatures greater than
the maximum approved operating OAT, but may be used for the purpose of
interpolating.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 6 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
ECC
Conditions:
Winds.....................................................................................................Zero
Runway...............................................................Paved, Level, Dry Runway
Flaps.........................................................................................................20
Power..............................................Maximum Torque (per POH Figure 5-2)
Propeller....................................................................................... 2200 RPM
Inertial Air Particle Separator.............................................................Normal
Example:
Results:
Rotation Speed.....................60 KIAS
Outside Air Temperature...............20C
50 Foot Obstacle Speed.......73 KIAS
Weight............................. 7255 pounds
Takeoff Ground Roll............. 1508 feet
Field Pressure Altitude................. 4000
Headwind Component............ 12 knots
Total Distance Over
50 Foot Obstacle................. 2245 feet
Runway..................... Level, Dry Grass
9 . 6 -12
6000
7255
0C
10C
20C
30C
40C
50C
1502
938
2157
2377
11000
12000
1192
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
1663
1809
1972
1089
1196
1316
1451
9000
10000
11000
12000
972
1654
1500
1357
1235
1122
1021
932
851
777
710
661
626
593
2711
2457
2223
2023
1838
1673
1527
1395
1274
1164
1083
1026
1586
1894
1715
1555
1413
1283
1166
1064
972
889
813
743
681
629
3104
2810
2548
2315
2103
1911
1743
1593
1457
1332
1218
1116
1031
1671
2809
2567
2349
2155
1975
1812
1668
1538
1420
1310
1209
1118
1043
4504
4115
3767
3454
3167
2904
2673
2466
2276
2099
1938
1792
1177
2211
2001
1805
1637
1488
1352
1230
1122
1027
938
857
784
718
3623
3278
2958
2682
2438
2216
2016
1839
1682
1537
1404
1284
1908
3285
3000
2731
2500
2293
2103
1931
1778
1641
1513
1395
1287
1191
5266
4809
4379
4007
3677
3371
3095
2850
2631
2426
2235
2063
2454
2245
2050
1883
1727
1586
1462
1348
1242
1145
1077
1032
990
3934
3599
3287
3019
2768
2542
2343
2160
1991
1835
1726
1654
1368
1927
1757
1598
1447
1314
1200
1095
999
914
835
3158
2880
2618
2372
2153
1967
1795
1637
1497
2951
2717
2493
2278
2087
1924
1772
1630
1504
1386
4731
4356
3997
3652
3345
3083
2839
2613
2411
2222
1618
1427
1299
1185
1084
987
2338
2129
1941
1777
2637
2297
2110
1941
1793
1646
3681
3382
3110
2872
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
2153
1406
1527
903
991
7000
1296
8000
752
5000
1112
825
694
4000
1065
1021
978
2666
2449
2253
2077
6000
622
657
2000
3000
558
1784
1959
9000
10000
589
1623
8000
S.L.
3162
3452
1480
7000
1000
2900
1351
6000
1783
1910
1138
1232
4000
1707
1635
1567
5000
1019
1077
2000
3000
914
965
S.L.
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS
1000
Press
Alt
(FT)
ECC
WT
(LB)
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
0C
10C
20C
30C
40C
50C
597
344
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
459
505
11000
12000
609
379
417
9000
10000
788
722
662
515
559
315
345
7000
474
436
407
8000
262
5000
287
242
4000
390
374
359
894
6000
217
229
2000
3000
194
1255
1369
819
903
11000
12000
205
1151
678
744
9000
10000
S.L.
1058
617
8000
1000
972
562
7000
758
824
468
513
5000
708
678
650
623
6000
409
432
3000
387
2000
4000
347
367
S.L.
630
898
822
750
689
632
581
535
493
455
419
395
378
363
1561
1428
1304
1198
1098
1009
930
857
790
729
685
657
392
660
598
542
492
447
406
371
339
310
283
259
237
219
1179
1068
968
880
799
726
662
605
554
506
463
424
1028
939
860
789
723
663
611
563
520
480
443
409
382
1787
1633
1494
1371
1256
1153
1061
979
904
833
769
711
663
447
771
697
629
570
519
471
429
391
358
327
299
273
250
1376
1245
1124
1019
926
842
766
699
639
584
533
488
758
1202
1098
1000
915
840
770
707
651
601
554
511
472
436
2089
1908
1737
1590
1459
1338
1228
1131
1044
963
887
819
520
672
612
557
504
458
418
382
348
318
291
1200
1094
995
901
818
747
682
622
569
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9 . 6 -13
ECC
577
523
473
430
391
356
325
297
271
248
230
218
207
1030
933
845
769
698
635
580
530
484
442
412
390
369
1081
995
913
834
764
705
649
597
551
508
2274
1729
1586
1450
1328
1224
1127
1038
957
882
497
453
413
378
344
888
809
737
675
615
842
773
711
657
603
1462
1343
1235
1141
1048
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Ground
Total Feet to
Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS Roll (FT) Clear 50 OBS
1000
Press
Alt
(FT)
100 SERIES
4000
5000
WT
(LB)
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
9 . 6 -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
87
2000
87
1288 1261
4000
86
1263 1221
6000
85
1220
8000
83
10000
82
12000
81
1100
1031
917
846
741
668
1053
968
871
792
694
602
516
430
1094
1005
915
832
748
651
573
487
403
302
232
142
859
773
688
584
518
427
356
247
196
97
42
- 73
-117
-221
619
527
453
331
292
193
S.L.
87
2000
87
1780 1756
4000
86
1760 1719
6000
85
1721
8000
83
10000
82
12000
81
1589
1506
1384
1297
1185
1097
1528
1425
1323
1227
1124
1013
924
820
1562
1454
1357
1256
1168
1051
973
868
783
661
591
482
1276
1173
1079
954
886
776
703
571
526
406
356
217
179
54
991
879
800
652
617
497
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
87
2000
87
2312 2291
4000
86
2297 2255
6000
85
2260
8000
83
10000
82
12000
81
2113
2014
1878
1775
1651
1545
2035
1912
1802
1687
1575
1442
1346
1222
2065
1935
1827
1707
1611
1471
1389
1264
1174
1028
956
825
1721
1596
1492
1342
1269
1137
1061
902
860
717
670
503
470
320
1381
1247
1160
982
949
806
S.L.
87
2000
87
3071 3052
4000
86
3060 3015
6000
85
3024
8000
83
10000
82
12000
81
2852
2728
2571
2441
2299
2166
2751
2596
2472
2327
2201
2034
1926
1771
2775
2614
2488
2337
2228
2053
1963
1806
1707
1525
1447
1284
2344
2188
2066
1878
1797
1631
1547
1349
1309
1130
1085
876
848
661
1922
1755
1654
1431
1400
1221
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 6 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
ECC
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
9 . 6 -16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
87
970
915
2000
87
919
865
4000
86
876
814
6000
85
826
8000
83
10000
82
12000
81
729
683
594
548
467
420
683
628
554
504
432
374
312
260
861
722
663
586
532
467
407
351
298
242
181
135
83
565
508
437
371
320
264
215
149
116
58
24
- 42
- 66
-125
401
341
284
207
178
118
S.L.
87
2000
87
4000
86
6000
85
8000
83
10000
82
12000
81
845
775
1039 689
1284 1217
966 608
874 549
1232 1156
808 480
999 733 425
1175
930 659 345
1062 847 598 311
1005 784 533 241
902 702 471 207
845 632 397 126
749 560 345 101
693 497 281 31
1346 1277 1210
643
570
501
408
375
302
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
87
2000
87
1694 1610
4000
86
1632 1537
6000
85
1564
8000
83
10000
82
12000
81
1429
1358
1236
1165
1052
982
1345
1260
1163
1086
991
905
821
744
1389
1298
1188
1106
1018
927
858
779
708
619
560
483
1148
1063
958
860
790
706
643
546
511
425
389
292
265
181
901
812
730
616
579
491
S.L.
87
2000
87
2320 2205
4000
86
2238 2109
6000
85
2149
8000
83
10000
82
12000
81
1974
1879
1723
1630
1485
1394
1856
1743
1621
1520
1402
1291
1186
1087
1908
1787
1644
1537
1426
1308
1225
1124
1038
924
852
754
1589
1477
1342
1215
1127
1021
943
820
781
673
632
510
480
373
1268
1153
1048
904
859
747
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 6 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
ECC
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
ECC
9 . 6 -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
101
101
101
101
101
25000
PRESS
ALT FT
S.L.
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
101
10000
20000
101
5000
101
101
S.L.
15000
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
PRESS
ALT FT
938
574
425
104
1177
812
680
344
228
99
258
614
729
1039
1189
1416
0C
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9 . 6 -19
490
56
359
162
ECC
670
998
830
1789
2119
1304
1948
2266
1088
2340
2344
1631
2399
2399
1438
2439
-20C
2439
-40C
49
247
632
864
1336
1504
1914
2131
2425
0C
1191
1956
24
308
752
939
1275
529
826
1376
2118
1523
40C
65
20C
201
330
589
270
674
547
1195
1083
759
40C
20C
788
985
50C
265
401
50C
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
S.L.
PRESS
ALT FT
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
S.L.
PRESS
ALT FT
101
101
101
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
101
101
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
236
386
751
931
1349
1481
1820
1869
1914
27
365
558
966
1105
1460
1641
1898
0C
427
673
1240
1450
1982
2222
2816
3000
3083
3151
3188
-40C
304
824
1050
1552
1822
2411
2609
3084
3157
3194
-20C
280
529
990
1279
1852
2061
2557
2829
3183
0C
237
591
1128
1362
1765
2074
2602
2804
20C
838
1210
1650
1881
40C
296
544
861
1014
40C
88
474
630
923
1129
1502
1637
20C
116
526
666
1048
1209
1630
1752
1829
1875
1919
-40C
1150
1396
50C
523
687
50C
100 SERIES
1047
1278
1384
1343
1395
1357
1434
-20C
1445
-40C
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
ECC
9.6 -20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
101
101
101
101
101
15000
20000
25000
PRESS
ALT FT
S.L.
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
101
5000
101
101
S.L.
10000
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
PRESS
ALT FT
45
118
310
369
579
664
870
0C
311
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9 . 6 - 21
ECC
288
447
22
518
716
65
622
814
144
949
1179
210
1035
1264
371
1420
1383
1483
1447
1593
-20C
1665
-40C
34
20
102
289
396
678
765
1079
1206
1521
0C
681
1170
11
136
367
459
687
274
429
788
1271
823
40C
20C
98
161
316
140
384
706
640
408
40C
20C
442
553
50C
148
224
50C
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
S.L.
PRESS
ALT FT
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
S.L.
PRESS
ALT FT
101
101
101
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
101
101
101
101
101
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
101
166
357
443
712
783
1065
1095
1234
11
167
255
489
560
818
921
1176
0C
171
270
556
651
993
1118
1590
1701
1944
1992
2237
-40C
154
282
491
579
40C
117
354
451
742
874
1292
1403
1859
1908
2140
-20C
116
218
454
587
945
1055
1460
1625
2043
0C
104
261
552
667
957
1130
1579
1711
20C
435
630
949
1086
40C
39
231
307
496
608
892
974
20C
47
235
298
521
601
900
969
1117
1146
1292
-40C
647
787
50C
293
385
50C
100 SERIES
45
154
102
493
646
273
551
703
202
781
823
403
805
846
337
917
-20C
963
-40C
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
NO T E S :
The highest torque value for each temperature and RPM value
represents the maximum allowable cruise power. Do not exceed this
torque value: 740C ITT, or 101.6% Ng, whichever occurs first.
With the inertial air particle separator placed in BYPASS and the
power set below the cruise torque limit of 1840 foot-pounds, decrease
the maximum cruise torque by 55 foot-pounds. Do not exceed 740C
ITT or 101.6% Ng.
When the Air Conditioning is ON, and power is set below the cruise
torque limit of 1840 foot-pounds, decrease the maximum cruise torque
by 80 foot-pounds. Do not exceed 740C ITT or 101.6% Ng.
Propeller RPM (Np) may be set as low as 1900 RPM to reduce cabin
noise. Do not exceed 1840 foot-pounds of torque, 740 degrees C ITT,
or 101.6% NG. To achieve optimum cruise performance, set Np at or
above 2000 RPM.
NO T E : Green numbers indicate performance numbers for standard
temperatures at that altitude.
ECC
9.6 -22
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
50
40
30
20
15
10
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
1670
1250
1140
1090
660
1670
1250
1130
1090
660
418
343
324
315
243
419
345
323
316
244
416
343
320
315
245
384
322
316
297
247
354
315
300
278
249
166
146
139
135
69
167
147
139
136
70
167
147
138
136
72
160
140
137
127
73
152
138
129
116
75
145
139
121
105
76
TAS
KTS
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9.6 -23
ECC
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
1070
660
1840
1380
1190
1060
660
1810
1360
1180
1050
660
1610
1210
1050
1020
670
1400
1060
1050
910
680
1240
1070
930
810
680
TRQ
LBFT
424
345
316
296
232
425
346
317
296
233
421
344
315
295
235
387
322
297
292
238
355
301
300
278
241
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
332
305
283
264
243
2000 RPM
167
148
138
131
72
168
149
139
131
73
168
149
139
131
74
162
142
132
130
76
154
134
134
123
82
147
137
126
114
86
TAS
KTS
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1230
1090
690
1670
1250
1180
1090
690
1670
1250
1130
1090
680
1670
1250
1090
1090
680
1670
1250
1090
1050
670
1670
1250
1170
1090
660
TRQ
LBFT
407
329
326
300
234
409
332
319
303
236
410
334
313
305
237
412
337
308
308
238
414
339
310
305
239
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
416
341
328
313
241
2200 RPM
152
132
131
120
65
155
135
130
123
65
157
137
130
126
66
159
140
128
128
68
162
142
130
128
70
164
144
139
132
70
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1840
1380
1190
1140
660
1840
1380
1190
1100
660
1840
1380
1190
1050
660
1840
1380
1190
1020
660
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
TRQ
LBFT
416
332
301
275
218
417
334
304
295
220
418
336
306
291
223
420
338
309
286
225
421
341
311
283
227
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
422
343
313
287
230
2000 RPM
154
136
127
116
63
157
138
129
126
64
159
141
131
126
65
161
143
133
125
67
163
144
135
124
69
165
146
137
127
71
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
1650
1240
1100
1070
660
1460
1100
1060
950
660
1270
1040
960
830
660
1130
1040
850
730
660
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
332
316
284
264
252
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
9.6 -24
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
40
30
20
13
10
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
412
337
317
308
236
414
339
313
310
238
415
340
311
311
239
402
331
309
304
240
371
311
305
287
242
166
146
139
135
70
168
148
138
137
72
169
148
138
138
72
167
146
138
135
73
160
139
137
127
75
152
138
129
115
77
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
1010
660
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1840
1380
1190
1020
660
1750
1320
1140
1000
670
1560
1170
1010
1010
680
1360
1060
1020
880
680
TRQ
LBFT
420
339
309
280
225
421
341
311
286
227
421
341
312
285
229
407
333
305
283
231
374
311
287
287
234
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
344
296
290
269
236
2000 RPM
167
148
139
127
73
169
150
140
130
75
170
150
141
130
75
168
148
139
129
76
162
142
132
131
83
154
136
133
122
86
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1180
1090
690
1670
1250
1140
1090
680
1670
1250
1090
1090
680
1670
1250
1090
1050
670
1670
1250
1170
1090
660
TRQ
LBFT
405
325
312
296
229
406
328
308
299
230
408
330
303
301
232
409
332
304
297
233
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
411
335
321
306
234
2200 RPM
154
134
130
123
67
157
137
130
126
68
159
139
129
128
69
162
142
130
128
70
164
144
139
132
70
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
1150
660
1840
1380
1190
1100
660
1840
1380
1190
1060
660
1840
1380
1190
1020
660
1840
1380
1190
1010
660
TRQ
LBFT
415
328
298
290
213
416
330
300
284
216
417
332
302
281
218
418
334
304
276
220
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
419
337
307
278
223
2000 RPM
156
138
129
126
64
159
140
131
125
65
161
142
133
125
67
163
144
135
124
69
165
146
137
126
71
TAS
KTS
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
1670
1250
1130
1090
660
1670
1250
1100
1090
660
1670
1250
1090
1090
660
1590
1200
1060
1040
660
1410
1060
1030
920
660
1240
1030
930
800
660
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
343
307
290
269
244
2200 RPM
ECC
TEMP
C
PWR
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
40
30
20
11
10
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
1670
1250
1100
1090
660
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
409
332
306
304
232
411
335
306
302
234
411
335
306
302
234
388
320
299
294
236
358
300
295
277
237
168
148
138
137
72
170
150
139
138
74
171
150
139
138
74
167
146
137
134
75
160
138
136
126
78
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9.6 -25
ECC
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1840
1380
1190
1000
670
1840
1380
1190
1000
670
1700
1270
1100
970
670
1500
1130
1040
980
670
418
335
305
279
220
419
337
307
276
224
419
337
307
277
224
393
321
294
274
227
361
300
287
277
229
FUEL
TAS
TRQ
PWR
FLOW
LBFT
KTS
PPH
152 100% 1320
333
138 Rng 1020
286
128 75%
990
281
114 65%
860
260
79
End
670
231
2000 RPM
169
150
140
130
75
171
152
142
129
76
171
152
142
130
76
168
148
138
129
83
161
141
135
130
86
154
135
133
121
89
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-20
-30
-40
-50
PWR
-10
TEMP
C
1670
1250
1140
1090
680
1670
1250
1090
1090
680
1670
1250
1090
1060
670
1670
1250
1090
1010
660
1670
1250
1130
1090
660
TRQ
LBFT
403
322
301
292
223
404
324
295
295
225
405
326
297
292
226
406
328
299
287
227
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
408
330
310
302
229
2200 RPM
156
136
130
125
69
159
139
129
128
69
161
141
130
129
70
164
144
132
127
70
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1840
1380
1190
1110
660
1840
1380
1190
1060
660
1840
1380
1190
1020
660
1840
1380
1190
980
660
414
325
294
280
210
414
327
296
275
212
415
329
298
270
214
416
331
300
267
216
FUEL
TAS
TRQ
PWR
FLOW
KTS
LBFT
PPH
166 100% 1840
417
146 75% 1380
333
139 65% 1190
303
135 Rng
990
271
70
End
650
218
2000 RPM
158
140
131
126
65
161
142
133
125
67
163
144
135
124
70
165
146
137
123
71
167
148
139
126
73
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
1540
1160
1030
1000
660
1370
1020
1000
890
660
1200
1010
900
780
660
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
332
299
281
260
239
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
9.6 -26
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
40
30
20
10
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
406
328
299
295
227
404
327
299
292
229
401
326
298
292
229
374
309
288
283
231
346
292
289
267
233
170
150
139
138
74
171
151
140
137
76
171
150
140
137
76
166
145
136
133
78
159
139
137
124
80
151
139
127
113
81
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
1000
660
1810
1360
1180
970
670
1800
1350
1170
970
670
1640
1230
1060
980
670
1450
1090
1010
940
670
1280
990
960
830
680
TRQ
LBFT
416
331
301
270
217
412
330
300
267
220
410
328
299
267
220
380
310
284
271
223
348
290
277
267
225
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
322
276
271
251
227
2000 RPM
171
152
142
130
77
172
153
143
129
83
172
152
142
129
83
167
147
137
131
85
160
140
134
129
89
153
134
132
119
90
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1100
1090
670
1670
1250
1090
1050
670
1670
1250
1090
1010
660
1670
1250
1090
980
660
1670
1250
1100
1090
660
TRQ
LBFT
401
318
291
289
218
402
320
291
285
220
403
322
293
280
221
404
324
295
277
223
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
405
326
299
297
225
2200 RPM
159
139
129
128
69
161
141
130
128
69
163
143
132
127
70
166
146
135
127
70
168
148
138
137
72
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
1070
660
1840
1380
1190
1030
660
1840
1380
1190
980
660
1840
1380
1190
980
650
1840
1380
1190
980
650
TRQ
LBFT
414
322
290
270
206
414
324
293
265
208
414
326
295
261
210
415
327
297
262
211
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
415
329
299
264
214
2000 RPM
160
142
132
125
67
163
144
135
124
69
165
146
137
123
72
167
148
139
125
73
169
150
140
126
75
TAS
KTS
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
1650
1240
1070
1030
660
1640
1230
1060
1030
660
1490
1120
1000
970
660
1320
1010
990
860
660
1160
990
870
760
650
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
321
291
271
252
234
2200 RPM
ECC
TEMP
C
PWR
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
40
30
20
10
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
1670
1250
1090
1010
660
1620
1220
1050
990
660
404
324
295
283
223
395
319
291
281
224
387
315
287
280
224
361
298
279
273
226
333
284
279
257
228
173
152
141
136
76
172
151
140
136
79
171
150
139
135
79
166
144
136
132
80
158
139
136
123
83
151
139
126
110
84
TAS
KTS
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9.6 -27
ECC
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
970
670
1780
1340
1160
950
670
1740
1300
1130
950
670
1580
1180
1030
1010
670
1400
1050
980
910
680
1240
1020
930
800
680
TRQ
LBFT
415
327
297
261
214
404
322
292
259
216
395
317
288
260
216
366
299
274
271
218
336
279
268
257
221
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
311
276
262
243
223
2000 RPM
173
154
144
129
83
173
153
143
128
85
172
152
142
129
85
167
146
136
134
89
160
139
133
128
90
152
138
131
117
91
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1090
1060
670
1670
1250
1090
1020
660
1670
1250
1090
970
660
1670
1250
1090
940
660
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
TRQ
LBFT
400
315
285
281
214
400
317
287
275
215
401
319
289
270
217
402
321
291
267
219
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
403
323
293
289
221
2200 RPM
161
141
130
129
69
163
143
132
128
70
166
145
135
126
70
168
148
137
126
72
170
150
139
138
74
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
1020
660
1840
1380
1190
990
650
1840
1380
1190
950
650
1840
1380
1190
970
650
1840
1380
1190
960
660
TRQ
LBFT
414
319
287
259
202
414
321
289
256
203
414
323
291
252
205
414
324
293
258
207
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
414
326
295
257
211
2000 RPM
162
144
134
124
69
165
146
136
124
72
167
148
138
122
73
169
150
140
126
76
171
152
142
126
77
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
1580
1190
1030
980
660
1430
1080
970
930
660
1270
990
950
830
650
1130
970
840
730
660
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
310
283
262
243
231
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
9.6 -28
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
40
30
20
10
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
400
320
290
273
218
386
311
284
273
219
374
303
277
270
220
348
287
276
263
221
321
277
268
248
224
174
154
143
135
79
172
151
140
136
80
170
149
138
135
81
165
143
138
131
83
157
139
134
121
84
150
142
125
108
88
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
1830
1370
1190
940
670
1750
1310
1140
930
670
1680
1260
1090
970
670
1520
1140
990
980
670
1340
1010
990
870
680
1200
1020
900
780
680
TRQ
LBFT
412
323
292
252
210
396
314
285
252
211
381
305
278
258
212
352
288
263
262
215
323
269
266
248
217
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
300
272
253
234
220
2000 RPM
175
155
145
128
85
173
153
143
128
87
171
151
141
131
89
166
145
134
134
91
159
137
136
126
91
152
139
129
115
91
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1090
1030
660
1670
1250
1090
980
660
1670
1250
1090
940
660
1670
1250
1090
1060
660
1670
1250
1090
1010
660
TRQ
LBFT
399
312
282
271
209
399
314
284
266
210
400
316
286
261
213
401
317
288
283
215
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
401
319
289
277
217
2200 RPM
163
143
132
128
69
165
145
135
127
70
168
148
137
126
72
170
150
139
138
75
173
152
141
136
76
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
990
650
1840
1380
1190
950
650
1840
1380
1190
950
650
1840
1380
1190
960
660
1840
1380
1190
950
670
TRQ
LBFT
415
317
284
250
198
414
318
286
246
199
414
320
288
247
201
414
321
289
251
204
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
414
323
291
252
208
2000 RPM
164
146
136
123
71
167
148
138
122
74
169
150
140
124
76
171
152
142
126
77
173
154
144
128
82
TAS
KTS
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
1660
1250
1080
980
660
1590
1190
1030
970
650
1520
1140
990
950
650
1380
1040
970
900
650
1220
970
920
790
660
1090
980
820
710
670
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
299
281
253
235
228
2200 RPM
ECC
TEMP
C
PWR
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
30
20
10
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
1600
1200
1040
950
650
1560
1170
1010
940
650
386
308
280
264
214
377
303
276
263
214
360
292
267
266
215
334
276
269
253
218
174
153
142
135
82
173
151
140
134
82
170
148
137
136
83
164
142
138
129
86
156
141
133
118
88
TAS
KTS
ECC
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
1760
1320
1140
920
670
1720
1290
1120
940
670
1620
1210
1050
960
670
1460
1090
950
950
680
1290
1000
970
840
680
TRQ
LBFT
397
311
281
246
206
387
306
277
249
207
367
294
268
254
209
339
277
253
253
211
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
311
264
258
238
214
2000 RPM
175
154
144
128
89
173
153
143
130
90
170
150
139
133
91
165
144
133
133
91
158
138
136
123
93
TAS
KTS
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1090
980
650
1670
1250
1090
950
660
1670
1250
1090
910
660
1670
1250
1090
1010
660
1670
1250
1090
980
650
TRQ
LBFT
399
309
278
260
204
399
311
280
257
207
399
313
282
252
209
400
314
284
271
211
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
400
316
286
267
212
2200 RPM
165
145
134
127
70
167
147
137
126
71
170
150
139
125
75
172
152
141
136
77
175
154
143
135
79
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TAS
PWR
KTS
1840
1380
1190
960
650
1840
1380
1190
920
650
1840
1380
1190
950
660
1840
1380
1190
940
660
1840
1380
1190
920
670
TRQ
LBFT
417
315
281
242
193
416
316
283
238
195
415
317
285
245
198
414
319
286
245
202
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
414
320
288
244
204
2000 RPM
166
148
138
123
74
169
150
140
121
76
171
152
142
126
78
173
154
144
127
82
176
156
146
127
85
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
1470
1100
950
950
650
1330
1000
960
860
660
1170
970
880
760
670
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
308
272
258
238
221
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9.6 -29
9.6 -30
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
30
20
10
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
1540
1160
1000
910
650
1530
1140
990
910
650
1410
1060
960
920
660
1270
960
940
830
660
1130
940
850
730
670
TRQ
LBFT
371
296
269
254
209
368
295
268
254
209
346
281
263
257
212
321
265
262
243
215
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
296
263
248
229
218
2200 RPM
173
152
141
133
84
173
151
140
133
84
169
147
139
135
86
163
140
139
127
87
155
140
131
115
92
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
ECC
TEMP
C
PWR
1690
1270
1100
940
670
1680
1260
1090
950
670
1550
1170
1010
930
680
1400
1050
970
910
680
1240
970
930
810
690
TRQ
LBFT
382
299
271
244
203
378
298
269
246
203
353
283
258
246
205
325
266
254
243
208
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
298
255
248
229
210
2000 RPM
174
154
143
131
91
174
153
143
132
91
170
149
138
132
91
164
143
136
131
93
157
138
134
120
93
TAS
KTS
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1090
950
660
1670
1250
1090
910
660
1670
1250
1090
880
660
1670
1250
1090
980
650
1650
1240
1080
950
650
TRQ
LBFT
400
307
275
251
201
399
308
277
246
203
399
310
279
243
205
399
311
281
262
206
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
396
310
281
259
208
2200 RPM
167
147
137
126
71
170
149
139
125
75
172
152
141
124
77
175
154
143
135
80
176
155
145
135
82
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
920
650
1840
1380
1190
920
650
1840
1380
1190
940
660
1840
1380
1190
920
670
1820
1370
1180
910
670
TRQ
LBFT
419
313
279
232
189
417
314
280
234
192
416
315
282
239
196
415
316
283
238
198
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
411
315
283
238
200
2000 RPM
169
149
140
121
76
171
152
142
123
78
173
154
144
126
80
176
156
146
127
84
177
157
147
127
89
TAS
KTS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
30
20
10
-1
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
1490
1120
970
920
650
1480
1110
960
930
650
358
286
260
251
206
357
285
259
254
206
332
270
257
247
209
308
258
254
233
212
173
151
140
135
87
172
151
139
136
86
168
145
139
133
87
162
140
138
124
91
153
139
128
110
95
ECC
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
TAS
PWR
KTS
1640
1230
1060
930
680
1630
1220
1060
930
680
1490
1120
970
950
680
1340
1010
960
870
690
1190
970
890
770
690
TRQ
LBFT
369
289
261
240
200
367
288
260
240
200
339
272
247
244
202
312
255
248
234
205
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
286
251
238
220
207
2000 RPM
174
153
142
132
91
173
152
142
132
91
169
147
136
134
93
163
141
137
128
94
155
139
131
116
94
TAS
KTS
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1090
920
660
1670
1250
1090
880
660
1670
1250
1090
980
650
1670
1250
1090
950
650
1590
1200
1040
910
650
TRQ
LBFT
401
305
273
242
198
400
306
274
237
200
399
307
276
257
201
399
309
277
253
202
203
248
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
381
299
270
2200 RPM
169
149
139
125
73
172
151
141
124
77
174
154
143
135
80
177
156
145
135
83
176
155
144
133
84
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TAS
PWR
KTS
1840
1380
1190
890
650
1840
1380
1190
920
660
1840
1380
1190
920
660
1840
1380
1190
900
670
1750
1310
1140
910
670
TRQ
LBFT
422
312
276
224
186
420
313
278
232
190
419
313
279
233
193
417
314
280
231
195
197
235
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
395
303
272
2000 RPM
171
151
142
120
79
173
154
144
125
79
175
156
146
127
83
178
158
147
126
88
176
156
146
128
91
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
1360
1020
940
880
660
1220
940
910
790
670
1080
910
810
700
670
TRQ
LBFT
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
284
255
238
220
214
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9 . 6 - 31
9.6 -32
100%
Rng
75%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
30
20
10
-3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
1450
1090
940
920
660
1420
1060
940
920
660
1300
970
920
840
660
1170
910
870
760
670
1030
910
770
670
TRQ
LBFT
349
277
252
248
203
342
273
251
249
204
319
259
250
237
206
295
249
244
224
209
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
272
251
228
211
2200 RPM
173
151
139
137
87
171
149
139
138
87
167
144
139
131
91
160
139
136
121
95
152
141
124
98
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
ECC
TEMP
C
PWR
1600
1200
1040
900
680
1560
1170
1010
910
680
1430
1070
960
930
690
1280
960
950
830
690
1130
970
850
740
700
TRQ
LBFT
359
280
253
232
196
352
276
250
233
197
325
261
242
238
199
299
244
242
224
202
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
274
248
228
211
205
2000 RPM
173
152
142
130
93
172
151
140
131
93
168
146
137
134
94
161
138
137
125
94
153
141
128
111
95
TAS
KTS
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1090
880
660
1670
1250
1090
850
650
1670
1250
1090
950
650
1620
1220
1060
910
640
1530
1150
1000
890
650
TRQ
LBFT
403
303
270
232
194
402
304
271
229
196
401
305
273
248
197
388
299
269
243
198
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
366
288
260
242
201
2200 RPM
172
151
141
124
76
174
154
143
123
80
177
156
145
134
83
177
156
145
133
85
175
154
142
133
86
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
880
650
1840
1380
1190
920
660
1840
1380
1190
890
670
1790
1340
1160
900
670
1690
1260
1100
920
680
TRQ
LBFT
426
311
274
219
184
424
311
275
228
187
422
312
277
226
189
407
305
272
227
192
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
380
292
262
233
194
2000 RPM
173
153
144
121
79
175
155
146
126
82
178
158
147
126
87
178
158
147
127
90
176
155
145
131
91
TAS
KTS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
100%
Rng
75%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
30
20
10
-5
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
1410
1060
920
920
660
339
269
244
244
200
328
262
245
238
201
305
248
242
227
203
282
244
233
214
206
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
260
249
218
208
172
150
138
138
88
170
148
139
135
90
165
142
138
128
94
158
140
133
116
97
149
143
120
100
TAS
KTS
ECC
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
End
PWR
1550
1170
1010
900
680
1490
1120
970
930
690
1370
1030
930
890
690
1220
960
920
800
700
1080
960
810
710
TRQ
LBFT
350
272
245
228
193
337
265
240
234
194
311
250
235
228
197
285
241
234
214
200
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
262
242
219
203
2000 RPM
173
152
141
131
94
171
149
138
135
94
166
144
136
131
94
159
140
135
121
95
151
141
124
95
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1090
850
650
1670
1250
1090
930
650
1640
1230
1070
910
640
1560
1170
1020
880
650
1470
1100
960
900
660
TRQ
LBFT
405
301
268
224
191
404
302
269
241
192
395
299
267
238
193
374
288
259
235
195
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
352
276
250
240
198
2200 RPM
174
153
143
123
80
176
156
145
133
82
178
157
146
133
85
176
155
144
132
87
174
152
141
136
88
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
900
660
1840
1380
1190
890
660
1810
1360
1170
880
670
1720
1290
1120
890
680
1620
1210
1050
900
680
TRQ
LBFT
432
310
273
219
182
429
311
274
221
184
417
306
271
220
187
391
294
262
224
189
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
365
280
252
226
192
2000 RPM
175
155
145
124
81
177
157
147
126
86
179
158
148
126
89
177
157
146
129
91
175
154
143
130
93
TAS
KTS
100 SERIES
1360
1020
920
880
660
1240
930
900
810
670
1110
900
830
720
670
980
920
740
680
TRQ
LBFT
2200 RPM
Uncontrolled if Printed
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
Section 9
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9.6 -33
9.6 -3 4
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
20
10
-7
-10
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
1420
1060
920
910
660
1380
1040
910
900
660
1310
980
900
850
660
1200
900
880
780
670
1070
910
800
700
680
TRQ
LBFT
339
266
240
238
195
331
262
239
237
196
315
252
237
229
198
294
239
237
218
200
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
271
242
224
206
203
2200 RPM
174
151
139
138
89
172
150
139
138
91
169
146
139
133
94
164
140
139
126
97
157
142
130
110
99
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
PWR
ECC
TEMP
C
PWR
1560
1170
1010
900
690
1520
1140
990
910
690
1440
1080
930
920
690
1320
990
940
860
700
1180
950
880
770
710
TRQ
LBFT
352
270
242
223
189
343
265
239
226
190
324
255
231
228
192
300
241
232
219
195
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
275
236
225
206
198
2000 RPM
174
153
142
131
94
173
151
140
133
94
170
148
136
135
94
165
142
137
129
95
158
140
133
116
95
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
-20
-30
-40
-50
TEMP
C
PWR
1670
1250
1090
850
650
1660
1240
1080
910
640
1590
1190
1030
880
650
1510
1130
980
870
650
TRQ
LBFT
409
300
265
221
187
403
298
265
233
188
382
288
257
230
190
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
360
278
249
229
193
2200 RPM
176
155
145
124
82
178
157
146
132
85
177
156
145
132
87
176
154
143
132
86
TAS
KTS
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
PWR
1840
1380
1190
890
660
1820
1370
1180
880
670
1740
1310
1130
870
670
1660
1240
1080
890
680
TRQ
LBFT
438
310
271
216
179
429
308
270
216
182
403
296
261
216
184
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
377
283
252
221
187
2000 RPM
177
157
147
125
84
179
159
148
126
88
178
158
147
126
90
177
156
145
130
93
TAS
KTS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
Conditions:
Weight...................................................................................... 7255 pounds
Engine Inlet....................................................................................NORMAL
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
20
100%
Rng
75%
End
1030
890
770
680
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
261
237
216
200
10
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1150
880
860
750
680
282
233
230
210
198
163
140
138
122
99
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1260
950
940
820
710
288
231
229
211
193
164
140
139
126
96
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1260
940
880
820
670
303
243
232
220
195
168
145
139
131
96
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1380
1040
910
900
700
312
245
224
222
190
169
146
135
134
95
-9
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1350
1010
890
880
660
323
254
231
230
193
172
149
138
137
94
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1490
1120
970
910
690
335
258
232
222
188
173
151
139
134
95
-10
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1360
1020
890
880
660
326
256
231
231
193
173
150
138
138
93
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1500
1130
980
910
690
339
260
233
222
187
174
152
140
134
95
-20
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1450
1090
940
890
660
347
267
240
230
190
175
153
142
136
88
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1600
1200
1040
870
690
364
273
243
214
185
176
155
144
129
94
-30
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1530
1150
990
840
650
368
278
248
221
188
177
155
144
130
86
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1680
1260
1090
880
680
389
285
252
215
182
178
157
146
129
92
-40
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1600
1200
1040
880
650
389
288
255
225
185
178
156
145
132
87
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1760
1320
1140
870
670
415
297
260
211
179
179
158
148
126
90
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1670
1250
1080
880
640
413
299
263
225
183
178
157
147
130
85
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1830
1380
1190
870
660
444
310
270
209
177
179
159
149
124
87
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
155
143
127
101
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1130
950
850
740
720
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
264
233
216
198
196
TAS
KTS
TAS
KTS
156
141
130
109
97
ECC
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 -35
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
2000 RPM
ECC
20
100%
Rng
75%
End
990
880
740
690
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
250
232
207
198
10
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1100
880
830
720
680
271
230
220
202
195
161
142
135
116
101
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1210
930
910
790
720
276
225
222
202
192
162
139
137
121
99
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1210
900
870
780
670
291
233
227
212
193
167
143
139
128
98
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1330
990
910
860
710
299
235
221
213
189
168
144
137
131
96
-10
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1310
980
880
850
670
314
246
228
222
190
172
149
139
136
95
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1440
1080
940
900
700
325
250
224
218
185
173
150
138
134
95
-11
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1320
990
880
860
670
315
247
228
223
190
172
149
139
136
95
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1450
1090
940
900
700
327
251
225
217
185
173
150
138
134
95
-20
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1400
1050
910
880
660
334
257
231
227
188
175
152
140
138
92
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1540
1150
1000
900
690
350
262
234
216
183
175
154
142
133
95
-30
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1470
1100
960
850
660
354
267
239
220
185
176
154
143
132
88
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1620
1210
1050
860
680
375
274
242
208
180
177
156
145
128
94
-40
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1540
1150
1000
840
650
375
277
246
216
183
177
156
144
130
87
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1690
1270
1100
860
680
400
286
251
207
177
178
157
147
126
92
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1610
1210
1050
880
650
399
289
254
221
181
178
157
146
131
87
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1770
1330
1150
870
670
430
299
260
207
175
179
159
148
126
89
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
153
143
122
103
100%
Rng
75%
End
1090
940
810
730
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
253
229
208
195
TAS
KTS
154
142
126
101
9.6 -36
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
20
100%
Rng
75%
End
950
900
710
690
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
240
231
199
196
10
100%
Rng
75%
End
1060
860
790
690
259
224
211
193
160
141
131
103
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1160
940
870
750
730
264
225
213
194
191
160
142
134
113
101
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1150
870
870
750
680
279
224
223
203
191
166
141
140
124
100
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1270
950
920
830
720
286
225
219
204
187
166
142
138
127
99
-10
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1260
940
870
820
670
301
236
223
213
188
171
147
139
133
97
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1380
1040
900
900
710
312
240
215
215
184
171
148
136
135
96
-13
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1280
960
870
830
670
306
239
222
216
188
172
148
139
134
97
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1410
1060
920
900
710
318
243
218
214
183
172
149
137
135
95
-20
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1340
1010
870
860
670
321
247
222
220
186
174
150
138
137
95
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1470
1110
960
890
700
336
252
224
212
181
174
152
140
133
95
-30
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1410
1060
920
870
660
341
257
229
221
183
175
153
141
136
92
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1560
1170
1010
860
690
360
264
233
206
178
176
155
143
129
95
-40
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1480
1110
960
830
660
361
267
237
212
181
176
155
143
130
88
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1630
1220
1060
860
680
385
275
241
204
176
178
156
145
128
94
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1550
1160
1010
840
650
385
278
245
212
179
177
156
145
129
87
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1710
1280
1110
850
680
415
289
251
203
173
178
158
147
126
91
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
151
146
113
104
100%
Rng
75%
End
1040
930
780
750
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
243
224
199
194
TAS
KTS
152
142
119
104
ECC
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 6 - 37
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
2000 RPM
100%
Rng
End
900
890
700
10
100%
Rng
75%
End
1010
870
760
690
248
223
202
192
157
143
126
104
100%
Rng
75%
End
1110
930
830
750
253
221
203
190
158
142
129
104
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1100
850
830
720
690
267
218
214
194
189
164
140
137
117
102
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1210
920
910
790
730
274
217
216
195
187
164
140
139
122
101
-10
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1210
900
860
780
680
288
226
218
205
187
169
144
140
129
100
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1330
990
890
860
720
299
230
212
206
183
170
146
136
132
99
-15
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1240
930
870
810
680
297
231
219
208
185
171
146
140
132
98
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1370
1030
900
890
720
309
235
212
210
182
172
148
136
135
98
-20
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1290
960
860
840
670
307
237
217
213
184
172
149
138
135
97
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1410
1060
920
880
710
322
241
215
208
180
173
150
138
133
96
-30
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1360
1020
880
850
670
327
247
220
214
181
174
152
139
135
94
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1490
1120
970
870
700
346
253
224
206
177
175
153
141
132
95
-40
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1420
1070
930
840
660
347
257
227
211
179
176
153
141
133
92
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1570
1170
1020
840
690
370
265
232
199
174
177
155
144
127
94
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1490
1120
970
810
660
371
268
235
204
177
177
155
144
127
88
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1640
1230
1070
840
680
400
278
241
199
171
178
157
146
126
92
ECC
20
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
230
227
194
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
148
146
105
100%
Rng
End
990
940
760
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
232
223
193
TAS
KTS
149
143
106
9.6 -38
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
10
100%
Rng
75%
End
960
880
720
700
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
238
221
194
190
100%
Rng
75%
End
1060
850
790
690
255
216
205
188
162
141
133
104
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1160
920
870
760
750
262
216
207
187
186
162
141
135
112
104
-10
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1160
870
850
750
690
276
217
214
196
185
168
142
140
125
102
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1270
950
910
830
740
287
220
212
198
183
168
143
139
128
101
-17
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1210
910
850
780
680
288
224
214
201
183
170
145
139
130
100
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1330
1000
890
860
730
301
228
208
204
180
171
147
135
133
100
-20
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1230
920
850
800
680
295
227
213
204
182
171
146
138
132
99
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1360
1020
890
880
720
309
232
208
206
179
172
148
136
135
99
-30
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1300
980
850
840
670
314
237
211
210
180
173
150
137
136
97
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1430
1080
930
870
710
332
243
215
203
176
174
151
139
132
96
-40
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1370
1030
890
850
670
333
246
218
211
177
175
152
140
135
94
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1500
1130
980
850
700
356
254
223
199
173
176
154
142
129
95
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1430
1080
930
820
660
356
257
226
204
175
176
154
142
130
92
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1580
1180
1030
830
690
384
267
232
195
170
177
156
144
126
94
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
155
145
118
105
100%
Rng
75%
End
1060
930
790
760
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
242
217
195
189
TAS
KTS
155
142
122
106
ECC
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 -39
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
2000 RPM
100%
Rng
End
920
880
710
100%
Rng
75%
End
1010
870
760
700
244
216
196
187
159
144
127
105
100%
Rng
75%
End
1110
920
830
760
251
213
198
186
160
141
129
106
-10
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1110
840
830
720
700
264
210
208
188
184
166
140
138
117
104
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1220
910
900
790
750
274
211
209
189
182
166
140
139
121
104
-19
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1170
880
840
760
690
280
216
209
195
182
169
143
139
127
103
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1290
970
890
840
740
292
220
206
197
180
170
145
136
130
101
-20
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1180
890
840
770
690
282
218
209
196
181
170
144
139
128
101
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1300
970
890
840
740
295
222
205
198
179
170
146
136
131
101
-30
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1250
940
850
810
680
300
227
210
203
178
172
148
138
133
99
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1370
1030
890
870
720
318
233
206
202
176
173
149
136
133
99
-40
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1310
980
850
820
670
319
236
209
203
176
174
150
137
133
97
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1440
1080
940
840
710
341
244
213
196
173
175
152
140
129
96
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1380
1030
890
830
660
342
247
217
204
174
175
152
140
133
95
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1510
1140
980
830
700
369
256
222
192
169
176
154
143
127
95
ECC
10
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
227
219
189
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
PWR
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
151
147
106
100%
Rng
End
1010
920
770
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
231
214
189
TAS
KTS
152
143
110
9.6 - 40
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
10
100%
End
870
720
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
216
189
100%
Rng
75%
End
960
860
720
710
233
212
187
186
157
144
116
107
100%
Rng
75%
End
1060
910
790
780
239
210
189
186
157
141
120
110
-10
100%
Rng
75%
End
1060
860
790
700
252
211
199
183
164
143
134
105
100%
Rng
75%
End
1160
920
870
760
262
210
202
182
164
142
135
107
-20
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1130
850
830
730
700
270
208
205
187
180
168
141
139
122
103
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1240
930
890
810
750
282
212
205
189
179
168
142
138
125
105
-21
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1130
850
830
740
690
271
209
205
188
180
168
141
139
123
103
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1250
930
890
810
750
284
213
204
190
179
169
143
137
126
104
-30
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1190
900
840
780
690
287
217
206
194
178
170
145
139
129
101
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1310
990
860
850
730
303
223
199
197
176
171
147
133
132
101
-40
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1250
940
820
820
680
305
226
201
200
175
172
148
134
134
99
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1380
1030
900
850
720
326
233
204
195
172
173
150
137
131
99
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1320
990
860
820
670
327
236
208
200
173
174
151
138
133
97
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1450
1090
940
840
710
352
245
213
193
169
175
152
140
129
96
TRQ
LBFT
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
147
109
100%
Rng
End
960
930
790
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
220
214
189
TAS
KTS
TAS
KTS
148
144
111
ECC
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 6 - 41
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
2000 RPM
ECC
10
100%
End
830
740
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
206
189
100%
Rng
End
920
860
730
222
211
186
153
146
110
100%
Rng
End
1010
920
790
228
210
186
153
143
111
-10
100%
Rng
75%
End
1010
850
750
720
241
208
190
183
161
143
126
107
100%
Rng
75%
End
1110
910
830
780
249
208
192
183
161
142
128
110
-20
100%
Rng
75%
End
1080
840
810
700
257
204
199
180
165
140
136
104
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1180
900
890
770
760
269
204
203
181
179
166
139
138
114
107
-23
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1090
830
820
710
700
261
204
201
180
179
166
140
138
113
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1200
900
890
780
760
274
205
203
183
179
167
140
138
119
106
-30
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1140
850
830
740
700
274
207
203
185
177
168
142
139
123
103
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1250
940
880
810
750
289
213
200
188
176
169
143
136
127
105
-40
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1200
900
830
780
690
291
216
202
192
174
170
145
137
130
102
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1320
990
860
850
730
310
223
195
195
173
172
147
133
132
101
-50
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1260
940
820
810
680
312
226
199
197
172
173
148
134
133
100
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1390
1040
900
840
720
336
234
204
191
169
173
150
137
129
99
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
141
111
100%
End
910
810
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
209
190
TAS
KTS
142
111
9 . 6 - 42
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
10
100%
End
790
750
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
195
189
100%
Rng
End
870
870
740
-10
100%
Rng
End
-20
2000 RPM
132
115
100%
End
860
830
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
199
191
211
211
186
148
147
112
100%
Rng
End
960
920
810
216
208
188
148
143
112
960
850
730
229
207
183
157
145
110
100%
Rng
End
1050
910
790
237
206
184
158
142
111
100%
Rng
75%
End
1020
830
770
720
245
202
190
180
162
141
130
108
100%
Rng
75%
End
1130
900
840
780
256
204
193
180
163
141
131
110
-25
100%
Rng
75%
End
1050
830
790
710
252
202
193
178
164
141
133
105
100%
Rng
75%
End
1160
900
870
770
264
203
197
179
165
139
135
109
-30
100%
Rng
75%
End
1090
830
810
710
261
200
198
177
166
139
137
104
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1190
900
890
780
760
275
202
201
179
177
167
139
138
116
107
-40
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1140
860
820
740
700
277
206
199
183
174
168
142
138
124
103
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1260
940
860
820
750
295
212
195
186
173
169
144
134
127
105
-50
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1200
900
810
780
690
297
215
196
190
171
171
145
135
130
102
100%
75%
65%
Rng
End
1320
990
860
840
730
320
223
194
191
170
172
147
133
131
101
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
PWR
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
133
115
ECC
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
PWR
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 - 43
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
100%
End
830
750
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
202
186
-10
100%
Rng
End
920
850
740
-20
100%
Rng
75%
End
-27
2000 RPM
142
116
100%
End
920
830
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
207
189
219
205
183
154
145
113
100%
Rng
End
1010
910
810
227
205
186
154
142
112
980
840
740
730
235
202
182
180
160
142
120
110
100%
Rng
75%
End
1080
910
810
790
245
205
185
182
161
142
123
111
100%
Rng
75%
End
1020
830
770
720
245
199
187
178
163
140
129
108
100%
Rng
75%
End
1120
890
840
780
258
201
191
179
164
139
131
110
-30
100%
Rng
75%
End
1040
820
780
720
250
198
190
177
164
139
132
108
100%
Rng
75%
End
1150
890
860
780
264
201
195
178
165
139
134
110
-40
100%
Rng
75%
65%
End
1100
830
820
710
710
267
199
198
176
174
167
139
138
113
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1210
910
870
780
760
284
204
195
179
175
168
140
135
119
108
-50
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1160
870
810
750
700
287
207
195
183
171
170
143
136
126
104
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1270
950
840
830
750
309
215
190
187
171
171
145
131
129
104
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
PWR
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
143
116
9.6 - 4 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
2000 RPM
100%
End
800
770
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
193
188
-10
100%
Rng
End
880
870
750
210
208
184
150
148
116
100%
Rng
End
960
920
830
217
207
188
150
144
116
-20
100%
Rng
End
940
840
740
225
202
181
157
144
114
100%
Rng
End
1040
910
810
235
205
184
158
142
114
-29
100%
Rng
75%
End
990
820
740
730
238
197
181
178
161
140
122
110
100%
Rng
75%
End
1090
890
820
800
251
201
185
181
162
140
125
110
-30
100%
Rng
75%
End
1000
820
750
730
240
197
182
178
162
139
124
110
100%
Rng
75%
End
1100
890
830
790
253
201
187
180
163
139
127
111
-40
100%
Rng
75%
End
1050
820
790
720
256
197
190
175
165
139
134
108
100%
Rng
75%
End
1160
870
870
780
273
197
196
176
166
137
136
110
-50
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1110
830
820
720
710
276
200
195
176
172
168
140
138
118
105
100%
75%
Rng
65%
End
1220
920
860
800
760
297
207
193
180
173
169
142
134
123
108
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
134
120
100%
End
880
850
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
198
192
TAS
KTS
134
118
ECC
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 - 45
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
2000 RPM
143
120
100%
End
920
850
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
207
191
216
203
183
153
145
116
100%
Rng
End
990
910
830
225
205
187
154
142
116
960
840
740
230
200
180
159
142
114
100%
Rng
End
1050
900
810
243
203
183
159
141
114
100%
Rng
End
960
830
740
231
197
179
159
141
114
100%
Rng
End
1060
900
810
244
203
183
160
141
114
-40
100%
Rng
75%
End
1010
820
760
730
245
196
182
176
162
139
126
110
100%
Rng
75%
End
1110
880
830
790
261
199
188
179
163
138
129
111
-50
100%
Rng
75%
End
1070
820
800
720
265
196
192
173
166
139
136
108
100%
75%
Rng
End
1180
880
860
780
286
199
195
175
167
138
135
110
-10
100%
End
840
770
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
201
186
-20
100%
Rng
End
900
850
760
-30
100%
Rng
End
-31
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
PWR
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
143
118
ECC
9.6 - 46
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
2000 RPM
131
121
100%
End
880
870
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
198
195
206
205
185
148
147
120
100%
Rng
End
950
920
850
215
209
191
148
144
120
920
830
760
220
199
182
155
143
116
100%
Rng
End
1010
910
830
232
206
187
155
143
116
100%
Rng
End
930
830
750
223
199
181
156
142
116
100%
Rng
End
1020
910
830
236
205
186
157
142
116
-40
100%
Rng
End
970
820
740
235
196
179
159
140
114
100%
Rng
End
1060
890
810
250
202
183
160
140
114
-50
100%
Rng
75%
End
1020
810
770
730
254
194
184
175
164
138
129
110
100%
Rng
75%
End
1130
860
840
790
274
195
191
178
165
135
132
111
-10
100%
End
800
780
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
191
188
-20
100%
Rng
End
860
860
770
-30
100%
Rng
End
-33
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
PWR
KTS
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
130
122
-20
100%
End
820
790
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
196
188
-30
100%
Rng
End
870
840
770
210
202
185
149
144
120
100%
Rng
End
960
910
850
221
208
192
150
143
120
-35
100%
Rng
End
900
840
770
216
201
183
152
143
119
100%
Rng
End
980
910
840
228
206
190
153
141
118
-40
100%
Rng
End
920
830
760
224
199
182
155
141
116
100%
Rng
End
1010
900
830
238
206
188
156
141
116
-50
100%
Rng
End
980
820
740
243
196
178
161
139
114
100%
Rng
End
1080
870
810
262
199
183
162
137
114
TRQ
LBFT
TAS
KTS
PWR
TRQ
LBFT
139
121
100%
End
900
870
FUEL
FLOW
PPH
205
196
TAS
KTS
ECC
2200 RPM
TEMP
C
PWR
139
123
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 6 - 47
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
ECC
9.6 - 48
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
11
52
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
13
55
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
15
17
19
21
23
59
63
66
70
73
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
25
77
6690
6690
27
81
6690
6690
29
84
6690
6690
31
88
6690
33
91
6690
35
95
37
99
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
6606
6231
6690
6452
6478
6104
6690
6329
6352
5973
6566
6202
6220
5838
6071
6454
6083
5696
6664
6304
5932
6318
5940
5549
6690
6528
6167
5793
6543
6174
5792
5396
6690
6390
6026
6399
6026
5639
6247
5871
6690
6456
6450
6093
6354
6572
6437
6605
6286
6690
6591
6249
6645
6470
6690
6690
6653
6479
6690
6690
6608
6690
6690
6690
6690
6690
ECC
OAT
(C)
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 - 49
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
ECC
9.6 - 50
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
74
1250
1213 1181
2000
74
1215
1176
4000
74
1179
1142
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
795
567
713
477
1490 1459
2000
74
1492
1454
4000
74
1457
1421
6000
74
1418
1242
914
488
1410
1144
804
367
8000
74
1289
1049
719
1217
959
622
10000
74
12000
74
627
402
526
282
845
460
763
370
1139
976
677
290
1132
888
578
182
1018
798
497
954
717
410
613
312
520
215
658
421
125
587
337
32
681
1526
931
842
781
942
74
1020
764
1034
S.L.
1285
852
603
1186
739
470
1096
671
1004
571
1098
848
519
1012
745
411
899
641
317
820
547
214
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
FT
KIAS -20C 0C 20C 40C 50C
PRESS CLIMB
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
ALT SPEED
FT
KIAS -20C 0C 20C 40C 50C
S.L.
74
2031
1995 1966
1463 1163
1352 1043
1765 1253
958
1645 1117
798
2000
74
1998
1960
4000
74
1963
1928
1436
924
6000
74
1925
1721 1337
833
1915
1604 1204
689
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
1778
1499 1111
1391
1558
1267
882
1454
1143
751
1329
1029
649
1233
916
525
996
74
2743
2706 2677
2000
74
2709
2670
4000
74
2673
2638
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
1546 1044
1692
S.L.
2056 1685
1918 1535
2634
2621
2458
2119 1644
2351
1984 1499
2192
1839 1366
2063
1684 1204
1916
1551 1086
1797
1410
931
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 6 - 51
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
ECC
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
ECC
9.6 - 52
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
-20C
0C 20C 40C 50C
FT
KIAS
S.L.
74
1087
1014
2000
74
1018
946
4000
74
949
884
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
951
615
431
551
362
S.L.
74
1338
1254 1183
2000
74
1258
1178
4000
74
1181
1106
6000
74
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
789
467
294
719
391
206
628
329
567
265
883
725
484
200
877
659
413
126
757
569
341
709
511
282
601
420
206
545
356
142
451
277
79
402
221
20
803
595
730
518
999
636
442
920
551
344
818
482
748
409
1105
927
655
337
1098
852
575
253
963
751
495
908
686
428
786
583
343
723
511
271
617
423
202
562
360
136
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
FT
KIAS -20C 0C 20C 40C 50C
PRESS CLIMB
CLIMB GRADIENT - FT/NM
ALT SPEED
FT
KIAS -20C 0C 20C 40C 50C
S.L.
74
1815
1709 1619
2000
74
1714
1612
4000
74
1616
1523
6000
74
1521
1513
8000
74
10000
74
12000
74
1146
891
1057
797
1389
941
705
1291
837
586
4000
74
2271
2143
6000
74
2140
1842 1401
902
2129
1719 1274
774
8000
74
1901
1554 1147
1810
1449 1043
10000
74
12000
74
964
577
1207
867
476
1344
1082
768
1276
1002
687
584
918
681
413
850
605
334
1522 1185
1299
498
1639 1306
2265
665
875
2398 2274
2406
753
788
2547
74
1164
1125
74
2000
1078
1048
S.L.
1831 1236
1663 1127
1550 1015
1611
1285
912
1509
1173
801
1340
1034
694
1253
938
593
914
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 - 53
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
ECC
100 SERIES
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
FS (inches)
26.0
290
75.25
280
110.75
180
ECC
The ECC, with a 63-cubic-foot area and a 750 pound capacity, may be
installed on KODIAK 100 airplanes. The ECC is constructed of two pieces
the nose fairing and the main pod which are separated by a stainless steel
firewall.
The ECC and its doors have a foam composite core, strips of a nonwoven
metallic lightning and shielding mesh, a layer of ground plane mesh, and an
outer layer of fiberglass.
Two bulkheads divide the pod into three compartments. Each compartment
may be accessed through a separate door located in the left side of the pod.
Ventral fins, strakes, and aerodynamic fences are installed to provide
additional stability about the yaw axis. A fuel drain system enables exterior
access to the fuel drain lines.
9.6 - 5 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
100 SERIES
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
ECC
A series of jack adapters are provided as a tool kit for jacking the airplane.
One adapter fits into the drag brace fitting on the fuselage for jacking the
nose gear. Two adapters (one for each main wheel) fit onto the existing axle
assemblies for jacking the main wheels. Two additional adapters screw into
the belly of the airplane at the main landing gear carry through structure, for
jacking the airplane to remove the main landing gear. For airplanes equipped
with an external cargo compartment, two additional adapters are placed
under the outboard aft trunnion bolt and used to jack the airplane.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.6 - 55
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E X T E R N A L CA RG O C O M PA R T M E N T
100 SERIES
ECC
9.6 - 56
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N W E AT H E R R A DA R
INTRODUCTION
Weather Radar
When the optional Garmin GWX 68 color weather radar is installed in the
KODIAK 100, this Supplement is applicable and must be inserted in the
Supplement section (Section 9) of the KODIAK 100 Pilots Operating
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual (POH/AFM). This
document must be carried in the airplane at all times. Information in this
supplement adds to, supersedes, or deletes information contained in the
basic POH/AFM.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .7-1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
G A R M I N W E AT H E R R A DA R
100 SERIES
Weather Radar
9 .7- 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N W E AT H E R R A DA R
Weather Radar
GENERAL9.7-5
DESCRIPTIVE DATA9.7-5
LIMITATIONS9.7-5
KINDS OF OPERATION EQUIPMENT LIST9.7-5
PLACARDS9.7-6
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES9.7-6
CHECKLIST EMERGENCY PROCEDURES9.7-6
AMPLIFIED EMERGENCY PROCEDURES9.7-6
NORMAL PROCEDURES9.7-6
GENERAL9.7-6
PERFORMANCE9.7-6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE 9.7-7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS 9.7-7
THE GARMIN GWX 68 COLOR WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM 9.7-7
HANDLING, SERVICE, AND MAINTENANCE 9.7-7
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .7- 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
G A R M I N W E AT H E R R A DA R
100 SERIES
Weather Radar
9 .7- 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
G A R M I N W E AT H E R R A DA R
100 SERIES
9.7-1 GENERAL
This supplement, written especially for operators of Quest KODIAK 100
aircraft equipped with Garmin GWX 68 weather radar, provides information
not found in the basic POH/AFM. It contains information for the safe
operation of the airplane and radar system.
DESCRIPTIVE DATA
The optional Garmin GWX 68 color weather radar is a 4-color digital pulsed
radar with 6.5 kilowatts of output power.
The Quest KODIAK 100 uses an underwing pod mounted 10 inch phased
array antenna stabilized to accommodate 30 of pitch and roll.
The radar data is displayed on the G1000 multi-function display (center
screen). The radar functions are controlled through the multi-function display
(MFD) buttons and controls. The system is electrically protected by a 5 amp
circuit breaker located on the center pedestal, Avionics 2 bus.
See the Garmin G1000 Integrated Flight Deck Pilots Guide for further
information.
9.7-2 LIMITATIONS
Except as shown in this section, operating limitations associated with the
Garmin GWX 68 weather radar installation are the same as those for the
Quest KODIAK 100 landplane. The limitations included herein apply only to
operations with the weather radar system installed.
WARNIN G: The limitations included in this section have been approved
by the Federal Aviation Administration. Observance of these operating
limitations is required by Federal Aviation Regulations.
VFR DAY
VFR NIGHT
IFR DAY
IFR NIGHT
KNOWN
ICING
Accessible to
pilot in flight if
radar is to be
used.
Accessible to
pilot in flight if
radar is to be
used.
Comments
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .7- 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Weather Radar
System, Instrument,
Equipment, and/or Function
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
G A R M I N W E AT H E R R A DA R
100 SERIES
PLACARDS
The following placard must be displayed when the Garmin GWX 68 radar
system is installed.
On the instrument panel in clear view of the pilot:
WARNING!!
DO NOT OPERATE RADAR
WITH PERSONNEL WITHIN 10
FEET OF POD DOME
9.7-5 PERFORMANCE
The information presented in the introduction and Flight Planning paragraphs
of Section 5 of the basic landplane POH/AFM is also generally applicable
to the KODIAK with the GWX 68 weather radar installed. However, the
following approximate performance effects due to the radar pod installation
should be noted:
Stall speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No change
Climb performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No change
Cruise performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 to 2 knot decrement
Weather Radar
9 .7- 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N W E AT H E R R A DA R
Weather Radar
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .7-7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
G A R M I N W E AT H E R R A DA R
100 SERIES
Weather Radar
9 .7- 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
INTRODUCTION
When the Garmin GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System is installed in
the KODIAK 100, this Supplement is applicable and must be inserted in
the Supplement section (Section 9) of the KODIAK 100 Pilots Operating
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual. This document must
be carried in the airplane at all times. Information in this supplement adds
to, supersedes, or deletes information contained in the basic KODIAK 100
POH/AFM.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 9 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
9.9 -2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.9 -3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
9.9 - 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
9.9-1 GENERAL
The airplane is equipped with a Garmin GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control
System (AFCS) which is fully integrated within the Garmin G1000. Refer
to the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System Pilots Guide for the
Quest KODIAK 100 for additional description of the AFCS and operating
procedures.
9.9-2 LIMITATIONS
1. The appropriate revision of the Garmin G1000 Integrated Flight Deck
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100 (P/N 190-00645-XX,
where X can be any digit from 0 to 9) must be immediately available to
the pilot during flight. The software status stated in the cockpit reference
guide must match that displayed on the equipment.
2. Minimum Autopilot speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 KIAS
3. Maximum Autopilot speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 KIAS
4. Autopilot Minimum-Use Height
9.9 - 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
System, Instrument,
Equipment and/or Function
Autoflight
Roll Servo
Pitch Servo
Yaw Servo
Pitch Trim Servo
Pitch Trim Adaptor
GMC 710 Mode Controller
AP DISC/TRIM INT
Takeoff/Go Around Button
LVL Button
Electric Manual Pitch-Trim Switch
Automatic Flap Configuration Trim
Function
Autopilot Function
Flight Director Function
Yaw Damper Function
9.9 - 6
V
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
0
0
0
I
F
R
I
F
R
D
A
Y
N
I
G
H
T
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Comments
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 9 -7
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
Alert Condition
Pitch Trim Failure
(or stuck MEPT
Switch)
Yaw Damper Failure
100 SERIES
Annunciation
PTRM
YAW
Description
Pitch Trim is inoperative
OR
one of the MEPT switches is stuck.
YD control failure.
Roll Failure
ROLL
Pitch Failure
PTCH
System Failure
AFCS
PFT
PFT
Preflight Test
Warning
(Autopilot engaged, and airspeed has fallen below minimum threshold.)
Recovery may be initiated in one of three ways:
1. Power Lever.... INCREASE as required to correct underspeed condition.
OR
2. Autopilot AP DISC/TRIM INT Switch.......... PRESS and hand-fly airplane
OR
3. Autopilot .......CHANGE MODES to one in which the AFCS can maintain
airspeed
9.9 - 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
NO T E : Detailed normal operating procedures for the GFC 700 AFCS are
described in the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System Pilots Guide
for the Quest KODIAK 100.
PRE-FLIGHT INSPECTION
A self test is performed upon power application to the AFCS. A boxed AFCS
annunciator will appear on the PFD in white text on a red background,
followed by a boxed PFT in black text on a white background. Successful
completion is identified by the aural disconnect tone being heard.
Additionally, FLAP TRIM FAIL and FLAP TRIM INHIBIT will be annunciated
until the self test is completed successfully.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
1. Manual Electric Trim....................................................................... TEST
Press the TRIM INT button down and hold while commanding trim.
Trim should not operate either nose up or nose down.
2. Autopilot............................................................ ENGAGE (press AP key)
3. Autopilot Override............................................................................ TEST
Move flight controls fore, aft, left, and right to verify that the Autopilot
and Yaw Damper can be overpowered.
4. Autopilot........................DISENGAGE (press AP DISC/TRIM INT button)
5. Flight Director.............................................DISENGAGE (Press FD key)
ENABLING/DISABLING ESP
1. Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group.
2. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3. Press the SETUP 2 Softkey.
4. Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
5. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Status field in the Stability and
Protection Box.
6. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ENABLED or DISABLED.
7. Press the FMS Knob momentarily to remove the flashing cursor.
9.9 - 9
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
VNAV PROCEDURES
Vertical Direct-To Autopilot Coupling
While on course and navigating on a flight plan to a waypoint via GPS:
1. VNV key on Autopilot.............................................. PRESS to arm VPTH
2. Altitude Knob.....................................................SELECT desired altitude
3. MFD FPL key................................................................................PRESS
4. FMS knob to activate the cursor.......................PRESS to activate cursor
5. FMS knob.........................................TURN to highlight desired waypoint
6. VNV D Softkey..........................................................................PRESS
7. ENT key..................................... PRESS to activate the Vertical Direct-to
NO T E : When the VNAV path is changed by a flight plan modification,
the vertical path must be recalculated by the G1000 in order to
prevent following a path that may no longer be appropriate. During the
recalculation time, the pathways are reset to the selected altitude. This
issue is only seen transiently if the flight plan is modified while on a VNAV
descent. The issue is the subject of an active Garmin change request to
determine how the operation might be improved.
GPS APPROACHES
To supplement the procedures outlined in the Garmin G1000 Integrated
Avionics System Pilots Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100, the following
should be noted:
While flying any GPS approach, the APR mode should be used, since it
provides more precise tracking of the lateral approach guidance. When this
mode is selected on the autopilot, GP will automatically be armed and will
capture the glidepath (if one is provided for the approach). On an LNAV
GPS approach, the GP function will still be armed on the autopilot (white GP
annunciation) even though a glidepath may not be provided for this type of
approach.
On these LNAV approaches with no glidepath, the vertical navigation function
may be used with the autopilot to fly a stabilized approach. However,
VNV mode (as well as the Pathways, Vertical Deviation Indicator, and the
Required Vertical Speed Indicator) is only available to the Final Approach
Fix (FAF). From the final approach fix inbound, another vertical mode must
be selected on the autopilot (FLC or VS modes are recommended) if it is to
remain engaged for the approach, or the aircraft may be hand-flown.
9 . 9 -10
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
9.9-5 PERFORMANCE
CAUT I O N : The Autopilot may not be able to maintain all selectable
vertical speeds. Selecting a vertical speed that exceeds the aircrafts
available performance may cause the underspeed protection to activate
and reduce the selected vertical speed.
Flight Director
The Flight Director provides pitch and roll commands to the AFCS and
displays them on the PFD. With the Flight Director activated, the pilot can
hand-fly the airplane to follow the path shown by the command bars. Flight
Director operation takes place within the #1 Integrated Avionics Unit and
provides:
Mode annunciation
Vertical reference control
Pitch and roll command calculation
Pitch and roll command display
Autopilot
The Autopilot controls the airplane pitch, roll, and yaw attitudes, while
following commands received from the Flight Director. Autopilot operation
occurs within the servos and provides:
Yaw Damper
Yaw Damper operation is provided by the yaw servo, and it supplies the
following:
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 9 -11
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
GMC 710
AFCS Control Unit
GDU 1040
PFD #1
GIA 63W #1
Integrated Avionics
Unit
System Integration
Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS
Glideslope
GPS Output
GDU 1040
MFD
GMA 1347
Audio Panel #1
GMA 1347
Audio Panel #2
GWX 68
Weather Radar
GDL 69A
Data Link
Airborne Weather
and
Ground Mapped
Radar Data
(optional)
Real-time
Weather
and Digital Audio
Entertainment
(optional)
GDC 74A #1
Air Data
Computer
GDC 74A #2
Air Data
Computer
OAT
Airspeed
Altitude
Vertical Speed
OAT
Airspeed
Altitude
Vertical Speed
GRS 77 #1
AHRS
Attitude
Rate of Turn
Slip/Skid
GRS 77 #2
AHRS
Attitude
Rate of Turn
Slip/Skid
GMU 44 #1
Magnetometer
GMU 44 #2
Magnetometer
Heading
Heading
GDU 1040
PFD #2
GIA 63W #2
Integrated Avionics
Unit
System Integration
processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS
Glideslope
GPS Output
GTX 33
Transponder
GEA 71
Engine
Airframe Unit
L-3 WX-500
Stormscope
Lightning Sensor
(optional)
GTS 800
Traffic
Advisory
System
(optional)
L-3 Skywatch
SKY497
Traffic
Advisory System
(optional)
GSA 80 (2)
GSA 81 (2)
Servos
9 . 9 -12
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 9 -13
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
1
HDG
HDG
APR
NAV
FD
XFR
CRS1
BC
PUSH SYNC
19
100 SERIES
BANK
AP
ALT
VS
ALT SEL
YD
8
DN
VNV
17
16
15
14
13
12
CRS2
SPD
UP
PUSH DIR
18
FLC
Annunciator Light
11
PUSH DIR
10
HDG Key
APR Key
NAV Key
FD Key
XFR Key
Transfers between the pilot and copilot flight directors and controls
which flight director the autopilot is tracking.
ALT Key
VS Key
FLC Key
9 17 CRS Knobs
10
SPD Key
11
NOSE UP/
DN Wheel
Adjusts the reference in Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level
Change modes
12
VNV Key
13
ALT SEL
Knob
14
YD Key
15
AP Key
16
BANK Key
18
BC Key
19
HDG Knob
9 . 9 -14
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
Step Value
.5 degree
1 knot
100 feet
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 9 -15
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
LVL BUTTON
The LVL button is separate from the GMC 710 Autopilot Mode Controller and
is installed just below it. The LVL button engages the autopilot in the Level
Mode and brings the airplane to zero vertical speed and wings level.
NO T E : Pressing the LVL button will not engage the autopilot in Level
Mode if the airplane is beyond the autopilot engagement limits specified on
page 9.9-7 of the supplement.
9 . 9 -16
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 9 -17
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
Roll Limit
Indicator
ESP Engage
(45)
Roll Limit
Indicator
ESP Engage
(45)
9 . 9 -18
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 9 -19
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
Pitch Engagement
ESP engages at 21 nose-up, and 21 nose-down. Once ESP is engaged,
it will apply opposing force between 19 and 50 nose-up, and between 19
and 50 nose-down, as indicated in Figure 9.9-7. Maximum opposing force
is applied between 25 and 50 nose-up and between 25 and 50 nosedown. This force is intended to encourage movement in the pitch axis in the
direction of the normal pitch attitude range for the aircraft.
There are no indications marking the pitch ESP engage and disengage limits
in these nose-up/nose-down conditions.
9.9 -20
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 . 9 - 21
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
Coupled Go-Around
The autopilot is capable of flying fully coupled go-around maneuvers.
Pressing the GA button on the power lever will not disengage the Autopilot.
Instead, the Autopilot will attempt to capture and track the Flight Director
command bars. If insufficient airplane performance is available to follow the
commands, the AFCS will enter Altitude-Critical Mode when the stall warning
sounds.
9.9 -22
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM
NO T E : Refer to the Garmin G1000 Integrated Avionics System Pilots
Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100 for a detailed description of the
annunciator system and all warnings, cautions, and advisories.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.9 -23
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
Alert Condition
100 SERIES
Annunciation
RUD
RUD
AIL
AIL
Elevator Mistrim
Down
ELE
Elevator Mistrim Up
ELE
Description
Yaw servo providing sustained force in
the indicated direction.
Airspeed reached 80
knots IAS
MINSPD
AFCT Failure
FLAP TRIM
FAIL
UNDERSPEED
Decelerated to stall
warning
PROTECT ACTIVE
PTRM
YAW
Roll Failure
ROLL
Pitch Failure
PTCH
System Failure
AFCS
Advanced AP
features havent
been enabled
AFCS
CONFIG
PFT
PFT
Preflight Test
9.9 -24
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
100 SERIES
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9.9 -25
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Uncontrolled if Printed
Garmin GFC 700
Section 9
G A R M I N G FC 70 0 A FS
100 SERIES
9.9 -26
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
VO I C E DATA R EC O R D E R
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9 .10 -1
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
VO I C E DATA R EC O R D E R
100 SERIES
9 .10 - 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
VO I C E DATA R EC O R D E R
CONTENTS........................................................................................................PAGE
GENERAL9.10-5
LIMITATIONS9.10-5
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES9.10-5
NORMAL PROCEDURES9.10-5
GENERAL9.10-5
PRE-FLIGHT FUNCTIONAL CHECK9.10-5
PERFORMANCE9.10-5
WEIGHT AND BALANCE9.10-5
AIRPLANE AND SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS9.10-6
GENERAL9.10-6
ADVISORY ANNUNCIATIONS 9.10-7
HANDLING, SERVICE, AND MAINTENANCE 9.10-7
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9 .10 - 3
Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
VO I C E DATA R EC O R D E R
100 SERIES
9 .10 - 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
VO I C E DATA R EC O R D E R
9.1-1 GENERAL
No change.
Voice Data Recorder
9.1-2 LIMITATIONS
No change.
9.1-5 PERFORMANCE
No change.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9 .10 - 5
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
VO I C E DATA R EC O R D E R
100 SERIES
9 .10 - 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
VO I C E DATA R EC O R D E R
The LDR 1000 system adds annunciations to the G1000. The G1000
indicates when the system is operating and when there are issues. The
status messages are shown in the table.
Annunciation
Window Text
FAULT CVDR
NOT RECORDING
CVDR
CVDR
RECORDING
Annunciation Description
CVDR #1 or CVDR #2 is outputting a Fault.
CVDR #1 or #2 is outputting a status of Not Recording.
CVDR #1 and #2 (if equipped) is outputting a status of Recording
and there are no Faults.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9 .10 -7
ADVISORY ANNUNCIATIONS
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
VO I C E DATA R EC O R D E R
100 SERIES
9 .10 - 8
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
E Q U I PM E N T B OX M O U N T
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .12 -1
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E Q U I PM E N T B OX M O U N T
100 SERIES
9 .12 - 2
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
Release
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
E Q U I PM E N T B OX M O U N T
CONTENTS........................................................................................................PAGE
GENERAL9.12-5
LIMITATIONS 9.12-5
PLACARDS 9.12-5
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES9.12-5
NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.12-5
REMOVAL 9.12-5
INSTALLATION 9.12-6
PERFORMANCE9.12-6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE9.12-6
AIRPLANE AND SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS9.12-6
HANDLING, SERVICE, AND MAINTENANCE9.12-6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .12 - 3
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Contents
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E Q U I PM E N T B OX M O U N T
100 SERIES
9 .12 - 4
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
Release
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
Uncontrolled if Printed
100 SERIES
Section 9
E Q U I PM E N T B OX M O U N T
9.1-2 LIMITATIONS
The Equipment Box Mount Assembly weighs 2.0 pounds. The total weight of
the equipment box, contents of the equipment box, and the Equipment Box
Mount Assembly must not exceed 17.0 pounds.
When the optional Equipment Box Mount Assembly is installed, the final
aircraft seat configuration must be arranged with both passenger seats
installed in seat row 5 within either Configuration A or Configuration B in
accordance with the Passenger and Crew Seat section of the basic POH,
Section 6.
PLACARDS
Located on the left hand side of the Equipment Box Mount Plate:
100-910-7042
REMOVAL
Remove both passenger seats in row 5. Lift the forward feet of the
Equipment Box Mount Assembly out of the seat tracks, slide the assembly
forward 0.5 inch, and lift the aft feet out of the seat tracks.
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
9 .12 - 5
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S
9.1-1 GENERAL
Uncontrolled if Printed
Section 9
E Q U I PM E N T B OX M O U N T
100 SERIES
INSTALLATION
Install the Equipment Box Mount Assembly in the seat tracks such that it
becomes captured by both row 5 passenger seats when they are installed in
either Configuration A or Configuration B in accordance with the
POH/AFM, Section 6. To install, insert the aft feet into the seat tracks, slide
the assembly aft 0.5 inch, and insert the forward feet into the seat tracks.
This will result in the seat tracks capturing the aft feet vertically and capturing
the forward feet laterally.
Once the Equipment Box Mount Assembly is secured in place, install both
passenger seats in row 5 in accordance with the POH/AFM, Section 6,
Passenger and Crew Seat Weight and Balance.
9.1-5 PERFORMANCE
No change.
9 .12 - 6
P i l o t s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k S u p p l e m e n t
Release
D O N OT U S E FO R FL I G H T O PE R AT I O N S